Quantcast
Channel: DR ANTHONY MELVIN CRASTO Ph.D – New Drug Approvals
Viewing all 1640 articles
Browse latest View live

Lobeglitazone sulfate (Duvie)

$
0
0

STR1

Lobeglitazone.svg

Lobeglitazone Sulfate, CKD-501, IDR-105

(Duvie®)Approved KOREA

Chong Kun Dang (Originator)

Adjunct to diet and exercise to improve glycemic control in adults with type 2 Diabetes mellitus

A dual PPARα and PPARγ agonist used to treat type 2 diabetes.

Trade Name:Duvie®MOA:Dual PPARα and PPARγ agonistIndication:Type 2 diabetes

CAS No. 607723-33-1(FREE)

CAS 763108-62-9(Lobeglitazone Sulfate)

2,4-Thiazolidinedione, 5-((4-(2-((6-(4-methoxyphenoxy)-4- pyrimidinyl)methylamino)ethoxy)phenyl)methyl)-, sulfate (1:1);

Duvie Tab.

  • Developer Chong Kun Dang; EQUIS & ZAROO
  • Class Antihyperglycaemics; Pyrimidines; Small molecules; Thiazolidinediones
  • Mechanism of Action Peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor alpha agonists; Peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor gamma agonists
  • MarketedType 2 diabetes mellitus
  • Most Recent Events

    • 01 May 2016Chong Kun Dang Pharmaceutical completes two phase I drug-interaction trials in Healthy volunteers in South Korea (PO) (NCT02824874; NCT02827890)
    • 01 Apr 2016Chong Kun Dang Pharmaceutical initiates two phase I drug-interaction trials in Healthy volunteers in South Korea (PO) (NCT02824874; NCT02827890)
    • 01 Mar 2016Chong Kun Dang completes a phase I pharmacokinetic trial in Impaired hepatic function in Healthy volunteers in South Korea, NCT02007941)
    • Lobeglitazone sulfate was approved by the Ministry of Food and Drug Safety (Korea) on July 4, 2013. It was developed and marketed as Duvie® by Chong Kun Dang Corporation.Lobeglitazone is an agonist for both PPARα and PPARγ, and it works as an insulin sensitizer by binding to the PPAR receptors in fat cells and making the cells more responsive to insulin. It is indicated as an adjunct to diet and exercise to improve glycemic control in adults with type 2 diabetes.Duvie® is available as tablet for oral use, containing 0.5 mg of free Lobeglitazone. The recommended dose is 0.5 mg once daily.

Lobeglitazone sulfate.png

Lobeglitazone (trade name Duvie, Chong Kun Dang) is an antidiabetic drug in the thiazolidinedione class of drugs. As an agonistfor both PPARα and PPARγ, it works as an insulin sensitizer by binding to the PPAR receptors in fat cells and making the cells more responsive to insulin.[3]

Chong Kun Dang

STR1

Lobeglitazone sulfate was approved by the Ministry of Food and Drug Safety (Korea) on July 4, 2013. It was developed and marketed as Duvie® by Chong Kun Dang Corporation.

Lobeglitazone is an agonist for both PPARα and PPARγ, and it works as an insulin sensitizer by binding to the PPAR receptors in fat cells and making the cells more responsive to insulin. It is indicated as an adjunct to diet and exercise to improve glycemic control in adults with type 2 diabetes.

Duvie® is available as tablet for oral use, containing 0.5 mg of free Lobeglitazone. The recommended dose is 0.5 mg once daily.

Lobeglitazone which was reported in our previous works belongs to the class of potent PPARα/γ dual agonists (PPARα EC50:  0.02 μM, PPARγ EC50:  0.018 μM, rosiglitazone; PPARα EC50:  >10 μM, PPARγ EC50:  0.02 μM, pioglitazone PPARα EC50:  >10 μM, PPARγ EC50:  0.30 μM). Lobeglitazone has excellent pharmacokinetic properties and was shown to have more efficacious in vivo effects in KKAy mice than rosiglitazone and pioglitazone.17 Due to its outstanding pharmacokinetic profile, lobeglitazone was chosen as a promising antidiabetes drug candidate.

Medical uses

Lobeglitazone is used to assist regulation of blood glucose level of diabetes mellitus type 2 patients. It can be used alone or in combination with metformin.[4]

Lobeglitazone was approved by the Ministry of Food and Drug Safety (Korea) in 2013, and the postmarketing surveillance is on progress until 2019.[4][5]

SYNTHESIS

STR1

Chong Kun Dang’s Modcol Flu Dry Syrup is released in four different versions: All-Day, Night, Nose and Cough. [CHONG KUN DANG]

STR1

PAPER

Org. Process Res. Dev. 2007, 11, 190-199.

Process Development and Scale-Up of PPAR α/γ Dual Agonist Lobeglitazone Sulfate (CKD-501)

Process Research and Development Laboratory, Chemical Research Group, Chong Kun Dang Pharmaceutical Cooperation, Cheonan P. O. Box 74, Cheonan 330-831, South Korea, and Department of Chemistry, Korea University, 5-1-2, Anam-Dong, Seoul 136-701, Korea
Org. Process Res. Dev., 2007, 11 (2), pp 190–199
DOI: 10.1021/op060087u

http://pubs.acs.org/doi/abs/10.1021/op060087u

Abstract Image

A scaleable synthetic route to the potent PPARα/γ dual agonistic agent, lobeglitazone (1), used for the treatment of type-2 diabetes was developed. The synthetic pathway comprises an effective five-step synthesis. This process involves a consecutive synthesis of the intermediate, pyrimidinyl aminoalcohol (6), from the commercially available 4,6-dichloropyrimidine (3) without the isolation of pyrimidinyl phenoxy ether (4). Significant improvements were also made in the regioselective 1,4-reduction of the intermediate, benzylidene-2,4-thiazolidinedione (10), using Hantzsch dihydropyridine ester (HEH) with silica gel as an acid catalyst. The sulfate salt form of lobeglitazone was selected as a candidate compound for further preclinical and clinical study. More than 2 kg of lobeglitazone sulfate (CKD-501, 2) was prepared in 98.5% purity after the GMP batch. Overall yield of 2 was improved to 52% from 17% of the original medicinal chemistry route.

Silica gel TLC Rf = 0.35 (detection:  iodine char chamber, ninhydrin solution, developing solvents:  CH2Cl2/MeOH, 20:1); mp 111.4 °C; IR (KBr) ν 3437, 3037, 2937, 2775, 1751, 1698, 1648, 1610, 1503, 1439, 1301, 1246, 1215, 1183 cm-1;

1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 3.09 (m, 4H), 3.29 (m, 1H), 3.76 (s, 3H), 3.97 (m, 2H), 4.14 (m, 2H), 4.86 (m, 1H), 6.06 (bs, 1H), 6.86 (m, 2H), 7.00 (m, 2H), 7.13 (m, 4H), 8.30 (s, 1H), 11.99 (s, NH);

13C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl3) δ 37.1, 38.2, 53.7, 53.8, 56.3, 62.2, 65.8, 86.0, 115.1, 116.0, 123.0, 129.8, 131.2, 145.7, 153.4, 157.9, 158.1, 161.1, 166.5, 172.4, 172.5, 176.3, 176.5;

MS (ESI)m/z (M + 1) 481.5; Anal. Calcd for C24H26N4O9S2:  C, 49.82; H, 4.53; N, 9.68; S, 11.08. Found:  C, 49.85; H, 4.57; N, 9.75; S, 11.15.

PATENT

WO03080605A1.

Clip
Lobeglitazone sulfate (Duvie) Lobeglitazone sulfate, an oral peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor (PPARa/c) dual agonist with IC50 = 20 and 18 nM respectively, was developed by Chong Kun Dang Pharmaceutical in Korea for the treatment of diabetes.135 This drug is differentiated from two other PPAR agonists available—pioglitazone and rosiglitazone —which lack PPARa activity.135 The most likely processscale preparation of lobeglitazone sulfate follows the route described in a process communication from Chong Kun Dang Pharmaceutical.136

Commercially available 4,6-dichloropyrimidine (152) was treated with a stoichiometric equivalent of p-methoxyphenol (153) in the presence of KF in warm DMF (Scheme 24). Upon completion of this reaction, 2-methylaminoethanol was added to the mixture to provide pyrimidine 154 in high yield.137

Next, alcohol 154 underwent a substitution reaction with p-fluorobenzaldehyde (155) under basic conditions to provide alkoxy benzaldehyde 156 which was converted to the benzylidene thiazolidindione 158 upon subjection to Knoevenagel conditions with 2,4-thiazolidinedione (157) in 90% yield.

Finally, reduction of olefin 158 was facilitated by treatment with the Hantzsch ester (159) in the presence of silica gel followed by treatment with methanolic sulfuric acid (96%) at low temperature to ultimately furnish lobeglitazone sulfate in 90% yield.

STR1
135. Jin, S. M.; Park, C. Y.; Cho, Y. M.; Ku, B. J.; Ahn, C. W.; Cha, B.-S.; Min, K. W.;Sung, Y. A.; Baik, S. H.; Lee, K. W.; Yoon, K.-H.; Lee, M.-K.; Park, S. W. Diab.Obes. Metab. 2015, 17, 599.
136. Lee, H. W.; Ahn, J. B.; Kang, S. K.; Ahn, S. K.; Ha, D.-C. Org. Process Res. Dev.2007, 11, 190.
137. Lee, H. W.; Kim, B. Y.; Ahn, J. B.; Kang, S. K.; Lee, J. H.; Shin, J. S.; Ahn, S. K.; Lee,S. J.; Yoon, S. S. Eur. J. Med. Chem. 2005, 40, 862.

References

  1. Lee JH, Noh CK, Yim CS, Jeong YS, Ahn SH, Lee W, Kim DD, Chung SJ. (2015). “Kinetics of the Absorption, Distribution, Metabolism, and Excretion of Lobeglitazone, a Novel Activator of Peroxisome Proliferator-Activated Receptor Gamma in Rats.”.Journal of Pharmaceutical sciences 104 (9): 3049–3059.doi:10.1002/jps.24378. PMID 25648999.
  2.  Kim JW, Kim JR, Yi S, Shin KH, Shin HS, Yoon SH, Cho JY, Kim DH, Shin SG, Jang IJ, Yu KS. (2011). “Tolerability and pharmacokinetics of lobeglitazone (CKD-501), a peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor-γ agonist: a single- and multiple-dose, double-blind, randomized control study in healthy male Korean subjects.”. Clinical therapeutics 33 (11): 1819–1830.doi:10.1016/j.clinthera.2011.09.023. PMID 22047812.
  3.  Lee JH, Woo YA, Hwang IC, Kim CY, Kim DD, Shim CK, Chung SJ. (2009). “Quantification of CKD-501, lobeglitazone, in rat plasma using a liquid-chromatography/tandem mass spectrometry method and its applications to pharmacokinetic studies.”. Journal of Pharmaceutical and Biomedical Analysis 50 (5): 872–877.doi:10.1016/j.jpba.2009.06.003. PMID 19577404.
  4.  “MFDS permission information of Duvie Tablet 0.5mg”(Release of Information). Ministry of Food and Drug Safety. Retrieved2014-10-23.
  5.  “국내개발 20번째 신약‘듀비에정’허가(20th new drug developed in Korea ‘Duvie Tablet’ was approved)”. Chong Kun Dang press release. 2013-07-04. Retrieved 2014-10-23.
Lobeglitazone
Lobeglitazone.svg
Systematic (IUPAC) name
5-[(4-[2-([6-(4-Methoxyphenoxy)pyrimidin-4-yl]-methylamino)ethoxy]phenyl)methyl]-1,3-thiazolidine-2,4-dione
Clinical data
Trade names Duvie
Routes of
administration
Oral
Legal status
Legal status
Pharmacokinetic data
Protein binding >99%[1]
Metabolism liver (CYP2C9, 2C19, and 1A2)[1]
Biological half-life 7.8–9.8 hours[2]
Identifiers
CAS Number 607723-33-1
PubChem CID 9826451
DrugBank DB09198 Yes
ChemSpider 8002194
Synonyms CKD-501
Chemical data
Formula C24H24N4O5S
Molar mass 480.53616 g/mol

Identifications:

1H NMR (Estimated) for Lobeglitazone

Experimental: 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 3.12 (m, 4H), 3.45 (m, 1H), 3.83 (s, 3H), 4.00 (m, 2H), 4.16 (m, 2H), 4.50 (m, 1H), 5.84 (bs, 1H), 6.83 (m, 2H), 7.06 (m, 2H), 7.15 (m, 2H), 8.31 (s, 1H), 8.89 (bs, NH).

///Lobeglitazone Sulfate, CKD-501, Duvie®,  Approved KOREA, Chong Kun Dang, A dual PPARα and PPARγ agonist , type 2 diabetes, CKD 501, 763108-62-9, 607723-33-1, IDR-105

CN(CCOC1=CC=C(C=C1)CC2C(=O)NC(=O)S2)C3=CC(=NC=N3)OC4=CC=C(C=C4)OC.OS(=O)(=O)O


Filed under: Uncategorized Tagged: 607723-33-1, 763108-62-9, A dual PPARα and PPARγ agonist, Approved KOREA, Chong Kun Dang, CKD-501, Duvie®, IDR-105, Lobeglitazone Sulfate, TYPE 2 DIABETES

AZD 3514 MALEATE

$
0
0

STR1

AZD3514; AZD 3514; AZD-3514.

CAS 1240299-33-5
Chemical Formula: C25H32F3N7O2
Exact Mass: 519.25696

1-(4-(2-(4-(1-(3-(trifluoromethyl)-7,8-dihydro-[1,2,4]triazolo[4,3-b]pyridazin-6-yl)piperidin-4-yl)phenoxy)ethyl)piperazin-1-yl)ethanone

Ethanone, 1-[4-[2-[4-[1-[7,8-dihydro-3-(trifluoromethyl)-1,2,4-triazolo[4,3-b]pyridazin-6-yl]-4-piperidinyl]phenoxy]ethyl]-1-piperazinyl]

6-f4-{4-[2-f4-acetylpiperazin-l-yl)ethoxylphenyl}piperidin-l-yl)-3-( trifluoromethyr)-7,8-dihvdro [ 1 ,2,41 triazolo [4,3-bl pyridazine

6-(4-{4-[2-(4-acetylpiperazin-l- vDethoxyl phenyllpiperidin- l-vD-3-f trifluoromethyl)-7.,8-(iihv(iro [ 1 ,2,41 triazolo [4,3- blpyridazine

  • 1-[4-[2-[4-[1-[7,8-Dihydro-3-(trifluoromethyl)-1,2,4-triazolo[4,3-b]pyridazin-6-yl]-4-piperidinyl]phenoxy]ethyl]-1-piperazinyl]ethanone
  • Originator AstraZeneca
  • Class Antineoplastics
  • Mechanism of Action Androgen receptor antagonists

AZD-3514 is a potent androgen receptor downregulator with potential anticancer cancer activity. AZD3514 is being evaluated in a Phase I clinical trial in patients with castrate-resistant prostate cancer.

AZD3514 is currently in Phase I trail. This trial is looking at a new drug called AZD3514 for men who have prostate cancer that has spread to other parts of the body and is no longer responding to hormone therapy.  Doctors often use hormone therapy to treat prostate cancer. This may keep it under control for long periods of time. But researchers are looking for treatments that will help men who have prostate cancer that stops responding to hormone therapy.  Prostate cancer needs the hormone testosterone to grow. The testosterone locks into receptors on the cancer cells. AZD3514 works by breaking down these receptors so that testosterone canÂ’t tell the prostate cancer cells to grow.

img

6-(4-{4-[2-(4-Acetylpiperazin-1-yl)ethoxy]phenyl}piperidin-1-yl)-3-(trifluoromethyl)-7,8-ihydro[1,2,4]triazolo[4,3-b]pyridazine 

as a white, free flowing solid.

1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 1.62 (2H, m), 1.88 (2H, m), 2.02 (3H, s), 2.49 (4H, m), 2.65 – 2.78 (5H, m), 2.94 (2H, m), 3.15 (2H, t), 3.42 (2H, m), 3.57 (2H, m), 4.03 (2H, t), 4.24 (2H, m), 6.80 (2H, d), 7.06 (2H, d);

m/z = 520 [M+H]+. RT = 0.87: 99% purity.

HRMS found 520.26373,

Prostate cancer is the second leading cause of death from cancer among men in developed countries, and was projected to account for 25% of newly-diagnosed cases and 9% of deaths due to cancer in the USA in 2010. The androgen receptor (AR), a ligand binding transcription factor in the nuclear hormone receptor super family, is a key molecular target in the etiology and progression of prostate cancer.Binding of the endogenous AR ligand dihydrotestosterone stabilizes and protects the AR from rapid proteolytic degradation. The early stages of prostate cancer tumor growth are androgen dependent and respond well to androgen ablation,  either via surgical castration or by chemical castration with a luteinizing hormone releasing hormone agonist in combination with an AR antagonist, such as bicalutamide.

Although introduction of androgen deprivation therapy represented a major advance in prostate cancer treatment, recurrence within 1–2 years typically marks transition to the so-called castrate-resistant state, in which the tumor continues to grow in the presence of low circulating endogenous ligand and is no longer responsive to classical AR antagonists. Castrate-resistant prostate cancer (CRPC) is a largely unmet medical need with a 5-year survival rate of less than 15%. Antimitotic agents docetaxel and cabazitaxel, testosterone biosynthesis inhibitor abiraterone acetate and second generation AR antagonist enzalutamide (MDV3100) are the currently approved small-molecule drugs that have been shown to provide survival benefit.

Recent evidence from both pre-clinical and clinical studies is consistent with the importance of re-activation of AR signaling in a majority of castrate-resistant prostate tumors. It is also well established that the functional AR in castrate-resistant tumors is frequently mutated or amplified, and that over-expression can convert hormone-responsive cell lines to hormone refractory. Recent second-generation AR antagonists have been designed that retain antagonism in over-expressing cell lines, and among these agents enzalutamide has recently successfully met efficacy criteria in a large Phase III clinical trial.

By analogy with fulvestrant, an estrogen receptor (ER) downregulator approved by the FDA in 2002 for treatment of advanced breast cancer and initially characterized as a pure ER antagonist, a ligand which downregulates the AR represents one of a number of potential approaches to treatment of CRPC via a sustained reduction in tumor AR content. We recently described derivation from a novel 3-(trifluoromethyl)-[1,2,4]triazolo[4,3-b]pyridazine ligand of AR inhibitor 1 The compound also causes AR downregulation15 and high plasma levels following oral administration in pre-clinical models compensate for moderate cellular potency

Figure 1.

Structures of lead AR downregulator 1 and chemotype 2.

Structures of lead AR downregulator 1 and chemotype 2.

Scheme 3.

Synthesis of compounds 10, 11a–b, 12. Reagents and conditions: (a) ...

Synthesis of compounds 10, 11ab, 12. Reagents and conditions: (a) 2-(1-Methyl-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)ethanol,27 Ph3P, diisopropyl azodicarboxylate, THF, 20 °C; (b) 2-(4-acetylpiperazine-1-yl)ethanol,28 Ph3P, diisopropyl azodicarboxylate, THF, 20 °C; (c) H2, 10% Pd-C, MeOH, 50 °C.

PATENT

WO 2010092371

 Robert Hugh Bradbury, Gregory Richard Carr,Alfred Arthur Rabow, Korupoju Srinivasa Rao,Harikrishna Tumma,
Applicant Astrazeneca Ab, Astrazeneca Uk Limited

Preparation of 6-f4-{4-[2-f4-acetylpiperazin-l-yl)ethoxylphenyl}piperidin-l-yl)-3-

( trifluoromethyr)-7,8-dihvdro [ 1 ,2,41 triazolo [4,3-bl pyridazine

Figure imgf000079_0001

A solution of acetyl chloride (0.027 mL, 0.38 mmol) in DCM (0.5 mL) was added dropwise to 6-[4- [4- [2-(piperazin- 1 -yl)ethoxy]phenyl]piperidin- 1 -yl] -3 -(trifluoromethyl)- 7,8-dihydro-[l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-b]pyridazine (150 mg, 0.31 mmol) and triethylamine (0.088 mL, 0.63 mmol) in DCM (1 mL) cooled to 00C under nitrogen. The resulting solution was stirred at 00C for 5 minutes then allowed to warm to room temperature and stirred for 15 minutes. The reaction mixture was diluted with water (2 mL), passed through a phase separating cartridge and then the organic layer was evaporated to afford crude product. The crude product was purified by preparative HPLC (Waters XBridge Prep Cl 8 OBD column, 5μ silica, 19 mm diameter, 100 mm length), using decreasingly polar mixtures of water (containing 1% ammonia) and MeCN as eluents. Fractions containing the desired compound were evaporated to dryness to give 6-(4-{4-[2-(4-acetylpiperazin-l- yl)ethoxy]phenyl}piperidin-l-yl)-3-(trifluoromethyl)-7,8-dihydro[l,2,4]triazolo[4,3- b]pyridazine (80 mg, 49%) as a gum.

IH NMR (399.9 MHz, CDC13) δ 1.69 (2H, m), 1.95 (2H, m), 2.08 (3H, s), 2.56 (4H, m), 2.71 – 2.84 (5H, m), 3.00 (2H, m), 3.22 (2H, t), 3.48 (2H, m), 3.63 (2H, m), 4.10 (2H, t), 4.31 (2H, m), 6.86 (2H, d), 7.12 (2H, d); m/z = 520 [M+H]+.

The 6-[4-[4-[2-(piperazin- 1 -yl)ethoxy]phenyl]piperidin- 1 -yl]-3-(trifluoromethyl)-7,8- dihydro-[l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-b]pyridazine used as starting material was prepared as follows :-

Preparation of tert-butyl 4-[2-[4-(l-(benzyloxycarbonyl)-l,2,3,6-tetrahydropyridin-4- yl)phenoxy]ethyl]piperazine-l-carboxylate DIAD (12.60 mL, 64.00 mmol) was added dropwise to benzyl 4-(4-hydroxyphenyl)-5,6- dihydropyridine-l(2H)-carboxylate (obtained as described in Example 4.1, preparation of starting materials) (16.5 g, 53.34 mmol), tert-butyl 4-(2-hydroxyethyl)piperazine-l- carboxylate (CAS 77279-24-4) (14.74 g, 64.00 mmol) and triphenylphosphine (16.79 g, 64.00 mmol) in THF (150 mL) under nitrogen. The resulting solution was stirred at ambient temperature for 16 hours. The reaction mixture was evaporated to dryness then the residue was stirred in ether (200 mL) for 10 minutes at room temperature. The resulting precipitate was removed by filtration and discarded. The ether filtrate was washed with water (100 mL) followed by saturated brine (100 mL), then dried over MgSO4, filtered and evaporated to give crude product. The crude product was purified by flash silica chromatography, elution gradient 20 to 60% EtOAc in isohexane. Fractions containing the desired product were evaporated to dryness to afford tert-butyl 4-[2-[4-(l- (benzyloxycarbonyl)- 1,2,3, 6-tetrahydropyridin-4-yl)phenoxy]ethyl]piperazine-l- carboxylate (34.6 g, 82%) as a gum which was contaminated with 34% by weight triphenylphosphine oxide.

IH NMR (399.9 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 1.40 (9H, s), 2.42 – 2.47 (6H, m), 2.71 (2H, m), 3.32 (4H, m), 3.62 (2H, m), 4.03 – 4.10 (4H, m), 5.12 (2H, s), 6.06 (IH, m), 6.92 (2H, d), 7.31 – 7.40 (7H, m); m/z = 522 [M+H]+.

Preparation of tert-butyl 4-[2-[4-(piperidin-4-yl)phenoxy]ethyl]piperazine-l- carboxylate tert-Butyl 4-[2-[4-(l-(benzyloxycarbonyl)-l,2,3,6-tetrahydropyridin-4- yl)phenoxy]ethyl]piperazine-l-carboxylate (66% pure by weight) (34.62 g, 43.80 mmol) and 5% palladium on carbon (50% wet) (4.47 g, 1.05 mmol) in MeOH (250 mL) were stirred under an atmosphere of hydrogen at 5 bar and 600C for 4 hours. The catalyst was removed by filtration and the solvents evaporated to give crude product. The crude product was purified by flash silica chromatography, eluting with 60% EtOAc in isohexane then 15% 2M ammonia/MeOH in DCM. Pure fractions were evaporated to dryness to afford tert-butyl 4-[2-[4-(piperidin-4-yl)phenoxy]ethyl]piperazine-l-carboxylate (15.42 g, 90%) as a solid. IH NMR (399.9 MHz, CDC13) δ 1.46 (9H, s), 1.62 (2H, m), 1.81 (2H, m), 2.50 – 2.59 (5H, m), 2.73 (2H, m), 2.80 (2H, t), 3.18 (2H, m), 3.44 (4H, m), 4.09 (2H, t), 6.85 (2H, d), 7.13 (2H, d); m/z = 390 [M+H]+.

Preparation of tert-butyl 4-[2-[4-[l-(3-(trifluoromethyl)-[l,2,4]triazolo[4,3- b]pyridazin-6-yl]piperidin-4-yl]phenoxy]ethyl]piperazine-l-carboxylate

DIPEA (2.348 mL, 13.48 mmol) was added to 6-chloro-3-(trifluoromethyl)- [l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-b]pyridazine (obtained as described in Monatsh. Chem. 1972, 103, 1591) (2 g, 8.99 mmol) and tert-butyl 4-[2-[4-(piperidin-4-yl)phenoxy]ethyl]piperazine-l- carboxylate (3.68 g, 9.44 mmol) in DMF (30 mL). The resulting solution was stirred at 800C for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and the solvents evaporated to dryness. The resulting solid was triturated with water then collected by filtration, washed with ether and dried to afford tert-butyl 4-[2-[4-[l-(3-(trifluoromethyl)- [l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-b]pyridazin-6-yl]piperidin-4-yl]phenoxy]ethyl]piperazine-l -carboxylate (5.02 g, 97%) as a solid.

IH NMR (399.9 MHz, CDC13) δ 1.46 (9H, s), 1.76 (2H, m), 2.00 (2H, m), 2.54 (4H, m), 2.75 – 2.86 (3H, m), 3.11 (2H, m), 3.46 (4H, m), 4.11 (2H, m), 4.37 (2H, m), 6.87 (2H, d), 7.13 (3H, m), 7.92 (IH, d); m/z = 576 [M+H]+.

Preparation of tert-butyl 4-[2-[4-[l-[3-(trifluoromethyl)-7,8-dihydro-

[1 ,2,4] triazolo [4,3-b] pyridazin-6-yl)piperidin-4-yl] phenoxy] ethyl] piperazine- 1- carboxylate

10% Palladium on carbon (0.924 g, 0.87 mmol) was added to tert-butyl 4-[2-[4-[l-(3- (trifluoromethyl)-[l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-b]pyridazin-6-yl]piperidin-4- yl]phenoxy]ethyl]piperazine-l -carboxylate (2.5 g, 4.34 mmol) and ammonium formate (2.74 g, 43.43 mmol) in ethanol (100 mL). The resulting mixture was stirred at 78°C, with further portions of ammonium formate being added every 5 hours until the reaction was complete. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and the catalyst was removed by filtration. The filtrate was evaporated to dryness, redissolved in DCM (100 mL) and the solution was washed with water (100 mL) followed by brine (50 mL), then the solvents were evaporated to afford tert-butyl 4-[2-[4-[l-[3-(trifluoromethyl)-7,8-dihydro- [l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-b]pyπdazin-6-yl)pipeπdin-4-yl]phenoxy]ethyl]piperazine-l-carboxylate (2.02O g, 81%) as a solid.

IH NMR (399.9 MHz, CDC13) δ 1.46 (9H, s), 1.69 (2H, m), 1.95 (2H, m), 2.52 (4H, m), 2.71 – 2.82 (5H, m), 3.00 (2H, m), 3.22 (2H, t), 3.45 (4H, m), 4.09 (2H, m), 4.31 (2H, m), 6.86 (2H, d), 7.12 (2H, d); m/z = 578 [M+H]+.

Preparation of 6- [4-[4- [2-(piperazin-l-yl)ethoxy] phenyl] piperidin-1-yl] -3- (trifluor omethyl)-7,8-dihydr o- [ 1 ,2,4] triazolo [4,3-b] pyridazine

TFA (10 mL) was added to tert-butyl 4-[2-[4-[l-[3-(trifluoromethyl)-7,8-dihydro- [l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-b]pyπdazin-6-yl)pipeπdin-4-yl]phenoxy]ethyl]piperazine-l-carboxylate (2.02 g, 3.50 mmol) in DCM (10 mL). The resulting solution was stirred at ambient temperature for 1 hour then added to an SCX column. The desired product was eluted from the column using 2M ammonia/MeOH and the solvents were evaporated to afford 6-[4-[4- [2-(piperazin-l-yl)ethoxy]phenyl]piperidin-l-yl]-3-(trifluoromethyl)-7,8-dihydro- [l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-b]pyridazine (1.660 g, 99%) as a solid.

IH NMR (399.9 MHz, CDC13) δ 1.68 (2H, m), 1.95 (2H, m), 2.55 (4H, m), 2.70 – 2.80 (5H, m), 2.91 (4H, m), 3.00 (2H, m), 3.22 (2H, t), 4.09 (2H, t), 4.30 (2H, m), 6.87 (2H, d), 7.11 (2H, d); m/z = 478 [M+H]+.

Example 5.2

Larger scale preparation of 6-(4-{4-[2-(4-acetylpiperazin-l- vDethoxyl phenyllpiperidin- l-vD-3-f trifluoromethyl)-7.,8-dihvdro [ 1 ,2,41 triazolo [4,3- blpyridazine

Ammonium formate (99 g, 1568.94 mmol) was added to 6-[4-[4-[2-(4-acetylpiperazin-l- yl)ethoxy]phenyl]piperidin- 1 -yl]-3-(trifluoromethyl)[ 1 ,2,4]triazolo[4,3-b]pyridazine (81.2 g, 156.89 mmol) and 10% palladium on carbon (8.35 g, 7.84 mmol) in EtOH (810 mL) under nitrogen. The resulting mixture was stirred at 700C for 6 hours, then ammonium formate (50 g) was added. The mixture was stirred at 700C for 2 hours then further portions of 10% palladium on carbon (8.35 g, 7.84 mmol) and ammonium formate (50 g) were added and stirring continued at 700C for a further 10 hours. Ammonium formate (50 g) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred at 700C for 24 hours then cooled to room temperature. The catalyst was removed by filtration and the reaction charged with further 10% palladium on carbon (8.35 g, 7.84 mmol) and stirred at 700C for 16 hours. Further ammonium formate (50 g) was added and the stirring continued for 5 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and a further portion of 10% palladium on carbon (8.35 g, 7.84 mmol) was added. The mixture was heated to 700C for a 30 hours, cooled to room temperature and the catalyst removed by filtration and washed with EtOH. The solvent was evaporated and the residue dissolved in DCM (500 mL) and the solution washed with water (500 mL). The aqueous layer was re-extracted with DCM (500 mL), then EtOAc (500 mL x 2). The combined extracts were dried over MgSO4, filtered and evaporated to give crude product. The crude product was purified by flash silica chromatography, elution gradient 0 to 5% MeOH in DCM. Pure fractions were evaporated to dryness to afford a gum, which was slurried with ether (300 mL) and re-evaporated. Methyl tert-butyl ether (250 mL) was added and the mixture was stirred vigorously for 3 days. The solid was collected by filtration and dried to afford 6-(4-{4-[2-(4- acetylpiperazin- 1 -yl)ethoxy]phenyl}piperidin- 1 -yl)-3-(trifluoromethyl)-7,8- dihydro[l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-b]pyridazine (60.8 g, 75%) as a solid.

IH NMR (399.9 MHz, CDC13) δ 1.62 (2H, m), 1.88 (2H, m), 2.02 (3H, s), 2.49 (4H, m), 2.65 – 2.78 (5H, m), 2.94 (2H, m), 3.15 (2H, t), 3.42 (2H, m), 3.57 (2H, m), 4.03 (2H, t), 4.24 (2H, m), 6.80 (2H, d), 7.06 (2H, d); m/z = 520 [M+H]+.

The 6-[4-[4-[2-(4-acetylpiperazin-l-yl)ethoxy]phenyl]piperidin-l-yl]-3-

(trifluoromethyl)[l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-b]pyridazine used as starting material was prepared as follows :-

Preparation of 4-(piperidin-4-yl)phenol Benzyl 4-(4-hydroxyphenyl)-5,6-dihydropyridine-l(2H)-carboxylate (obtained as described in Example 4.1, preparation of starting materials) (37.7 g, 121.86 mmol) and 5% palladium on carbon (7.6 g, 3.57 mmol) in methanol (380 mL) were stirred under an atmosphere of hydrogen at 5 bar and 25°C for 2 hours. The catalyst was removed by filtration, washed with MeOH and the solvents evaporated. The crude material was triturated with diethyl ether, then the desired product collected by filtration and dried under vacuum to afford 4-(piperidin-4-yl)phenol (20.36 g, 94%) as a solid. IH NMR (399.9 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 1.46 (2H, m), 1.65 (2H, m), 2.45 (IH, m), 2.58 (2H, m), 3.02 (2H, m), 6.68 (2H, d), 7.00 (2H, d), 9.15 (IH, s); m/z = 178 [M+H]+.

Preparation of 4- { 1- [3-(trifluor omethyl) [1 ,2,4] triazolo [4,3-b] pyridazin-6-yl] piperidin- 4-yl}phenol

DIPEA (48.2 mL, 276.86 mmol) was added to 6-chloro-3-(trifluoromethyl)- [l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-b]pyridazine (obtained as described in Monatsh. Chem. 1972, 103, 1591) (24.65 g, 110.74 mmol) and 4-(piperidin-4-yl)phenol (20.61 g, 116.28 mmol) in DMF (200 mL). The resulting solution was stirred at 800C for 1 hour. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, then evaporated to dryness and re-dissolved in DCM (1 L) and washed with water (2 x 1 L). The organic layer was washed with saturated brine (500 mL), then dried over MgSO4, filtered and evaporated to afford crude product. The crude product was triturated with ether to afford 4-{l-[3- (trifluoromethyl)[l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-b]pyridazin-6-yl]piperidin-4-yl}phenol (36.6 g, 91%) as a solid.

IH NMR (399.9 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 1.64 (2H, m), 1.87 (2H, m), 2.75 (IH, m), 3.09 (2H, m), 4.40 (2H, m), 6.69 (2H, d), 7.05 (2H, d), 7.65 (IH, d), 8.24 (IH, d), 9.15 (IH, s); m/z = 364 [M+H]+.

Preparation of 2-(4-{l-[3-(trifluoromethyl)[l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-b]pyridazin-6- yl]piperidin-4-yl}phenoxy)ethanol

A solution of ethylene carbonate (121 g, 1376.13 mmol) in DMF (200 mL) was added dropwise to a stirred suspension of 4-{l-[3-(trifluoromethyl)[l,2,4]triazolo[4,3- b]pyridazin-6-yl]piperidin-4-yl}phenol (100 g, 275.23 mmol) and potassium carbonate (76 g, 550.45 mmol) in DMF (200 mL) at 800C over a period of 15 minutes under nitrogen.

The resulting mixture was stirred at 800C for 20 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, then concentrated and diluted with DCM (2 L), and washed sequentially with water (1 L) and saturated brine (500 mL). The organic layer was dried over MgSO4, filtered and evaporated to afford crude product. The crude product was purified by flash silica chromatography, elution gradient 70 to 100% EtOAc in isohexane. Fractions containing the desired product were evaporated to dryness then triturated with EtOAc (150 mL). The resulting solid was washed with further EtOAc (50 mL) and ether then dried to give 2-(4- { 1 -[3-(trifluoromethyl)[ 1 ,2,4]triazolo[4,3-b]pyridazin-6-yl]piperidin-4- yl}phenoxy)ethanol. The filtrate was evaporated and further purified by flash silica chromatography, elution gradient 70 to 100% EtOAc in isohexane. Fractions containing the desired product were evaporated to dryness then triturated with ether, dried and combined with the material previously collected to afford 2-(4- { 1 -[3-

(trifluoromethyl)[ 1 ,2,4]triazolo[4,3-b]pyridazin-6-yl]piperidin-4-yl}phenoxy)ethanol (89 g, 79%) as a solid.

IH NMR (399.9 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 1.66 (2H, m), 1.88 (2H, m), 2.80 (IH, m), 3.10 (2H, m), 3.70 (2H, m), 3.95 (2H, t), 4.41 (2H, m), 4.85 (IH, t), 6.87 (2H, d), 7.18 (2H, d), 7.67 (IH, d), 8.25 (IH, d); m/z = 408 [M+H]+.

Preparation of 2-(4-{ 1- [3-(trifluoromethyl) [ 1 ,2,4] triazolo [4,3-b] pyridazin-6- yl] piperidin-4-yl}phenoxy)ethyl methanesulfonate

A solution of methanesulfonyl chloride (20.37 mL, 262.16 mmol) in DCM (300 mL) was added to 2-(4- { 1 -[3-(trifluoromethyl)[ 1 ,2,4]triazolo[4,3-b]pyridazin-6-yl]piperidin-4- yl}phenoxy)ethanol (89 g, 218.46 mmol) and triethylamine (60.9 mL, 436.93 mmol) in DCM (900 mL) at 00C over a period of 30 minutes under nitrogen. The resulting solution was stirred at 00C for 1 hour. The reaction mixture was diluted with DCM (1 L), and washed with water (2 L). The organic layer was dried over MgSO4, filtered and evaporated to afford 2-(4- { 1 -[3-(trifluoromethyl)[ 1 ,2,4]triazolo[4,3-b]pyridazin-6-yl]piperidin-4- yl}phenoxy)ethyl methanesulfonate (104 g, 98%) as a solid.

IH NMR (399.9 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 1.67 (2H, m), 1.89 (2H, m), 2.83 (IH, m), 3.11 (2H, m), 3.23 (3H, s), 4.23 (2H, t), 4.41 (2H, m), 4.52 (2H, t), 6.91 (2H, d), 7.21 (2H, d), 7.66 (IH, d), 8.24 (IH, d); m/z = 486 [M+H]+. Preparation of 6-[4-[4-[2-(4-acetylpiperazin-l-yl)ethoxy]phenyl]piperidin-l-yl]-3- (trifluor omethyl) [ 1 ,2,4] triazolo [4,3-b] pyridazine DIPEA (107 mL, 613.00 mmol) was added to 2-(4-{l-[3-

(trifluoromethyl)[l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-b]pyridazin-6-yl]piperidin-4-yl}phenoxy)ethyl methanesulfonate (99 g, 204.33 mmol) and N-acetylpiperazine (28.8 g, 224.77 mmol) in DMA (500 mL). The resulting solution was stirred at 1100C for 1 hour. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and the solvents were evaporated. The residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate (1 L) and the solution was washed with water (1 L). The aqueous was re-extracted with ethyl acetate (1 L) and the combined organics were washed with brine (1 L), dried over MgSO4, filtered and evaporated to give crude product. The aqueous layer was basifϊed to pH 12 with 2M NaOH, then extracted with ethyl acetate (1 L), washed with brine (IL), dried over MgSO4, filtered and evaporated to give further crude product. The crude product was purified by flash silica chromatography, elution gradient 0 to 3% MeOH in DCM then 5% MeOH in DCM. Pure fractions were evaporated to give 6-[4-[4-[2-(4-acetylpiperazin-l-yl)ethoxy]phenyl]piperidin-l-yl]-3- (trifluoromethyl)[l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-b]pyridazine (81 g, 77%) as a solid. IH NMR (399.9 MHz, DMS0-d6) δ 1.59-1.73 (2H, m), 1.87 (2H, d), 1.99 (3H, s), 2.42 (2H, t), 2.71 (2H, t), 2.76-2.86 (IH, t), 3.08 (2H, t), 3.38-3.47 (4H, m), 4.08 (2H, t), 4.41 (2H, d), 6.88 (2H, d), 7.18 (2H, d), 7.62 (IH, d), 8.26 (IH, d); m/z = 518 [M+H]+.

Example 5.5

Alternative route for the preparation of 6-(4-{4-[2-(4-acetylpiperazin-l- vDethoxyl phenyllpiperidin- l-vD-3-f trifluoromethyl)-7.,8-(iihv(iro [ 1 ,2,41 triazolo [4,3- blpyridazine Form A

Methanol (375.0 mL) was added to 6-[4-[4-[2-(4-acetylpiperazin-l- yl)ethoxy]phenyl]piperidin-l-yl]-3-(trifluoromethyl)[ 1,2,4] triazolo[4,3-b]pyridazine (25.0 g, 48 m mol) in a 2.0 L autoclave reactor and to this was added 10% Pd/C (12.5 g, 50% w/w) paste at 22-25°C under nitrogen gas atmosphere. The reaction was performed under hydrogen pressure (5.0 bar) at 500C temperature for 10.0 h. The reaction mass was cooled to room temperature and the catalyst removed by filtration. Filtered cake was washed with methanol. The solvent was evaporated and the residue was azeotropically distilled by ethylacetate (2 x 125.0 mL) at 400C under reduced pressure to 3.0 rel vol (75.0 mL). Drop wise addition of tert-butylmethylether (MTBE, 375.0 mL) to the reaction mass resulted in solid material, which was collected by filtration and washed with MTBE (50.0 mL). The material was dried under reduced pressure with nitrogen gas bleed at 500C to afford the desired product 6-(4-{4-[2-(4-acetylpiperazin-l-yl)ethoxy]phenyl}piperidin-l-yl)-3- (trifluoromethyl)-7,8-dihydro[l,2,4]triazolo [4,3-b]pyridazine (22.3 g, 88%) as a white color free flowing solid. The isolated material was confirmed by XRPD as Form A. IH NMR (400.13 MHz, CDC13): δ 1.62 (2H, m), 1.88 (2H, m), 2.02 (3H, s), 2.49 (4H, m), 2.65 – 2.78 (5H, m), 2.94 (2H, m), 3.15 (2H, t), 3.42 (2H, m), 3.57 (2H, m), 4.03 (2H, t), 4.24 (2H, m), 6.80 (2H, d), 7.06 (2H, d); m/z = 520 [M+H]+.

The 6-[4-[4-[2-(4-acetylpiperazin-l-yl)ethoxy]phenyl]piperidin-l-yl]-3- (trifluoromethyl)[ 1,2,4] triazolo[4,3-b]pyridazine used as starting material was prepared as follows :-

Preparation of 4- { 1- [3-(trifluor omethyl) [1 ,2,4] triazolo [4,3-b] pyridazin-6-yl] piperidin- 4-yl}phenol: Dimethylacetamide (250.0 mL) was added to 6-chloro-3-(trifluoromethyl)- [l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-b]pyridazine [CAS: 40971-95-7] (50.0 g, 225 m mol) at 22-25°C in a suitable round bottom flask followed by 4-(piperidin-4-yl)phenol [CAS: 62614-84-0] (60.9 g, 236 m mol) at 22-25°C. The reaction mass was stirred to obtain a clear solution. Triethylamine (79.1 mL, 561 m mol) was slowly added to the reaction mass by drop wise addition over a period of 60 min at 25-300C. Temperature was raised to 400C and the reaction mass stirred for 1.0 h. After completion of reaction, water (500.0 mL) was added to the reaction mass by drop wise addition over a period of 30 min at 40-430C. The slurry mass was stirred for 30 min at 400C and then filtered under reduced pressure. The wet material was slurry washed using water (500.0 mL) for 30 min at 400C. The solid was collected by filtration and the material washed with water (125.0 mL). The material was dried under reduced pressure with nitrogen gas bleed at 500C to afford the desired product 4-{l-[3-(trifluoromethyl)[l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-b]pyridazin-6-yl]piperidin-4-yl}phenol (75.1 g, 89.9%) as a free flowing solid. IH NMR (400.13 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 1.64 (2H, m), 1.87 (2H, m), 2.75 (IH, m), 3.09 (2H, m), 4.40 (2H, m), 6.69 (2H, d), 7.05 (2H, d), 7.65 (IH, d), 8.24 (IH, d), 9.15 (IH, s); m/z = 364 [M+H]+.

Preparation of 6-[4-[4-[2-(4-acetylpiperazin-l-yl)ethoxy]phenyl]piperidin-l-yl]-3- (trifluor omethyl) [ 1 ,2,4] triazolo [4,3-b] pyridazine:

Dichloromethane (225.0 mL) and 4-{l-[3-(trifluoromethyl)[l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-b]pyridazin- 6-yl]piperidin-4-yl} phenol (50.0 g, 138 m mol) were charged to a suitable round bottom flask at 22-25°C. Triphenylphosphine (72.2 g, 275 m mol) and l-[4-(2-hydroxy- ethyl)piperazin-l-yl]ethanone [CAS: 83502-55-0] (47.4 g, 275 m mol) were added successively to the reaction mass and stirred for 10 min at 22-25°C. Di-isopropyl azodicarboxylate (55.65 g, 275 m mol) in dichloromethane (75.0 mL) was added to the reaction mass slowly drop wise at 25-300C over a period of 60-90 min. The resulting reaction mass was stirred for 1.0 h at 25-300C to complete the reaction. n-Heptane (600.0 mL) was introduced to the reaction mass by drop wise addition over a period of 15-30 min at 22-25°C and stirred for 30 min at the same temperature. Thus precipitated solid was filtered and washed with n-heptane (150.0 mL). The material was then suck dried for 30 min under reduced pressure. The crude material was purified by slurry washing in methanol (325.0 mL) at 22-25°C. The solid was then collected by filtration and washed with methanol (50.0 mL). The material was dired under reduced pressure with nitrogen gas bleed at 500C to afford the desired product 6-[4-[4-[2-(4-acetylpiperazin-l- yl)ethoxy]phenyl]piperidin- 1 -yl]-3-(trifluoromethyl)[ 1 ,2,4] triazolo[4,3-b]pyridazine (61.2 g, 84%) as a free flowing solid.

IH NMR (400.13 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 1.59-1.73 (2H, m), 1.87 (2H, d), 1.99 (3H, s), 2.42 (2H, t), 2.71 (2H, t), 2.76-2.86 (IH, t), 3.08 (2H, t), 3.38-3.47 (4H, m), 4.08 (2H, t), 4.41 (2H, d), 6.88 (2H, d), 7.18 (2H, d), 7.62 (IH, d), 8.26 (IH, d); m/z = 518 [M+H]+.

Example 5.8

Preparation of 6-(4-{4-[2-(4-acetylpiperazin-l-yl)ethoxy]phenyl}piperidin-l-yl)-3-(trifluor omethyl)-7,8-dihydr 0 [1 ,2,4] triazolo [4,3-b] pyridazine maleate

Figure imgf000096_0001

A clear solution of maleic acid (0.445 g, 3.84 m mol) in methanol (1.0 mL) was added to a clear solution of 6-(4-{4-[2-(4-acetylpiperazin-l-yl)ethoxy]phenyl}piperidin-l-yl)-3- (trifluoromethyl)-7,8-dihydro[l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-b]pyridazine, obtained as described in Example 5.5, (2.0 g, 3.84 m mol) in methanol (2.0 mL) at 22-25°C and the resulting clear solution heated to 500C for 30 min. The reaction mass was cooled to 22-25°C and ethylacetate (16.0 mL) added drop wise to the reaction mass at 22-25°C. The reaction mass was then stirred for 60 min at 22-25°C. The resulting white color material was collected by filtration and washed with ethylacetate (5.0 mL). The material was dried under reduced pressure with nitrogen gas bleed at 500C to afford the desired product 6-(4- {4-[2-(4-acetylpiperazin-l-yl)ethoxy]phenyl}piperidin-l-yl)-3-(trifluoromethyl)-7,8- dihydro[l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-b]pyridazine maleate (2.21 g, 90.0%) as free flowing white color material.

IH NMR (400.13 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 1.62 (2H, m), 1.77 (2H, m), 2.02 (3H, s), 2.75 (IH, m), 2.77 (2H, m), 2.80 (2H, m), 2.95 (4H, m), 3.16 (2H, t), 3.36 (6H, m), 4.22 (4H, m), 6.08 (2H, s), 6.91 (2H, d), 7.17 (2H, d).

PAPER

Bioorg Med Chem Lett. 2013 Apr 1;23(7):1945-8

Discovery of AZD3514, a small-molecule androgen receptor downregulator for treatment of advanced prostate cancer

  • Oncology iMed, AstraZeneca, Mereside, Alderley Park, Macclesfield SK10 4TG, UK

Removal of the basic piperazine nitrogen atom, introduction of a solubilising end group and partial reduction of the triazolopyridazine moiety in the previously-described lead androgen receptor downregulator 6-[4-(4-cyanobenzyl)piperazin-1-yl]-3-(trifluoromethyl)[1,2,4]triazolo[4,3-b]pyridazine (1) addressed hERG and physical property issues, and led to clinical candidate 6-(4-{4-[2-(4-acetylpiperazin-1-yl)ethoxy]phenyl}piperidin-1-yl)-3-(trifluoromethyl)-7,8-dihydro[1,2,4]triazolo[4,3-b]pyridazine (12), designated AZD3514, that is being evaluated in a Phase I clinical trial in patients with castrate-resistant prostate cancer.

Image for unlabelled figure

http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S0960894X13002321

SYNTHESIS

STR1AZD 3514

6-(4-{4-[2-(4-Acetylpiperazin-1-yl)ethoxy]phenyl}piperidin-1-yl)-3-(trifluoromethyl)-7,8-dihydro[1,2,4]triazolo[4,3-b]pyridazine AZD 3514

STR1

SYNTHETIC ROUTE 2ND GENERATION

STR1

STR1

SYNTHETIC ROUTE 4TH GENERATION

STR1

REFERENCES

1: Bradbury RH, Acton DG, Broadbent NL, Brooks AN, Carr GR, Hatter G, Hayter BR,  Hill KJ, Howe NJ, Jones RD, Jude D, Lamont SG, Loddick SA, McFarland HL, Parveen  Z, Rabow AA, Sharma-Singh G, Stratton NC, Thomason AG, Trueman D, Walker GE, Wells SL, Wilson J, Wood JM. Discovery of AZD3514, a small-molecule androgen receptor downregulator for treatment of advanced prostate cancer. Bioorg Med Chem Lett. 2013 Apr 1;23(7):1945-8. doi: 10.1016/j.bmcl.2013.02.056. Epub 2013 Feb 21. PubMed PMID: 23466225.

///////////////AZD 3514 MALEATE, AZD 3514 , AZD-3514, Prostate cancer, Androgen receptor downregulator, AZD3514, 1240299-33-5


Filed under: Uncategorized Tagged: 1240299-33-5, Androgen receptor downregulator, AZD 3514, AZD 3514 MALEATE, AZD3514, Prostate cancer

AZD 1981

$
0
0

STR1

AZD1981; AZD-1981; 802904-66-1; UNII-2AD53WQ2CX; ; AZD 1981;
Molecular Formula: C19H17ClN2O3S
Molecular Weight: 388.86788 g/mol
      1H-Indole-1-acetic acid, 4-(acetylamino)-3-[(4-chlorophenyl)thio]-2-methyl-
  • 2-[4-acetamido-3-(4-chlorophenyl)sulfanyl-2-methylindol-1-yl]acetic acid
  • Originator AstraZeneca
  • Developer AstraZeneca; Johns Hopkins University
  • Class Antiasthmatics
  • Mechanism of Action Prostaglandin D2 receptor antagonists
    • Phase II Urticaria
    • Discontinued Asthma; Chronic obstructive pulmonary disease

    Most Recent Events

    • 09 Mar 2016 AZD 1981 is still in phase II trials for Urticaria in USA (PO)
    • 07 Mar 2016 Johns Hopkins University in collaboration with AstraZeneca completes a phase II trial in Urticaria in USA (PO) (NCT02031679)
    • 04 Mar 2016 Efficacy and safety data from a phase II trial in Urticaria presented at the Annual Meeting of the American Academy of Allergy, Asthma and Immunology (AAAAI-2016)

https://ncats.nih.gov/files/AZD1981.pdf

SEE

NMR

HPLC

AZD1981 is a potent, selective CRTh2 (DP2) receptor antagonist with IC50 of 4 nM, showing >1000-fold selectivity over more than 340 other enzymes and receptors, including DP1. Phase 2.

AZD1981.png

118 patients were randomised to treatment (AZD1981 n = 61; placebo n = 57); 83% of patients were male and the mean age was 63 years (range 43-83). There were no significant differences in the mean difference in change from baseline to end of treatment between AZD1981 and placebo for the co-primary endpoints of pre-bronchodilator FEV1 (AZD1981-placebo: -0.015, 95% CI: -0.10 to 0.070; p = 0.72) and CCQ total score (difference: 0.042, 95% CI: -0.21 to 0.30; p = 0.75). Similarly, no differences were observed between treatments for the other outcomes of lung function, COPD symptom score, 6-MWT, BODE index, and use of reliever medication. AZD1981 was well tolerated.

CONCLUSION:

There was no beneficial clinical effect of AZD1981, at a dose of 1000 mg twice daily for 4 weeks, in patients with moderate to severe COPD. AZD1981 was well tolerated and no safety concerns were identified.

STR1

STR1

STR1

Biological Activity

Description AZD1981 is a potent, selective CRTh2 (DP2) receptor antagonist with IC50 of 4 nM, showing >1000-fold selectivity over more than 340 other enzymes and receptors, including DP1. Phase 2.
Targets CRTh2 (DP2) receptor [1]
IC50 4 nM
In vitro AZD1981, as a potent antagonist in a disease relevant cell system, inhibits DK-PGD2-induced CD11b expression in human eosinophils with IC50 of 10 nM. [1] AZD1981 blocks DP2-mediated shape change in human eosinophils and basophils in blood, as well as DP2-mediated chemotaxis of human Th2 cells and eosinophils. Moreover, AZD1981 also blocks the binding of [3H]PGD2 to mouse, rat, guinea pig, rabbit and dog recombinant DP2. [2]
In vivo AZD1981 has high oral bioavailability in male sprague dawley rats. [1] In guinea pig hind limb model, AZD1981 (100 nM) completely inhibits DK-PGD2-induced eosinophil mobilization. [2]
Features An orally available selective DP2(CRTh2) receptor antagonist in clinical development for asthma.

Protocol(Only for Reference)

Kinase Assay: [2]

DP2 binding studies A scintillation proximity assay (SPA) following [3H]PGD2 binding to membranes of HEK cells expressing recombinant DP2 is used. The potency of AZD1981 as an antagonist is determined by quantifying its ability to displace specific radio-ligand binding. Briefly, membranes from HEK293 expressing recombinant human DP2 are pre-bound to Wheat Germ Agglutinin-coated PVT-SPA beads for 18 h at 4°C. Assays were started by the addition of 25 μL of membrane-coated beads (10 mg/mL of beads) to an assay buffer (50 mm HEPES pH 7.4 containing 5 mm MgCl2) containing 2.5 nM [3H]PGD2 in the absence or the presence of increasing concentrations of the tested compounds (50 μL final volume). Non-specific binding is determined in the same conditions but in the presence of 10 μM DK-PGD2. Plates are incubated for 2 h at room temperature, and bead-associated radioactivity is measured using a Wallac Microbeta counter. The concentration of the compounds causing 50% inhibition of binding of [3H]PGD2 to the receptor is calculated (IC50). Ki values have not been derived from IC50, as there is no evidence of a simple competitive interaction with PGD2. The same methodology is used for recombinant human, murine, rat, guinea pig, dog and rabbit DP2. Reversibility of binding to the human receptor was assessed by recovery of [3H]PGD2 binding after removal of AZD1981 by washing of the membrane-coated SPA beads. HEK-membrane-coated beads are incubated in the presence of AZD1981 for 2 h at room temperature to bind the compound to DP2. To remove the bound AZD1981, beads are centrifuged (1 min at 1300× g), and the pellet resuspended in 1 mL of assay buffer. This is repeated four times. Aliquots (30 μL) are transferred to 96-well plates, and [3H]PGD2 binding is evaluated as above. Parallel samples containing (i) 10 μM DK-PGD2 during the 2 h incubation and in the wash buffer; (ii) AZD1981 at 2 μM in the wash buffer; and (iii) vehicle are processed alongside to determine non-specific binding and the ‘no wash’ condition whilst controlling for loss of beads during the washing process. The time from first wash to end of first reading is approximately 13 min.

Animal Study: [1]

Animal Models Male sprague dawley rats.
Formulation
Dosages 1 mg/kg(i.v.), 4 mg/kg(oral)
Administration i.v. or oral administration

Conversion of different model animals based on BSA (Value based on data from FDA Draft Guidelines)

Species Mouse Rat Rabbit Guinea pig Hamster Dog
Weight (kg) 0.02 0.15 1.8 0.4 0.08 10
Body Surface Area (m2) 0.007 0.025 0.15 0.05 0.02 0.5
Km factor 3 6 12 8 5 20
Animal A (mg/kg) = Animal B (mg/kg) multiplied by  Animal B Km
Animal A Km

For example, to modify the dose of resveratrol used for a mouse (22.4 mg/kg) to a dose based on the BSA for a rat, multiply 22.4 mg/kg by the Km factor for a mouse and then divide by the Km factor for a rat. This calculation results in a rat equivalent dose for resveratrol of 11.2 mg/kg.

Rat dose (mg/kg) = mouse dose (22.4 mg/kg) × mouse Km(3)  = 11.2 mg/kg
rat Km(6)

References

[1] Luker T, et al. Bioorg Med Chem Lett. 2011, 21(21), 6288-6292.

[2] Schmidt JA, et al. Br J Pharmacol. 2013, 168(7), 1626-1638.

Clinical Trial Information( data from http://clinicaltrials.gov, updated on 2016-07-09)

NCT Number Recruitment Conditions Sponsor
/Collaborators
Start Date Phases
NCT02031679 Recruiting Chronic Idiopathic Urticaria Johns Hopkins University|AstraZeneca January 2014 Phase 2
NCT01311635 Completed Healthy AstraZeneca April 2011 Phase 1
NCT01254461 Completed Drug Interaction AstraZeneca February 2011 Phase 1
NCT01265641 Completed Asthma AstraZeneca January 2011 Phase 1
NCT01199341 Completed Pharmakokinetic AstraZeneca October 2010 Phase 1

Patent ID Date Patent Title
US2015210655 2015-07-30 CERTAIN (2S)-N-[(1S)-1-CYANO-2-PHENYLETHYL]-1,4-OXAZEPANE-2-CARBOXAMIDES AS DIPEPTIDYL PEPTIDASE 1 INHIBITORS
US2015072963 2015-03-12 COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS FOR REGULATING HAIR GROWTH
US2014328861 2014-11-06 Combination of CRTH2 Antagonist and a Proton Pump Inhibitor for the Treatment of Eosinophilic Esophagitis
US8772305 2014-07-08 Substituted pyridinyl-pyrimidines and their use as medicaments
US8227622 2012-07-24 Pharmaceutical Process and Intermediates 714
US2012178764 2012-07-12 Novel Compounds
US2011263614 2011-10-27 Novel compounds
US7781598 2010-08-24 Process for the preparation of substituted indoles
US7687535 2010-03-30 Substituted 3-sulfur indoles
US2009163518 2009-06-25 Novel Compounds

///////////

CC1=C(C2=C(N1CC(=O)O)C=CC=C2NC(=O)C)SC3=CC=C(C=C3)Cl


Filed under: Uncategorized Tagged: AZD 1981

Belinostat (PXD101), a novel HDAC inhibitor

$
0
0

File:Belinostat.svg

Belinostat (PXD101)

 FAST TRACK FDA , ORPHAN STATUS

PXD101;PX105684;PXD-101;PXD 101;PX-105684
UNII:F4H96P17NZ
N-Hydroxy-3-(3-phenylsulphamoylphenyl)acrylamide
N-HYDROXY-3-[3-[(PHENYLAMINO)SULFONYL]PHENYL]-2-PROPENAMIDE
NSC726630
(E)-N-hydroxy-3-[3-(phenylsulfamoyl)phenyl]prop-2-enamide
414864-00-9 [RN]
866323-14-0 [RN]
Beleodaq®

Approved by FDA……http://www.drugs.com/newdrugs/fda-approves-beleodaq-belinostat-peripheral-t-cell-lymphoma-4052.html?utm_source=ddc&utm_medium=email&utm_campaign=Today%27s+news+summary+-+July+3%2C+2014

July 3, 2014 — The U.S. Food and Drug Administration today approved Beleodaq (belinostat) for the treatment of patients with peripheral T-cell lymphoma (PTCL), a rare and fast-growing type of non-Hodgkin lymphoma (NHL). The action was taken under the agency’s accelerated approval program.

Belinostat (PXD101) is a novel HDAC inhibitor with IC50 of 27 nM, with activity demonstrated in cisplatin-resistant tumors.

CLINICAL TRIALS…http://clinicaltrials.gov/search/intervention=Belinostat+OR+PXD101

MP 172–174 °C, (lit.(@) 172 °C). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ = 10.75–10.42 (m, 2H), 9.15 (s, 1H), 7.92 (s, 1H), 7.78 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.71 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.56 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 1H),7.47 (d, J = 15.8 Hz, 1H), 7.24 (m, 2H), 7.10–7.01 (m, 3H), 6.51 (d, J = 15.8 Hz, 1H). MS (ESI): m/z = 318.6 [M+H] +.

Finn, P. W.; Bandara, M.; Butcher, C.; Finn, A.; Hollinshead, R.; Khan, N.; Law, N.; Murthy, S.; Romero,R.; Watkins, C.; Andrianov, V.; Bokaldere, R. M.; Dikovska, K.; Gailite, V.; Loza, E.; Piskunova, I.;Starchenkov, I.; Vorona, M.; Kalvinsh, I. Helv. Chim. Acta 2005, 88, 1630, DOI: 10.1002/hlca.200590129

Beleodaq and Folotyn are marketed by Spectrum Pharmaceuticals, Inc., based in Henderson, Nevada. Istodax is marketed by Celgene Corporation based in Summit, New Jersey.

Belinostat was granted orphan drug status for the treatment of Peripheral T-cell lymphoma (PTCL) in the US in September 2009 and the EU in October 2012. In July 2015, an orphan drug designation has also been granted for malignant thymoma in the EU.

Belinostat received its first global approval in the US-FDA on 3 July 2014 for the intravenous (IV) treatment of relapsed or refractory PTCL in adults.

Belinostat was approved by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) on July 3, 2014. It was originally developed by CuraGen Pharma,then developed by Spectrum Pharmaceuticals cooperating with Onxeo, then marketed as Beleodaq® by Spectrum.

Beleodaq is a pan-histone deacetylase (HDAC) inhibitor selectively causing the accumulation of acetylated histones and other proteinsin tumor cells. It is indicated for the treatment of patients with relapsed or refractory peripheral T-cell lymphoma (PTCL).

Beleodaq® is available as lyophilized powder for intravenous infusion, containing 500 mg of free Belinostat. The recommended dose is 1,000 mg/m2 once daily on days 1-5 of a 21-day cycle.

Index:

MW 318.07
MF C15H14N2O4S

414864-00-9  cas no

866323-14-0

(2E)-N-hydroxy-3-[3-(phenylsulfamoyl)phenyl]acrylamide

A novel HDAC inhibitor

Chemical structure for belinostat
PTCL comprises a diverse group of rare diseases in which lymph nodes become cancerous. In 2014, the National Cancer Institute estimates that 70,800 Americans will be diagnosed with NHL and 18,990 will die. PTCL represents about 10 to 15 percent of NHLs in North America.Belinostat inhibits the growth of tumor cells (A2780, HCT116, HT29, WIL, CALU-3, MCF7, PC3 and HS852) with IC50 from 0.2-0.66 μM. PD101 shows low activity in A2780/cp70 and 2780AD cells. Belinostat inhibits bladder cancer cell growth, especially in 5637 cells, which shows accumulation of G0-G1 phase, decrease in S phase, and increase in G2-M phase. Belinostat also shows enhanced tubulin acetylation in ovarian cancer cell lines. A recent study shows that Belinostat activates protein kinase A in a TGF-β signaling-dependent mechanism and decreases survivin mRNA.

Beleodaq works by stopping enzymes that contribute to T-cells, a type of immune cell, becoming cancerous. It is intended for patients whose disease returned after treatment (relapsed) or did not respond to previous treatment (refractory).

“This is the third drug that has been approved since 2009 for the treatment of peripheral T-cell lymphoma,” said Richard Pazdur, M.D., director of the Office of Hematology and Oncology Products in the FDA’s Center for Drug Evaluation and Research. “Today’s approval expands the number of treatment options available to patients with serious and life-threatening diseases.”

The FDA granted accelerated approval to Folotyn (pralatrexate) in 2009 for use in patients with relapsed or refractory PTCL and Istodax (romidepsin) in 2011 for the treatment of PTCL in patients who received at least one prior therapy.

The safety and effectiveness of Beleodaq was evaluated in a clinical study involving 129 participants with relapsed or refractory PTCL. All participants were treated with Beleodaq until their disease progressed or side effects became unacceptable. Results showed 25.8 percent of participants had their cancer disappear (complete response) or shrink (partial response) after treatment.

The most common side effects seen in Beleodaq-treated participants were nausea, fatigue, fever (pyrexia), low red blood cells (anemia), and vomiting.

The FDA’s accelerated approval program allows for approval of a drug based on surrogate or intermediate endpoints reasonably likely to predict clinical benefit for patients with serious conditions with unmet medical needs. Drugs receiving accelerated approval are subject to confirmatory trials verifying clinical benefit. Beleodaq also received orphan product designation by the FDA because it is intended to treat a rare disease or condition.

BELINOSTAT

Belinostat (trade name Beleodaq, previously known as PXD101) is a histone deacetylase inhibitor drug developed by TopoTargetfor the treatment of hematological malignancies and solid tumors.[2]

It was approved in July 2014 by the US FDA to treat peripheral T-cell lymphoma.[3]

In 2007 preliminary results were released from the Phase II clinical trial of intravenous belinostat in combination with carboplatin andpaclitaxel for relapsed ovarian cancer.[4] Final results in late 2009 of a phase II trial for T-cell lymphoma were encouraging.[5]Belinostat has been granted orphan drug and fast track designation by the FDA,[6] and was approved in the US for the use againstperipheral T-cell lymphoma on 3 July 2014.[3] It is not approved in Europe as of August 2014.[7]

The approved pharmaceutical formulation is given intravenously.[8]:180 Belinostat is primarily metabolized by UGT1A1; the initial dose should be reduced if the recipient is known to be homozygous for the UGT1A1*28 allele.[8]:179 and 181

NCI: A novel hydroxamic acid-type histone deacetylase (HDAC) inhibitor with antineoplastic activity. Belinostat targets HDAC enzymes, thereby inhibiting tumor cell proliferation, inducing apoptosis, promoting cellular differentiation, and inhibiting angiogenesis. This agent may sensitize drug-resistant tumor cells to other antineoplastic agents, possibly through a mechanism involving the down-regulation of thymidylate synthase

 

The study of inhibitors of histone deacetylases indicates that these enzymes play an important role in cell proliferation and differentiation. The inhibitor Trichostatin A (TSA) (Yoshida et al., 1990a) causes cell cycle arrest at both G1 and G2 phases (Yoshida and Beppu, 1988), reverts the transformed phenotype of different cell lines, and induces differentiation of Friend leukaemia cells and others (Yoshida et al., 1990b). TSA (and SAHA) have been reported to inhibit cell growth, induce terminal differentiation, and prevent the formation of tumours in mice (Finnin et al., 1999).

Trichostatin A (TSA)

Figure imgf000005_0001

Suberoylanilide Hydroxamic Acid (SAHA)

Figure imgf000005_0002

Cell cycle arrest by TSA correlates with an increased expression of gelsolin (Hoshikawa et al., 1994), an actin regulatory protein that is down regulated in malignant breast cancer (Mielnicki et al., 1999). Similar effects on cell cycle and differentiation have been observed with a number of deacetylase inhibitors (Kim et al., 1999). Trichostatin A has also been reported to be useful in the treatment of fibrosis, e.g., liver fibrosis and liver cirrhosis. See, e.g., Geerts et al., 1998.

Recently, certain compounds that induce differentiation have been reported to inhibit histone deacetylases. Several experimental antitumour compounds, such as trichostatin A (TSA), trapoxin, suberoylanilide hydroxamic acid (SAHA), and phenylbutyrate have been reported to act, at least in part, by inhibiting histone deacetylase (see, e.g., Yoshida et al., 1990; Richon et al., 1998; Kijima et al., 1993). Additionally, diallyl sulfide and related molecules (see, e.g., Lea et al., 1999), oxamflatin (see, e.g., Kim et al., 1999), MS-27-275, a synthetic benzamide derivative (see, e.g., Saito et al., 1999; Suzuki et al., 1999; note that MS-27-275 was later re-named as MS-275), butyrate derivatives (see, e.g., Lea and Tulsyan, 1995), FR901228 (see, e.g., Nokajima et al., 1998), depudecin (see, e.g., Kwon et al., 1998), and m-carboxycinnamic acid bishydroxamide (see, e.g., Richon et al., 1998) have been reported to inhibit histone deacetylases. In vitro, some of these compounds are reported to inhibit the growth of fibroblast cells by causing cell cycle arrest in the G1 and G2 phases, and can lead to the terminal differentiation and loss of transforming potential of a variety of transformed cell lines (see, e.g., Richon et al, 1996; Kim et al., 1999; Yoshida et al., 1995; Yoshida & Beppu, 1988). In vivo, phenybutyrate is reported to be effective in the treatment of acute promyelocytic leukemia in conjunction with retinoic acid (see, e.g., Warrell et al., 1998). SAHA is reported to be effective in preventing the formation of mammary tumours in rats, and lung tumours in mice (see, e.g., Desai et al., 1999).

The clear involvement of HDACs in the control of cell proliferation and differentiation suggest that aberrant HDAC activity may play a role in cancer. The most direct demonstration that deacetylases contribute to cancer development comes from the analysis of different acute promyelocytic leukaemias (APL). In most APL patients, a translocation of chromosomes 15 and 17 (t(15;17)) results in the expression of a fusion protein containing the N-terminal portion of PML gene product linked to most of RARσ (retinoic acid receptor). In some cases, a different translocation (t(11 ;17)) causes the fusion between the zinc finger protein PLZF and RARα. In the absence of ligand, the wild type RARα represses target genes by tethering HDAC repressor complexes to the promoter DNA. During normal hematopoiesis, retinoic acid (RA) binds RARα and displaces the repressor complex, allowing expression of genes implicated in myeloid differentiation. The RARα fusion proteins occurring in APL patients are no longer responsive to physiological levels of RA and they interfere with the expression of the RA- inducible genes that promote myeloid differentiation. This results in a clonal expansion of promyelocytic cells and development of leukaemia. In vitro experiments have shown that TSA is capable of restoring RA-responsiveness to the fusion RARα proteins and of allowing myeloid differentiation. These results establish a link between HDACs and oncogenesis and suggest that HDACs are potential targets for pharmaceutical intervention in APL patients. (See, for example, Kitamura et al., 2000; David et al., 1998; Lin et al., 1998).

BELINOSTAT

Furthermore, different lines of evidence suggest that HDACs may be important therapeutic targets in other types of cancer. Cell lines derived from many different cancers (prostate, coloreetal, breast, neuronal, hepatic) are induced to differentiate by HDAC inhibitors (Yoshida and Horinouchi, 1999). A number of HDAC inhibitors have been studied in animal models of cancer. They reduce tumour growth and prolong the lifespan of mice bearing different types of transplanted tumours, including melanoma, leukaemia, colon, lung and gastric carcinomas, etc. (Ueda et al., 1994; Kim et al., 1999).

Psoriasis is a common chronic disfiguring skin disease which is characterised by well-demarcated, red, hardened scaly plaques: these may be limited or widespread. The prevalence rate of psoriasis is approximately 2%, i.e., 12.5 million sufferers in the triad countries (US/Europe/Japan). While the disease is rarely fatal, it clearly has serious detrimental effects upon the quality of life of the patient: this is further compounded by the lack of effective therapies. Present treatments are either ineffective, cosmetically unacceptable, or possess undesired side effects. There is therefore a large unmet clinical need for effective and safe drugs for this condition. Psoriasis is a disease of complex etiology. Whilst there is clearly a genetic component, with a number of gene loci being involved, there are also undefined environmental triggers. Whatever the ultimate cause of psoriasis, at the cellular level, it is characterised by local T-cell mediated inflammation, by keratinocyte hyperproliferation, and by localised angiogenesis. These are all processes in which histone deacetylases have been implicated (see, e.g., Saunders et al., 1999; Bernhard et al, 1999; Takahashi et al, 1996; Kim et al , 2001 ). Therefore HDAC inhibitors may be of use in therapy for psoriasis. Candidate drugs may be screened, for example, using proliferation assays with T-cells and/or keratinocytes.

 CLIP

PXD101/Belinostat®

(E)-N-hydroxy-3-(3-phenylsulfamoyl-phenyl)-acrylamide, also known as PXD101 and Belinostat®, shown below, is a well known histone deacetylate (HDAC) inhibitor. It is being developed for treatment of a range of disorders mediated by HDAC, including proliferative conditions (such as cancer and psoriasis), malaria, etc.

Figure US20100286279A1-20101111-C00001

PXD101 was first described in WO 02/30879 A2. That document describes a multi-step method of synthesis which may conveniently be illustrated by the following scheme.

Figure US20100286279A1-20101111-C00002
Figure US20100286279A1-20101111-C00003

PATENT

GENERAL SYNTHESIS

str1

WO2002030879A2

IGNORE 10

Figure imgf000060_0002

ENTRY 45 IS BELINOSTAT

Scheme 1

Figure imgf000101_0001

By using amines instead of aniline, the corresponding products may be obtained. The use of aniline, 4-methoxyaniline, 4-methylaniline, 4-bromoaniline, 4-chloroaniline, 4-benzylamine, and 4-phenethyamine, among others, is described in the Examples below.

In another method, a suitable amino acid (e.g., ω-amino acid) having a protected carboxylic acid (e.g., as an ester) and an unprotected amino group is reacted with a sulfonyl chloride compound (e.g., RSO2CI) to give the corresponding sulfonamide having a protected carboxylic acid. The protected carboxylic acid is then deprotected using base to give the free carboxylic acid, which is then reacted with, for example, hydroxylamine 2-chlorotrityl resin followed by acid (e.g., trifluoroacetic acid), to give the desired carbamic acid.

One example of this approach is illustrated below, in Scheme 2, wherein the reaction conditions are as follows: (i) RSO2CI, pyridine, DCM, room temperature, 12 hours; (ii) 1 M LiOH or 1 M NaOH, dioxane, room temperature, 3-48 hours; (iii) hydroxylamine 2-chlorotrityl resin, HOAt, HATU, DIPEA, DCM, room temperature, 16 hours; and (iv) TFA/DCM (5:95, v/v), room temperature, 1.5 hours.

Scheme 2

Figure imgf000102_0001

Additional methods for the synthesis of compounds of the present invention are illustrated below and are exemplified in the examples below.

Scheme 3A

Figure imgf000102_0002

Scheme 3B

Figure imgf000103_0001

Scheme 4

Figure imgf000104_0001
Figure imgf000105_0001

Scheme 8

Figure imgf000108_0002

Scheme 9

Figure imgf000109_0001

PATENT

SYNTHESIS

WO2002030879A2

Example 1

3-Formylbenzenesulfonic acid, sodium salt (1)

Figure imgf000123_0001

Oleum (5 ml) was placed in a reaction vessel and benzaldehyde (2.00 g, 18.84 mmol) was slowly added not exceeding the temperature of the reaction mixture more than 30°C. The obtained solution was stirred at 40°C for ten hours and at ambient temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was poured into ice and extracted with ethyl acetate. The aqueous phase was treated with CaC03 until the evolution of C02 ceased (pH~6-7), then the precipitated CaSO4was filtered off and washed with water. The filtrate was treated with Na2CO3 until the pH of the reaction medium increased to pH 8, obtained CaCO3 was filtered off and water solution was evaporated in vacuum. The residue was washed with methanol, the washings were evaporated and the residue was dried in desiccator over P2Oβ affording the title compound (2.00 g, 51%). 1H NMR (D20), δ: 7.56-8.40 (4H, m); 10.04 ppm (1 H, s).

Example 2 3-(3-Sulfophenyl)acrylic acid methyl ester, sodium salt (2)

Figure imgf000124_0001

Sodium salt of 3-formylbenzenesulfonic acid (1) (1.00 g, 4.80 mmol), potassium carbonate (1.32 g, 9.56 mmol), trimethyl phosphonoacetate (1.05 g, 5.77 mmol) and water (2 ml) were stirred at ambient temperature for 30 min., precipitated solid was filtered and washed with methanol. The filtrate was evaporated and the title compound (2) was obtained as a white solid (0.70 g, 55%). 1H NMR (DMSO- dβl HMDSO), δ: 3.68 (3H, s); 6.51 (1 H, d, J=16.0 Hz); 7.30-7.88 (5H, m).

Example 3 3-(3-Chlorosulfonylphenyl)acrylic acid methyl ester (3)

Figure imgf000124_0002

To the sodium salt of 3-(3-sulfophenyl)acrylic acid methyl ester (2) (0.670 g, 2.53 mmol) benzene (2 ml), thionyl chloride (1.508 g, 0.9 ml, 12.67 mmol) and 3 drops of dimethylformamide were added and the resultant suspension was stirred at reflux for one hour. The reaction mixture was evaporated, the residue was dissolved in benzene (3 ml), filtered and the filtrate was evaporated to give the title compound (0.6’40 g, 97%).

Example 4 3-(3-Phenylsulfamoylphenyl)acrylic acid methyl ester (4a)

Figure imgf000125_0001

A solution of 3-(3-chlorosulfonylphenyl)acrylic acid methyl ester (3) (0.640 g, 2.45 mmol) in dichloromethane (2 ml) was added to a mixture of aniline (0.465 g, 4.99 mmol) and pyridine (1 ml), and the resultant solution was stirred at 50°C for one hour. The reaction mixture was evaporated and the residue was partitioned between ethyl acetate and 10% HCI. The organic layer was washed successively with water, saturated NaCl, and dried (Na2S0 ). The solvent was removed and the residue was chromatographed on silica gel with chloroform-ethyl acetate (7:1 , v/v) as eluent. The obtained product was washed with diethyl ether to give the title compound (0.226 g, 29%). 1H NMR (CDCI3, HMDSO), δ: 3.72 (3H, s); 6.34 (1H, d, J=16.0 Hz); 6.68 (1 H, br s); 6.92-7.89 (10H, m).

Example 5 3-(3-Phenylsulfamoylphenyl)acrylic acid (5a)

Figure imgf000125_0002

3-(3-Phenylsulfamoylphenyl)acrylic acid methyl ester (4a) (0.220 g, 0.69 mmol) was dissolved in methanol (3 ml), 1N NaOH (2.08 ml, 2.08 mmol) was added and the resultant solution was stirred at ambient temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was partitioned between ethyl acetate and water. The aqueous layer was acidified with 10% HCI and stirred for 30 min. The precipitated solid was filtered, washed with water and dried in desiccator over P2Os to give the title compound as a white solid (0.173 g, 82%). Example 6 3-(3-Phenylsulfamoylphenyl)acryloyl chloride (6a)

Figure imgf000126_0001

To a suspension of 3-(3-phenylsulfamoylphenyl)acrylic acid (5a) (0.173 g, 0.57 mmol) in dichloromethane (2.3 ml) oxalyl chloride (0.17 ml, 1.95 mmol) and one drop of dimethylformamide were added. The reaction mixture was stirred at 40°C for one hour and concentrated under reduced pressure to give crude title compound (0.185 g).

Example 7

N-Hydroxy-3-(3-phenylsulfamoylphenyl)acrylamide (7a) (PX105684) BELINOSTAT

Figure imgf000126_0002

To a suspension of hydroxylamine hydrochloride (0.200 g, 2.87 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (3.5 ml) a saturated NaHCOβ solution (2.5 ml) was added and the resultant mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 10 min. To the reaction mixture a 3-(3-phenylsulfamoylphenyl)acryloyl chloride (6a) (0.185 g) solution in tetrahydrofuran (2.3 ml) was added and stirred at ambient temperature for one hour. The reaction mixture was partitioned between ethyl acetate and 2N HCI. The organic layer was washed successively with water and saturated NaCl, the solvent was removed and the residue was washed with acetonitrile and diethyl ether.

The title compound was obtained as a white solid (0.066 g, 36%), m.p. 172°C. BELINOSTAT

1H NMR (DMSO-d6, HMDSO), δ: 6.49 (1 H, d, J=16.0 Hz); 7.18-8.05 (10H, m); 9.16 (1 H, br s); 10.34 (1 H, s); 10.85 ppm (1 H, br s).

HPLC analysis on Symmetry C18column: impurities 4% (column size 3.9×150 mm; mobile phase acetonitrile – 0.1 M phosphate buffer (pH 2.5), 40:60; sample concentration 1 mg/ml; flow rate 0.8 ml/ min; detector UV 220 nm).

Anal. Calcd for C154N204S, %: C 56.59, H 4.43, N 8.80. Found, %: C 56.28, H 4.44, N 8.56.

PATENT

https://www.google.com/patents/CN102786448A?cl=en

Example: belinostat (compound of formula I) Preparation of

Figure CN102786448AD00092

Methods of operation:

The compound of formula II (4. Og) added to the reactor, was added methanol 30ml, and stirred to dissolve, was added IM aqueous sodium hydroxide solution (38mL), stirred at room temperature overnight, the reaction was completed, ethyl acetate was added (IOmL) ^ K (20mL), stirred for 5 minutes, phase separation, the ethyl acetate phase was discarded, the aqueous phase was acidified with 10% hydrochloric acid to pH2, stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes, filtered, washed with water, and dried to give hydrolyzate 3. lg, yield rate of 81.6%.

 The hydrolyzate (3. Og) added to the reactor, was added methylene chloride (53. 2g), dissolved with stirring, was added oxalyl chloride (2.8mL, 0.0032mol) at room temperature was added I drop DMF, reflux I hours, concentrated and the residue was dissolved in THF (30mL) alternate, the other to take a reaction flask was added hydroxylamine hydrochloride (3. 5g, 0.05mol), THF (50mL), saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate (40mL), the mixture at room temperature under stirring for 10 minutes, then was added to spare, stirred at room temperature for I hour, the reaction was complete, at – at room temperature was added ethyl acetate (50mL), 2M hydrochloric acid (50mL), stirred for 5 minutes the phases were separated, the aqueous phase was discarded, the organic layer was washed with water, saturated brine, dried, filtered and concentrated to give crude product belinostat, recrystallized from ethyl acetate, 50 ° C and dried for 8 hours to give white crystals 2. 6g, yield 83.8%. .  1H-NMR (DMS0-d6, 400MHz) δ: 6 50 (1H, d, J = 16. OHz); 7 07 (d, J = 7. 8Hz, 2H); 7 16 (t.. , J = 7. 3Hz, 1H);. 7 25 (m, 2H);. 7 45 (t, J = 7. 8Hz, 1H);. 7 60 (d, J = 15. 9Hz, 1H); 7 . 62 (d, J = 7. 7Hz, 1H);. 7 75 (d, J = 7. 8Hz, 1H);. 7 88 (br s. ‘1H);. 9 17 (br s’ 1H); 10. 35 (s, 1H);. 10 82ppm (br s, 1H). ·

str1

Step a): Preparation of Compound III

Figure CN102786448AD00071

 The carboxy benzene sulfonate (224g, Imol), anhydrous methanol (2300g), concentrated hydrochloric acid (188. 6g) refluxing

3-5 hours, filtered and the filtrate was added anhydrous sodium bicarbonate powder (200g), stirred for I hour, filtered, the filter residue was discarded, the filtrate was concentrated. The concentrate was added methanol (2000g), stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes, filtered and the filtrate was concentrated to dryness, 80 ° C and dried for 4 hours to give a white solid compound III147g, yield 61.8%.

Step b): Preparation of Compound IV

Figure CN102786448AD00072

 Compound III (50g, 0. 21mol), phosphorus oxychloride (250mL) was refluxed for 2_6 hours, completion of the reaction, cooled to

0-5 ° C, was slowly added to ice water, stirred for 2 hours and filtered to give a brown solid compound IV40 g, due to the instability of Compound IV, directly into the next reaction without drying.

Preparation of Compound V: [0040] Step c)

Figure CN102786448AD00073

The aniline (5. 58g, 0. 06mol) and 30mL of toluene added to the reactor, stirred to dissolve, in step b) the resulting compound IV (7. 05g, O. 03mol) was dissolved in 60 ml of toluene, at room temperature dropwise added to the reactor, the addition was completed, stirring at room temperature for 1-2 hours, the reaction was completed, the filtered solid washed with water, and then recrystallized from toluene, 50 ° C and dried for 4 hours to obtain a white crystalline compound V6. Og, yield 73%. mp:.. 144 4-145 2. . .

 1H- bandit R (CDCl3, 400MHz) δ:…. 3 92 (s, 3H); 6 80 (. Br s, 1H); 7 06-7 09 (m, 2H); 7 11. . -7 15 (m, 1H);.. 7 22-7 26 (m, 2H);. 7 51 (t, J = 7. 8Hz, 1H);.. 7 90-7 93 (dt, J = . 1.2,7 8Hz, 1H); 8 18-8 21 (dt, J = I. 4, 7. 8Hz, 1H);… 8 48 (t, J = L 6Hz, 1H).

 IR v ™ r: 3243,3198,3081,2953,1705,1438,1345,766,702,681cm-1.

 Step d): Preparation of Compound VI

Figure CN102786448AD00081

 The anhydrous lithium chloride 2. 32g, potassium borohydride 2. 96g, THF50mL added to the reactor, stirring evenly, Compound V (8g, 0. 027mol) was dissolved in 7mL of tetrahydrofuran, was slowly dropped into the reactor was heated under reflux for 5 hours, the reaction was completed, the force mouth 40mL water and ethyl acetate 40mL, stirred for half an hour, allowed to stand for separation, the organic layer was washed with 40mL water, concentrated under reduced pressure to give the crude product, the crude product was recrystallized from toluene, solid 50 V dried for 4 hours to give a white crystalline compound VI6. 82g, yield 90. O%. mp:.. 98 2-98 6. . .

1H-NMR (DMS0-d6, 400ΜΗζ) δ:….. 4 53 (s, 2H); 5 39 (s, 1H); 6 99-7 03 (m, 1H); 7 08- 7. ll (m, 2H);.. 7 19-7 24 (m, 2H);.. 7 45-7 52 (m, 2H);.. 7 61-7 63 (dt, J = I. 8 , 7 4Hz, 1H);.. 7 79 (br s, 1H);. 10. 26 (s, 1H).

IRv =: 3453,3130,2964,1488,1151,1031, 757,688cm_10

Step e): Preparation of Compound VII

Figure CN102786448AD00082

After Compound VI (7.5g, 0.028mol) dissolved in acetone was added 7ml, dichloromethane was added 60mL, supported on silica gel was added PCC at room temperature 20g, stirred at room temperature for 12-24 hours, the reaction was complete, filtered and the filtrate was purified The layers were separated and the aqueous layer was discarded after the organic phase is washed 30mL5% aqueous sodium bicarbonate, evaporated to dryness under reduced pressure to give the crude product, the crude product was recrystallized from toluene, 50 ° C and dried for 8 hours to give white crystalline compound VII4. 7g, yield 62.7%. mp:.. 128 1-128 5 ° C.

 1H- bandit R (CDCl3,400MHz) δ:…. 7 08-7 15 (m, 4Η); 7 · 23-7 27 (m, 2H); 7 · 60-7 64 (t, J = 7 7Hz, 1Η);.. 8 00 (d, J = 7. 6Hz, 1Η);. 8 04 (d, J = 7. 6Hz, 1Η);. 8 30 (br s’ 1Η).; 10. 00 (S, 1Η).

 IR ν ™ Γ: 3213,3059,2964,2829,1687,1480,1348,1159,1082,758,679cm_10

Preparation of compounds of formula II: [0055] Step f)

Figure CN102786448AD00091

 phosphoryl trimethylorthoacetate (2. 93g, 0. 0161mol) added to the reaction vessel, THF30mL, stirring to dissolve, cooled to -5-0 ° C, was added sodium hydride (O. 8g, content 80%) , the addition was completed, stirring for 10-20 minutes, was added dropwise the compound VII (4g, O. 0156mol) and THF (20mL) solution, stirred for 1_4 hours at room temperature, the reaction was complete, 10% aqueous ammonium chloride solution was added dropwise 50mL, and then After addition of 50mL of ethyl acetate, stirred 30min rested stratification, the aqueous layer was discarded, the organic phase was concentrated under reduced pressure to give the crude product, the crude product was recrystallized from methanol 60mL, 50 ° C and dried for 8 hours to give white crystalline compound 113. 6g, yield 75%. mp:.. 152 0-152 5 ° C.

 1H-Nmr (Cdci3JOOmHz) δ:…. 3 81 (s, 3H); 6 40 (d, J = 16. 0Hz, 1H); 6 79 (. Br s, 1H); 7 08 ( d, J = 7. 8Hz, 2H);. 7 14 (t, J = 7. 3Hz, 1H);. 7 24 (m, 2H);. 7 46 (t, J = 7. 8Hz, 1H); 7. 61 (d, J = 16. ΟΗζ, ΙΗ);. 7 64 (d, J = 7. 6Hz, 1H);. 7 75 (d, J = 7. 8Hz, 1H);. 7 89 (br . s, 1H).

IR v ^ :: 3172,3081,2954,2849,1698,1475,1345,1157,773,714,677cm-1.

PATENT

SYNTHESIS

US20100286279

Figure US20100286279A1-20101111-C00034

CLIP

SYNTHESIS AND SPECTRAL DATA

Journal of Medicinal Chemistry, 2011 ,  vol. 54,  13  pg. 4694 – 4720

(E)-N-Hydroxy-3-(3-phenylsulfamoyl-phenyl)-acrylamide (28, belinostat, PXD101).

http://pubs.acs.org/doi/full/10.1021/jm2003552

 http://pubs.acs.org/doi/suppl/10.1021/jm2003552/suppl_file/jm2003552_si_001.pdf

The methyl ester (27) (8.0 g) was prepared according to reported synthetic route,

(Watkins, C. J.; Romero-Martin, M.-R.; Moore, K. G.; Ritchie, J.; Finn, P. W.; Kalvinsh, I.;
Loza, E.; Dikvoska, K.; Gailite, V.; Vorona, M.; Piskunova, I.; Starchenkov, I.; Harris, C. J.;
Duffy, J. E. S. Carbamic acid compounds comprising a sulfonamide linkage as HDAC
inhibitors. PCT Int. Appl. WO200230879A2, April 18, 2002.)
but using procedure D (Experimental Section) or method described for 26 to convert the methyl ester to crude
hydroxamic acid which was further purified by chromatography (silica, MeOH/DCM = 1:10) to
afford 28 (PXD101) as off-white or pale yellow powder (2.5 g, 31%).

LC–MS m/z 319.0 ([M +H]+).

1H NMR (DMSO-d6)  12–9 (very broad, 2H), 7.90 (s, 1H), 7.76 (d, J = 7.7 Hz, 1H), 7.70 (d, J

= 7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.56 (t, J = 7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.44 (d, J = 15.8 Hz, 1H), 7.22 (t, J = 7.8 Hz, 2H), 7.08 (d,J = 7.8 Hz, 2H), 7.01 (t, J = 7.3 Hz, 1H), 6.50 (d, J = 15.8 Hz, 1H);

13C NMR (DMSO-d6)  162.1, 140.6, 138.0, 136.5, 135.9, 131.8, 130.0, 129.2, 127.1, 124.8, 124.1, 121.3, 120.4.

Anal.
(C15H14N2O4S) C, H, N

str1

PATENT

SYNTHESIS

str1

WO2009040517A2

PXDIOI / Belinostat®

(E)-N-hydroxy-3-(3-phenylsulfamoyl-phenyl)-acrylamide, also known as PXD101 and Belinostat®, shown below, is a well known histone deacetylate (HDAC) inhibitor. It is being developed for treatment of a range of disorders mediated by HDAC, including proliferative conditions (such as cancer and psoriasis), malaria, etc.

Figure imgf000003_0001

PXD101 was first described in WO 02/30879 A2. That document describes a multi-step method of synthesis which may conveniently be illustrated by the following scheme.

Scheme 1

Not isolated

Figure imgf000003_0002

ed on (A)

on (D)

Figure imgf000003_0003

d on (H)

Figure imgf000004_0001

There is a need for alternative methods for the synthesis of PXD101 and related compounds for example, methods which are simpler and/or employ fewer steps and/or permit higher yields and/or higher purity product.

Scheme 5

Figure imgf000052_0001

DMAP, toluene

Figure imgf000052_0003
Figure imgf000052_0002
Figure imgf000052_0004

Synthesis 1 3-Bromo-N-phenyl-benzenesulfonamide (3)

Figure imgf000052_0005

To a 30 gallon (-136 L) reactor was charged aniline (2) (4.01 kg; 93.13 g/mol; 43 mol), toluene (25 L), and 4-(dimethylamino)pyridine (DMAP) (12 g), and the mixture was heated to 50-600C. 3-Bromobenzenesulfonyl chloride (1) (5 kg; 255.52 g/mol; 19.6 mol) was charged into the reactor over 30 minutes at 50-600C and progress of the reaction was monitored by HPLC. After 19 hours, toluene (5 L) was added due to losses overnight through the vent line and the reaction was deemed to be complete with no compound (1) being detected by HPLC. The reaction mixture was diluted with toluene (10 L) and then quenched with 2 M aqueous hydrochloric acid (20 L). The organic and aqueous layers were separated, the aqueous layer was discarded, and the organic layer was washed with water (20 L), and then 5% (w/w) sodium bicarbonate solution (20 L), while maintaining the batch temperature at 45-55°C. The batch was then used in the next synthesis.

Synthesis 2 (E)-3-(3-Phenylsulfamoyl-phenyl)-acrylic acid ethyl ester (5)

Figure imgf000053_0001

To the batch containing 3-bromo-N-phenyl-benzenesulfonamide (3) (the treated organic layer obtained in the previous synthesis) was added triethylamine (2.97 kg; 101.19 g/mol; 29.4 mol), tri(o-tolyl)phosphine (119 g; 304.37 g/mol; 0.4 mol), and palladium (II) acetate (44 g; 224.51 g/mol; 0.2 mol), and the resulting mixture was degassed four times with a vacuum/nitrogen purge at 45-55°C. Catalytic palladium (0) was formed in situ. The batch was then heated to 80-900C and ethyl acrylate (4) (2.16 kg; 100.12 g/mol; 21.6 mol) was slowly added over 2.75 hours. The batch was sampled after a further 2 hours and was deemed to be complete with no compound (3) being detected by HPLC. The batch was cooled to 45-55°C and for convenience was left at this temperature overnight.

The batch was then reduced in volume under vacuum to 20-25 L, at a batch temperature of 45-55°C, and ethyl acetate (20 L) was added. The batch was filtered and the residue washed with ethyl acetate (3.5 L). The residue was discarded and the filtrates were sent to a 100 gallon (-454 L) reactor, which had been pre-heated to 600C. The 30 gallon (-136 L) reactor was then cleaned to remove any residual Pd, while the batch in the 100 gallon (-454 L) reactor was washed with 2 M aqueous hydrochloric acid and water at 45-55°C. Once the washes were complete and the 30 gallon (-136 L) reactor was clean, the batch was transferred from the 100 gallon (-454 L) reactor back to the 30 gallon (-136 L) reactor and the solvent was swapped under vacuum from ethyl acetate/toluene to toluene while maintaining a batch temperature of 45-55°C (the volume was reduced to 20-25 L). At this point, the batch had precipitated and heptanes (10 L) were added to re-dissolve it. The batch was then cooled to 0-100C and held at this temperature over the weekend in order to precipitate the product. The batch was filtered and the residue was washed with heptanes (5 L). A sample of the wet-cake was taken for Pd analysis. The Pd content of the crude product (5) was determined to be 12.9 ppm.

The wet-cake was then charged back into the 30 gallon (-136 L) reactor along with ethyl acetate (50 L) and heated to 40-500C in order to obtain a solution. A sparkler filter loaded with 12 impregnated Darco G60® carbon pads was then connected to the reactor and the solution was pumped around in a loop through the sparkler filter. After 1 hour, a sample was taken and evaporated to dryness and analysed for Pd content. The amount of Pd was found to be 1.4 ppm. A second sample was taken after 2 hours and evaporated to dryness and analysed for Pd content. The amount of Pd had been reduced to 0.6 ppm. The batch was blown back into the reactor and held at 40-500C overnight before the solvent was swapped under vacuum from ethyl acetate to toluene while maintaining a batch temperature of 45-55°C (the volume was reduced to 20-25 L). At this point, the batch had precipitated and heptanes (10 L) were added to re-dissolve it and the batch was cooled to 0-100C and held at this temperature overnight in order to precipitate the product. The batch was filtered and the residue was washed with heptanes (5 L). The filtrate was discarded and the residue was dried at 45-55°C under vacuum for 25 hours. A first lot of the title compound (5) was obtained as an off-white solid (4.48 kg, 69% overall yield from 3-bromobenzenesulfonyl chloride (1)) with a Pd content of 0.4 ppm and a purity of 99.22% (AUC) by HPLC.

Synthesis 3 (E)-3-(3-Phenylsulfamoyl-phenyl)-acrvlic acid (6)

Figure imgf000054_0001

To the 30 gallon (-136 L) reactor was charged the (E)-3-(3-phenylsulfamoyl-phenyl)- acrylic acid ethyl ester (5) (4.48 kg; 331.39 g/mol; 13.5 mol) along with 2 M aqueous sodium hydroxide (17.76 L; -35 mol). The mixture was heated to 40-50°C and held at this temperature for 2 hours before sampling, at which point the reaction was deemed to be complete with no compound (5) being detected by HPLC. The batch was adjusted to pH 2.2 using 1 M aqueous hydrochloric acid while maintaining the batch temperature between 40-500C. The product had precipitated and the batch was cooled to 20-300C and held at this temperature for 1 hour before filtering and washing the cake with water (8.9 L). The filtrate was discarded. The batch was allowed to condition on the filter overnight before being charged back into the reactor and slurried in water (44.4 L) at 40-500C for 2 hours. The batch was cooled to 15-20°C, held for 1 hour, and then filtered and the residue washed with water (8.9 L). The filtrate was discarded. The crude title compound (6) was transferred to an oven for drying at 45-55°C under vacuum with a slight nitrogen bleed for 5 days (this was done for convenience) to give a white solid (3.93 kg, 97% yield). The moisture content of the crude material was measured using Karl Fischer (KF) titration and found to be <0.1% (w/w). To the 30 gallon (-136 L) reactor was charged the crude compound (6) along with acetonitrile (47.2 L). The batch was heated to reflux (about 80°C) and held at reflux for 2 hours before cooling to 0-10°C and holding at this temperature overnight in order to precipitate the product. The batch was filtered and the residue was washed with cold acetonitrile (7.9 L). The filtrate was discarded and the residue was dried under vacuum at 45-55°C for 21.5 hours. The title compound (6) was obtained as a fluffy white solid (3.37 kg, 84% yield with respect to compound (5)) with a purity of 99.89% (AUC) by HPLC.

Synthesis 4 (E)-N-Hvdroxy-3-(3-phenylsulfamoyl-phenyl)-acrylamide (PXD101) BELINOSTAT

Figure imgf000055_0001

To the 30 gallon (-136 L) reactor was charged (E)-3-(3-phenylsulfamoyl-phenyl)-acrylic acid (6) (3.37 kg; 303.34 g/mol; 11.1 mol) and a pre-mixed solution of 1 ,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene (DBU) in isopropyl acetate (IPAc) (27 g in 30 L; 152.24 g/mol; 0.18 mol). The slurry was stirred and thionyl chloride (SOCI2) (960 mL; density ~1.631 g/mL; 118.97 g/mol; -13 mol) was added to the reaction mixture and the batch was stirred at 20-300C overnight. After 18.5 hours, the batch was sampled and deemed to be complete with no compound (6) being detected by HPLC. The resulting solution was transferred to a 100 L Schott reactor for temporary storage while the

30 gallon (-136 L) reactor was rinsed with isopropyl acetate (IPAc) and water. Deionized water (28.9 L) was then added to the 30 gallon (-136 L) reactor followed by 50% (w/w) hydroxylamine (6.57 L; -1.078 g/mL; 33.03 g/mol; -214 mol) and another charge of deionized water (1.66 L) to rinse the lines free of hydroxylamine to make a 10% (w/w) hydroxylamine solution. Tetrahydrofuran (THF) (6.64 L) was then charged to the

30 gallon (-136 L) reactor and the mixture was stirred and cooled to 0-100C. The acid chloride solution (from the 100 L Schott reactor) was then slowly charged into the hydroxylamine solution over 1 hour maintaining a batch temperature of 0-10°C during the addition. The batch was then allowed to warm to 20-300C. The aqueous layer was separated and discarded. The organic layer was then reduced in volume under vacuum while maintaining a batch temperature of less than 300C. The intention was to distill out 10-13 L of solvent, but this level was overshot. A larger volume of isopropyl acetate (IPAc) (16.6 L) was added and about 6 L of solvent was distilled out. The batch had precipitated and heptanes (24.9 L) were added and the batch was held at 20-30°C overnight. The batch was filtered and the residue was washed with heptanes (6.64 L). The filtrate was discarded and the residue was dried at 45-55°C under vacuum with a slight nitrogen bleed over the weekend. The title compound (PXD101) was obtained as a light orange solid (3.11 kg, 89% yield with respect to compound (6)) with a purity of 99.25% (AUC) by HPLC.

The title compound (PXD101) (1.2 kg, 3.77 mol) was dissolved in 8 volumes of 1:1 (EtOH/water) at 600C. Sodium bicarbonate (15.8 g, 5 mol%) was added to the solution. Water (HPLC grade) was then added at a rate of 65 mL/min while keeping the internal temperature >57°C. After water (6.6 L) had been added, crystals started to form and the water addition was stopped. The reaction mixture was then cooled at a rate of 10°C/90 min to a temperature of 0-10cC and then stirred at ambient temperature overnight. The crystals were then filtered and collected. The filter cake was washed by slurrying in water (2 x 1.2 L) and then dried in an oven at 45°C for 60 hours with a slight nitrogen bleed. 1.048 kg (87% recovery) of a light orange solid was recovered. Microscopy and XRPD data showed a conglomerate of irregularly shaped birefringant crystalline particles. The compound was found to contain 0.02% water.

As discussed above: the yield of compound (5) with respect to compound (1) was 69%. the yield of compound (6) with respect to compound (5) was 84%. the yield of PXD101 with respect to compound (6) was 89%.

PAPER

Synthetic Commun. 2010, 40, 2520-2524.

str1

PATENT

FORMULATION

WO2006120456A1

Formulation Studies

These studies demonstrate a substantial enhancement of HDACi solubility (on the order of a 500-fold increase for PXD-101) using one or more of: cyclodextrin, arginine, and meglumine. The resulting compositions are stable and can be diluted to the desired target concentration without the risk of precipitation. Furthermore, the compositions have a pH that, while higher than ideal, is acceptable for use.

Figure imgf000047_0001

UV Absorbance

The ultraviolet (UV absorbance E\ value for PXD-101 was determined by plotting a calibration curve of PXD-101 concentration in 50:50 methanol/water at the λmax for the material, 269 nm. Using this method, the E1i value was determined as 715.7.

Methanol/water was selected as the subsequent diluting medium for solubility studies rather than neat methanol (or other organic solvent) to reduce the risk of precipitation of the cyclodextrin.

Solubility in Demineralised Water

The solubility of PXD-101 was determined to be 0.14 mg/mL for demineralised water. Solubility Enhancement with Cvclodextrins

Saturated samples of PXD-101 were prepared in aqueous solutions of two natural cyclodextrins (α-CD and γ-CD) and hydroxypropyl derivatives of the α, β and Y cyclodextrins (HP-α-CD, HP-β-CD and HP-γ-CD). All experiments were completed with cyclodextrin concentrations of 250 mg/mL, except for α-CD, where the solubility of the cyclodextrin was not sufficient to achieve this concentration. The data are summarised in the following table. HP-β-CD offers the best solubility enhancement for PXD-101.

Figure imgf000048_0001

Phase Solubility Determination of HP-β-CD

The phase solubility diagram for HP-β-CD was prepared for concentrations of cyclodextrin between 50 and 500 mg/mL (5-50% w/v). The calculated saturated solubilities of the complexed HDACi were plotted against the concentration of cyclodextrin. See Figure 1.

Links

CLIP

SPECTRUM

Tiny Biotech With Three Cancer Drugs Is More Alluring Takeover Bet Now
Forbes
The drug is one of Spectrum’s two drugs undergoing phase 3 clinical trials. Allergan paid Spectrum $41.5 million and will make additional payments of up to $304 million based on achieving certain milestones. So far, Raj Shrotriya, Spectrum’s chairman, 

http://www.forbes.com/sites/genemarcial/2013/07/14/tiny-biotech-with-three-cancer-drugs-is-more-alluring-takeover-bet-now/

CLIP

Copenhagen, December 10, 2013
Topotarget announces the submission of a New Drug Application (NDA) for belinostat for the treatment of relapsed or refractory (R/R) peripheral T-cell lymphoma (PTCL) to the US Food and Drug Administration (FDA). The NDA has been filed for Accelerated Approval with a request for Priority Review. Response from the FDA regarding acceptance to file is expected within 60 days from the FDA receipt date.
read all this here

PAPER

The Development of an Effective Synthetic Route of Belinostat

Key Laboratory of Structure-Based Drug Design & Discovery, Ministry of Education, Shenyang Pharmaceutical University, Shenyang 110016, China
Org. Process Res. Dev., Article ASAP
DOI: 10.1021/acs.oprd.6b00170
Publication Date (Web): July 12, 2016
Copyright © 2016 American Chemical Society
Abstract Image

A practical synthetic route of belinostat is reported. Belinostat was obtained via a five-step process starting from benzaldehyde and including addition reaction with sodium bisulfite, sulfochlorination with chlorosulfonic acid, sulfonamidation with aniline, Knoevenagel condensation, and the final amidation with hydroxylamine. Key to the strategy is the preparation of 3-formylbenzenesulfonyl chloride using an economical and practical protocol. The main advantages of the route include inexpensive starting materials and acceptable overall yield. The scale-up experiment was carried out to provide 169 g of belinostat with 99.6% purity in 33% total yield.

(E)-N-Hydroxy-3-((phenylamino)sulfonyl)phenyl)acrylamide (Belinostat, 1)

1

mp 172–174 °C, (lit.(@) 172 °C). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ = 10.75–10.42 (m, 2H), 9.15 (s, 1H), 7.92 (s, 1H), 7.78 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.71 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.56 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 1H),7.47 (d, J = 15.8 Hz, 1H), 7.24 (m, 2H), 7.10–7.01 (m, 3H), 6.51 (d, J = 15.8 Hz, 1H). MS (ESI): m/z = 318.6 [M+H] +.

Finn, P. W.; Bandara, M.; Butcher, C.; Finn, A.; Hollinshead, R.; Khan, N.; Law, N.; Murthy, S.; Romero,R.; Watkins, C.; Andrianov, V.; Bokaldere, R. M.; Dikovska, K.; Gailite, V.; Loza, E.; Piskunova, I.;Starchenkov, I.; Vorona, M.; Kalvinsh, I. Helv. Chim. Acta 2005, 88, 1630, DOI: 10.1002/hlca.200590129

Clip

Belinostat (Beleodaq),

Belinostat is a drug which was developed by Spectrum Pharmaceuticals and is currently marketed by Onxeo as Beleodaq. The
drug, which received fast track designation by the United States Food and Drug Administration (US FDA) and was approved for
the treatment of hematological malignancies and solid tumors associated with peripheral T-cell lymphoma (PTCL) in 2014,58 is a histone deacetylase (HDAC) inhibitor and is the third such treatment to receive accelerated approval for PTCL, the others being
vorinostat (Zolinza) and pralatrexate (Folotyn).58 Although belinostat was not yet approved in Europe as of August 2014,58 the
compound exhibits a safety profile considered to be acceptable for HDAC inhibitors–less than 25% of patients reported adverse
effects and these most frequently were nausea, fatigue, pyrexia,anemia, and emesis.58 While several different synthetic approaches
have been reported for the preparation of belinostat and related HDAC inhibitors,59–62 the most likely process-scale approach has
been described in a patent application filed by Reisch and co-workers at Topotarget UK, which exemplifies the synthesis described in
Scheme 8 on kilogram scale.63

Commercially available 3-bromobenzenesulfonyl chloride (41) was reacted with aniline in the presence of aqueous sodium carbonate
to deliver sulfonamide 42 in 94% yield. Next, this aryl bromide was subjected to a Heck reaction involving ethyl acrylate to
give rise to cinnamate ester 43, which was immediately saponified under basic conditions and acidic workup to furnish the corresponding acid 44. This acid was activated as the corresponding acid chloride prior to subjection to hydroxylamine under basic conditions to form the hydroxamic acid, which was then recrystallized from an 8:1 ethanol/water mixture in the presence of a catalytic
amount of sodium bicarbonate to furnish crystalline belinostat (VI) in 87% overall yield from acid 44.61

str1

Lee, H. Z.; Kwitkowski, V. E.; Del Valle, P. L.; Ricci, M. S.; Saber, H.;Habtemariam, B. A.; Bullock, J.; Bloomquist, E.; Li Shen, Y.; Chen, X. H.;Brown, J.; Mehrotra, N.; Dorff, S.; Charlab, R.; Kane, R. C.; Kaminskas, E.;Justice, R.; Farrell, A. T.; Pazdur, R. Clin. Cancer Res. 2015, 21, 2666.
59. Qian, J.; Zhang, G.; Qin, H.; Zhu, Y.; Xiao, Y. CN Patent 102786448A, 2012.
60. Wang, H.; Yu, N.; Chen, D.; Lee, K. C.; Lye, P. L.; Chang, J. W.; Deng, W.; Ng, M.C.; Lu, T.; Khoo, M. L.; Poulsen, A.; ngthongpitag, K.; Wu, X.; Hu, C.; Goh, K.C.; Wang, X.; Fang, L.; Goh, K. L.; Khng, H. H.; Goh, S. K.; Yeo, P.; Liu, X.; Bonday, Z.; Wood, J. M.; Dymock, B. W.; Kantharaj, E.; Sun, E. T. J. Med. Chem.2011, 54, 4694.
61. Yang, L.; Xue, X.; Zhang, Y. Synth. Comm. 2010, 40, 2520.

 CLIP

Let’s Research !!!!!

 
 Helv Chim Acta 2005, 88(7), 1630-1657: It is first reported synthesis for Belinostat and many other derivatives. The procedure uses oleum, thionyl chloride (SOCl2) as well as oxalyl chloride (COCl)2, no wonder better procedures were derived from it. ABOVE
Synth Comm 2010, 40(17), 2520–2524: The synthesis avoids the use of the extremely corrosive oleum and thionyl chloride (SOCl2) and therefore is possibly better for scaled-up production. Second, synthetic steps do not involve tedious separations and give a better overall yield.  BELOWIdentifications:
1H NMR (Estimated) for Belinostat

Experimental: 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 6.52 (d, J=15.9 Hz, 1H), 6.81–7.12 (m, 6H), 7.33 (d, J=15.9 Hz, 1H), 7.47–7.67 (m, 3 H), 7.87 (s, 1H), 9.00–11.20 (br, 3H).

 SEE COMPILATION ON SIMILAR COMPOUNDS AT …………..http://drugsynthesisint.blogspot.in/p/nostat-series.html

HPLC

ANALYTICAL HPLC TEST METHOD

str1

str1

HPLC spectrum of Belinostat.

str1

PATENT

http://www.google.si/patents/CN102531972A?cl=en

Belinostat synthesis process related to the first report of the literature of W002 / 30879 A2, including preparation for Belinostat described as follows:

Figure CN102531972AD00031

Example 3:

3- (3-sulfonate-yl) phenyl – acrylate preparation:

First, 3-bromophenyl sulfonate 37. Ig (257. 90g / mol, 0. 1439mol) was dissolved with stirring in 260mL toluene IL reactor was then added triethylamine 36. 5g (101. 19g / mol, 0. 3604mol), tri (o-methylphenyl) phosphine 0. 875g (304. 37g / mol, 0. 002874mol), palladium acetate 0. 324g (224. 51g, 0. 001441mol), the reaction mixture was heated to 45- 55 ° C with nitrogen pumping ventilation four, this time in the reaction system to generate the catalytically active 1 ^ (0). The temperature of the reaction system was raised to 80-90 ° C, within 2. 75h dropwise methacrylate 13. 6g (86. 04g / mol, 0. 1586mol), the reaction was continued after the cell by HPLC 3- bromophenyl sulfonyl chloride was completion of the reaction. The temperature of the reaction system was reduced to 45-55 ° C.

[0021] In at 45-55 ° C, the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure, ethyl acetate and n-heptane and recrystallized to give the product 29. 4g, 83% yield.

[0022] The spectral data:

1HNMR (DMS0-d6, HMDS0), δ (ppm): 3. 65 (3H, S, H-1); 6. 47 (1H, d, J = 16 0 Hz, H-2.); 7. 30 -8 00 (5H, m, H-3, H_4, H_5, H_6, H_7) m / e:. 264. 23

Figure CN102531972AD00061

Links

References

    1.  “Beleodaq (belinostat) For Injection, For Intravenous Administration. Full Prescribing Information” (PDF). Spectrum Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Irvine, CA 92618. Retrieved 21 November2015.
    2. Plumb JA; Finn PW; Williams RJ; et al. (2003). “Pharmacodynamic Response and Inhibition of Growth of Human Tumor Xenografts by the Novel Histone Deacetylase Inhibitor PXD101”. Molecular Cancer Therapeutics 2 (8): 721–728.PMID 12939461.
    3.  “FDA approves Beleodaq to treat rare, aggressive form of non-Hodgkin lymphoma”. FDA. 3 July 2014.
    4.  “CuraGen Corporation (CRGN) and TopoTarget A/S Announce Presentation of Belinostat Clinical Trial Results at AACR-NCI-EORTC International Conference”. October 2007.
    5.  Final Results of a Phase II Trial of Belinostat (PXD101) in Patients with Recurrent or Refractory Peripheral or Cutaneous T-Cell Lymphoma, December 2009
    6.  “Spectrum adds to cancer pipeline with $350M deal.”. February 2010.
    7.  H. Spreitzer (4 August 2014). “Neue Wirkstoffe – Belinostat”.Österreichische Apothekerzeitung (in German) (16/2014): 27.
    8.  Lexicomp, (corporate author) (2016). Bragalone, DL, ed.Drug Information Handbook for Oncology (14th ed.). Wolters Kluwer. ISBN 9781591953517.
  1. Helvetica Chimica Acta, 2005 ,  vol. 88,  7  PG. 1630 – 1657, MP 172
  2. WO2009/40517 A2, ….
  3. WO2006/120456 A1, …..
  4. Synthetic Communications, 2010 ,  vol. 40,  17  PG. 2520 – 2524, MP 172
  5. Journal of Medicinal Chemistry, 2011 ,  vol. 54,   13  PG. 4694 – 4720, NMR IN SUP INFO

Drug@FDA, NDA206256 Pharmacology Review(s).

 Biochem. J. 2008, 409, 581-589.

J. Transl. Med. 2007, 5, 1-12.

Mol. Cancer Ther. 2006, 5, 2086-2095.

Int. J. Cancer 2008, 122, 1400-1410.

. PLoS One 2013, 8, e54522.

Synthetic Commun. 2010, 40, 2520-2524.

CN101868446A * Sep 23, 2008 Oct 20, 2010 托波塔吉特英国有限公司 Methods of synthesis of certain hydroxamic acid compounds
CN102531972A * Dec 31, 2010 Jul 4, 2012 北京万全阳光医药科技有限公司 Preparation method of intermediate of antitumor medicament Belinostat
EP2093292A2 * Mar 26, 2001 Aug 26, 2009 Methylgene, Inc. Inhibition of specific histone deacetylase isoforms
GB2378179A * Title not available
WO2002030879A2 * Sep 27, 2001 Apr 18, 2002 Prolifix Limited Carbamic acid compounds comprising a sulfonamide linkage as hdac inhibitors
WO2008068170A1 * Nov 27, 2007 Jun 12, 2008 William Paul Jackson Hdac inhibitors
WO2009146871A1 * Jun 1, 2009 Dec 10, 2009 William Paul Jackson 5-lipoxygenase inhibitors
Citing Patent Filing date Publication date Applicant Title
CN104478769A * Dec 22, 2014 Apr 1, 2015 深圳万乐药业有限公司 Belinostatsynthesis method suitable for industrial production
CN104478769B * Dec 22, 2014 Jan 6, 2016 深圳万乐药业有限公司 一种适合工业化生产的贝利司他合成方法
CN104610100A * Jan 9, 2015 May 13, 2015 华东理工大学 Nitrogen-chlorine type chlorination agent
US2008274120 11-7-2008 Histone Deacetylase (Hdac) Inhibitors (Pxd101) for the Treatment of Cancer Alone or in Combination With Chemotherapeutic Agent
US2008227845 9-19-2008 CYCLOOXYGENASE-2 INHIBITOR/HISTONE DEACETYLASE INHIBITOR COMBINATION
US2008213399 9-5-2008 Combination Therapies Using Hdac Inhibitors
US2008194690 8-15-2008 Pharmaceutical Formulations Of Hdac Inhibitors
US7407988 8-6-2008 Carbamic acid compounds comprising a sulfonamide linkage as HDAC inhibitors
US7402603 7-23-2008 Cyclooxygenase-2 inhibitor/histone deacetylase inhibitor combination
US7183298 2-28-2007 Carbamic acid compounds comprising a sulfonamide linkage as HDAC inhibitors
US2005107445 5-20-2005 Carbamic acid compounds comprising a sulfonamide linkage as HDAC inhibitors
US6888027 5-4-2005 Carbamic acid compounds comprising a sulfonamide linkage as hdac inhibitors
WO2002030879A2 Sep 27, 2001 Apr 18, 2002 Prolifix Ltd Carbamic acid compounds comprising asulfonamide linkage as hdac inhibitors
US7973181 7-6-2011 HYDROXAMIC ACID DERIVATIVES AS INHIBITORS OF HDAC ENZYMATIC ACTIVITY
US7928081 4-20-2011 Combined Use of Prame Inhibitors and Hdac Inhibitors
US2011077305 3-32-2011 5-LIPOXYGENASE INHIBITORS
US2011003777 1-7-2011 Methods of Treatment Employing Prolonged Continuous Infusion of Belinostat
US2010286279 11-12-2010 Methods of Synthesis of Certain Hydroxamic Acid Compounds
US2010190694 7-30-2010 Methods for identifying patients who will respond well to cancer treatment
US2010010010 1-15-2010 HDAC INHIBITORS
US2009312311 12-18-2009 COMBINATION OF ORGANIC COMPOUNDS
US2009192211 7-31-2009 CYCLOOXYGENASE-2 INHIBITOR/HISTONE DEACETYLASE INHIBITOR COMBINATION
US7557140 7-8-2009 CARBAMIC ACID COMPOUNDS COMPRISING A SULFONAMIDE LINKAGE AS HDAC INHIBITORS
WO1998038859A1 * Mar 4, 1998 Sep 11, 1998 Thomas E Barta Sulfonyl divalent aryl or heteroaryl hydroxamic acid compounds
WO1999024399A1 * Nov 12, 1998 May 20, 1999 Darwin Discovery Ltd Hydroxamic and carboxylic acid derivatives having mmp and tnf inhibitory activity
WO2000056704A1 * Mar 22, 2000 Sep 28, 2000 Duncan Batty Hydroxamic and carboxylic acid derivatives
WO2000069819A1 * May 12, 2000 Nov 23, 2000 Thomas E Barta Hydroxamic acid derivatives as matrix metalloprotease inhibitors
WO2001038322A1 * Nov 22, 2000 May 31, 2001 Methylgene Inc Inhibitors of histone deacetylase
EP0570594A1 * Dec 7, 1992 Nov 24, 1993 SHIONOGI &amp; CO., LTD. Hydroxamic acid derivative based on aromatic sulfonamide
EP0931788A2 * Dec 16, 1998 Jul 28, 1999 Pfizer Inc. Metalloprotease inhibitors
GB2312674A * Title not available
WO2002030879A2 Sep 27, 2001 Apr 18, 2002 Prolifix Ltd Carbamic acid compounds comprising a sulfonamide linkage as hdac inhibitors
WO2005063806A1 Dec 30, 2003 Jul 14, 2005 Council Scient Ind Res Arginine hydrochloride enhances chaperone-like activity of alpha crystallin
US4642316 May 20, 1985 Feb 10, 1987 Warner-Lambert Company Parenteral phenytoin preparations
WO2008090585A2 * Jan 25, 2008 Jul 31, 2008 Univ Roma Soluble forms of inclusion complexes of histone deacetylase inhibitors and cyclodextrins, their preparation processes and uses in the pharmaceutical field
WO2009109861A1 * Mar 6, 2009 Sep 11, 2009 Topotarget A/S Methods of treatment employing prolonged continuous infusion of belinostat
WO2010048332A2 * Oct 21, 2009 Apr 29, 2010 Acucela, Inc. Compounds for treating ophthalmic diseases and disorders
WO2011064663A1 Nov 24, 2010 Jun 3, 2011 Festuccia, Claudio Combination treatment employing belinostat and bicalutamide
US20110003777 * Mar 6, 2009 Jan 6, 2011 Topotarget A/S Methods of Treatment Employing Prolonged Continuous Infusion of Belinostat
CN102786448A * 9 avg 2012 21 nov 2012 深圳万乐药业有限公司 Method of synthesizing belinostat
CN102786448B 9 avg 2012 12 mar 2014 深圳万乐药业有限公司 Method of synthesizing belinostat

CLIP

Belinostat
Belinostat.svg
Systematic (IUPAC) name
(2E)-N-Hydroxy-3-[3-(phenylsulfamoyl)phenyl]prop-2-enamide
Clinical data
Trade names Beleodaq
AHFS/Drugs.com beleodaq
Pregnancy
category
  • US: D (Evidence of risk)
Routes of
administration
Intravenous (IV)
Legal status
Legal status
Pharmacokinetic data
Bioavailability 100% (IV)
Protein binding 92.9–95.8%[1]
Metabolism UGT1A1
Excretion Urine
Identifiers
CAS Number 866323-14-0 
ATC code L01XX49 (WHO)
PubChem CID 6918638
ChemSpider 5293831 Yes
UNII F4H96P17NZ Yes
ChEBI CHEBI:61076 Yes
ChEMBL CHEMBL408513 Yes
Synonyms PXD101
Chemical data
Formula C15H14N2O4S
Molar mass 318.348 g/mol
////////////Belinostat, PXD101, novel HDAC inhibitor, Beleodaq, Folotyn, Spectrum Pharmaceuticals, Inc., Henderson, Nevada, Istodax, Celgene Corporation,  Summit, New Jersey,  CuraGen Pharma, FDA 2014
O=S(=O)(Nc1ccccc1)c2cc(\C=C\C(=O)NO)ccc2
 SEE COMPILATION ON SIMILAR COMPOUNDS AT …………..http://drugsynthesisint.blogspot.in/p/nostat-series.html

Filed under: FDA 2014 Tagged: Beleodaq, Belinostat, Celgene Corporation, CuraGen Pharma, FDA 2014, Folotyn, Henderson, Inc., Istodax, Nevada, New Jersey, novel HDAC inhibitor, PXD101, Spectrum Pharmaceuticals, Summit

Pidotimod, 匹多莫德 , пидотимод , بيدوتيمود ,

$
0
0

 

Pidotimod

H-Pyr-Thz-OH

(4R)-3-[(2S)-5-oxopyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]-1,3-thiazolidine-4-carboxylic acid

CAS 121808-62-6

Thymodolic acid, Pidotimod, Timodolic acid, PGT/1A, Axil, Onaka, Pigitil, Polimod

(4R)-3-(5-oxo-L-prolyl)-l ,3-thiazolidine-4-carboxylic acid,  ITI 231723.

3-(L-pyroglutamyl)-L-thiazolidine-4-carboxylic acid

  • 4-Thiazolidinecarboxylic acid, 3-[(5-oxo-2-pyrrolidinyl)carbonyl]-, [R-(R*,S*)]-
  • (4R)-3-[[(2S)-5-Oxo-2-pyrrolidinyl]carbonyl]-4-thiazolidinecarboxylic acid
  • Adimod
  • Axil (pharmaceutical)
  • Pigitil
QA-7522
SMR000466390
Thymodolic acid
Timodolic acid
UNII:785363R681
Pidotimod; 121808-62-6; (R)-3-((S)-5-Oxopyrrolidine-2-carbonyl)thiazolidine-4-carboxylic acid; Pidotomod; PGT/1A; Pidotimod [INN];
Molecular Formula: C9H12N2O4S
Molecular Weight: 244.26758 g/mol

Stefano Poli, Corona Lucio Del

POLI INDUSTRIA CHIMICA S.p.A.

Pidotimod is an immunostimulant.[1]

Pidotimod.png 

Pidotimod, whose chemical name is (4R)-3-(5-oxo-L-prolyl)-l ,3-thiazolidine-4-carboxylic acid, was first disclosed in ITI 231723. It is a synthetic peptide-like molecule provided with an in vitro and in vivo immunomodulating action (Giagulli et al., International Immunopharmacology, 9, 2009, 1366-1373). The immune system assists in maintaining a homeostatic balance between the human body and all foreign substances. An abnormality in this balance may cause a defective or aberrant response towards non-self substances, as well as loss of tolerance toward self-antigens, in such cases, the immune system imbalance exhibits clinically as signs of disease.

Pidotimod has been shown to induce dendritic cell maturation and up-regulate the expression of HLA-DR and co-stimulatory molecules CD83 and CD86, which are integral to communication with adaptive immunity cells. Pidotimod has also been shown to stimulate dendritic cells to release pro-inflammatory molecules such as MCP-1 and TNF-a cytokines, and to inhibit thymocyte apoptosis caused by a variety of apoptosis-inducing molecules. Pidotimod exerts a protective action against infectious processes, although not through direct antimicrobial or antiviral action. Rather, pidotimod stimulates both innate and acquired immunity by enhancing humoral and cell-mediated immunity mechanisms.

Pidotimod, which may be administered as solid or liquid forms, for example, via an oral route, has been shown to increase natural resistance to viral or bacterial infections in animal models. Efficacy demonstrated in patients includes respiratory, urinary and genital infections, in particular recurrent respiratory infections in pediatric patients, respiratory infections in asthmatic patients and chronic obstructive pulmonary disease in adults and elderly patients.

Besides exhibiting activity to illnesses characterized by immune defects, pidotimod has been reported to be of benefit in to patients with other kinds of diseases, not directly related to immune defects, including gastroenterology diseases such as ulcerative colitis and irritable bowel syndrome, and dermatological diseases such as psoriasis and atopic dermatitis where symptoms relating to these diseases have been attenuated. In gastroenterology diseases pidotimod may be administered either by oral or by rectal route. Oral route or topical application, for example in creams or gels containing pidotimod, may be used to treat dermal conditions.

Further use of pidotimod includes treatment of inflammatory diseases, in particular those characterized by an aberrant activation of the non-canonical NF-kB pathway. Diseases implicated by such activation include allergic diseases, autoimmune diseases, and numerous other inflammatory diseases. Allergic diseases include allergic rhinitis, allergic conjunctivitis, contact dermatitis, eczema and allergic vasculitis.

Autoimmune diseases include alopecia areata, ankylosing spondylitis, autoimmune cardiomyopathy, autoimmune connective tissue diseases, autoimmune enteropathy, autoimmune hepatitis, autoimmune peripheral neuropathy, autoimmune pancreatitis, autoimmune polyendocrine syndrome, autoimmune thrombocytopenic purpura, autoimmune urticaria, autoimmune uveitis, celiac disease, chronic fatigue syndrome, cystic fibrosis, hashimoto’s thyroiditis, idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis, idiopathic thrombocytopenic purpura, IGA nephropathy, juvenile idiopathic arthritis for juvenile rheumatoid arthritis, or Still’s disease) Kawasaki’s disease, lichen planus, lupus erythematosus, rheumatoid arthritis, rheumatic fever, Sj5gren’s syndrome, spondyloarthropathy, temporal arteritis (or giant cell arteritis), urticarial vasculitis, and vitiligo.

Other inflammatory diseases include Alzheimer’s disease, atherosclerosis, chronic liver diseases, chronic nephropathy, gastritis, glomerulonephritis, hydradenitis suppurativa, hypogammaglobulinemia, interstitial cystitis, lichen sclerosus, liver steatosis, metabolic syndrome, obesity, Parkinson’s disease, pemphigus vulgaris, post-ischemic inflammation, raynaud phenomenon, restless leg syndrome, retroperitoneal fibrosis, and thrombocytopenia.

 

STR1

PATENT

CN 104926922

Synthesis pidotimod

A method for producing pidotimod, characterized in that: comprising the steps of: a) L- thiazolidine-4-carboxylic acid: L- cysteine formaldehyde solution was added dropwise, stirred at room temperature, filtered to give L- thiazolidine-4-carboxylic acid; (2) metal ion load type cation exchange resin preparation: strongly acidic with hydrochloric acid cation exchange resin is converted to the hydrogen form, the hydrogen form strong acid cation exchange resin was added a solution of a metal ion compound In, 40 ~ 80 ° C for 1 to 6 hours, cooled to room temperature, and dried to obtain a supported metal ion cation exchange resin; (3) Synthesis of pidotimod: the step (1) of L- thiazolidine – 4- carboxylic acid, in step (2) of the load as a catalyst metal ion type cation exchange resin, L- pyroglutamic acid and N, N- dimethylformamide mixed, 40 ~ 80 ° C for 1 to 4 hours, filtered to give a white solid, the white solid was acidified with hydrochloric acid, to give the finished pidotimod.

 

Figure CN104926922AD00042

In four flask IOg L- thiazolidine-4-carboxylic acid, 11. 3g g L- pyroglutamic acid, 320mL N, N- dimethylformamide, 12g modified resin, 70 ° C the reaction 2 hours. Filtration, the reaction mixture by rotary evaporation, after removal of part of the solvent, placed in an ice bath to cool, the precipitated solid was suction filtered to give a white solid, this white solid was acidified with 37% hydrochloric acid, was allowed to stand at KTC, crystallization, filtration, a white product 14. 4g, a yield of 78.3%. Measured melting point 192 ~ 194 ° C, [a] 25D = – 150 ° (literature values mp: 192 ~ 194 ° C, [a] 25D = – 150 °).The whole preparation reaction pidotimod total yield of 64%. By HPLC, pidotimod content of 98.5%.

PAPER

Zhang, Yi; Journal of Chromatography B: Analytical Technologies in the Biomedical and Life Sciences 2009, 877(24), PG 2566-2570

http://europepmc.org/abstract/med/19604731

10.1016/j.jchromb.2009.06.038

PATENT

WO2016113242,

Example 14 – Preparation of Pidotimod

Pidotimod was prepared following Example 1 of EP0422566 Al .

PATENT

WO2015036009,

https://www.google.com/patents/WO2015036009A1?cl=en

PATENT

EP276752,

PATENT

http://google.com/patents/EP0422566B1?cl=en

EXAMPLE 1

A solution of 16.78 g (0.084 mole) of ethyl L-thiazolidine-4-carboxylate hydrochloride in 33 ml of water is treated with 16.78 g of potassium carbonate and extracted with 40 ml of ethyl acetate. The organic phase is dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and diluted to 85 ml with ethyl acetate. The solution is stirred and cooled to 0-5°C, then 19.2 g (0.093 mole) of dicyclohexylcarbodiimide dissolved in 20 ml of ethyl acetate and 12 g (0.093 mole) of L-pyroglutamic acid are added thereto. The reaction mixture is stirred for 1 hour at 0-5°C, then 12 hours at room temperature, dicyclohexylurea is filtered, the filtrate is evaporated under vacuum and the oily residue, consisting in ethyl 3-(L-pyroglutamyl)-L-thiazolidine-4-carboxylate is taken up into 25 ml of water. 3.73 g of sodium hydroxide dissolved in 13.3 ml of water are dropped into the resulting solution. After 30 minutes, the reaction mixture is acidified with concentrated hydrochloric acid at 0-5°C, kept for 2 hours at 5°C, then filtered washing with little cool water and dried to obtain 17.8 g (87.6%) of 3-(L-pyroglutamyl)-L-thiazolidine-4-carboxylic acid, m.p. 193-194°C.

EXAMPLE 2

23 g (0.1 mol) of L-N-t-butoxycarbonylpyroglutamic acid (E. Schröder and E. Klinger, Ann. Chem., 673, 1964, 202) and 16.1 g (0.1 mol) of ethyl L-thiazolidine-4-carboxylate are dissolved in 150 ml of THF, to the solution stirred at 0-5°C, 21 g (0.105 mol) of dicyclohexylcarbodiimide are added and the slurry is stirred for 15 hours at room temperature. The dicyclohexylurea is filtered, the wear filtrate is evaporated u.v. and the oily residue is kept in 40 ml of water. In the solution 6.6 g of potassium hydroxyde in a little water are dropped in 30′ at 15-20°C, the pH is adjusted to 2 with hydrochloric acid at 0-5°C and after 2 hours the precipitated L-pyroglutamyl-L-thiazolidine-4-carboxylic acid is filtered and dried, giving 88%, mp. 193-4°.

CLIP

Drugs Fut 1991,16(12),1096

Liebigs Ann Chem 1964,673

The synthesis of pidotimod has been carried out using N-tert-butoxycarbonyl-L-pyroglutamic acid as starting material, in order to avoid the formation of diketopiperazine derivatives. L-Glutamic acid (I) was condensed with di-tert-butyl dicarbonate by means of triethylamine in DMF to give N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-L-glutamic acid (II), which is dissolved in THF and treated with dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (DCC) to obtain N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-L-glutamic anhydride (III). The treatment of anhydride (III) with dicyclohexylamine in THF-ethyl ether affords the dicyclohexylamine salt of N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-L-pyroglutamic acid (IV), which by acidification with aqueous citric acid yields the corresponding free acid (V). The condensation of equimolecular amounts of N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-L-pyroglutamic acid (V) with L-thiazolidine-4-carboxylic acid ethyl ester (VIII) by means of DCC in methylene chloride gives the coupled ester (IX), which is hydrolyzed with aqueous NaOH, and the corresponding sodium salt acidified to yield the N-tert-butoxycarbonyl derivative (X). Finally, this compound is deprotected with trifluoroacetic acid to obtain crystalline pidotimod (XI). The intermediate thiazolidine (VIII) has been obtained as follows: Esterification of L-thiazolidine-4-carboxylic acid (VI) with ethanol by means of SOCl2 gives the corresponding ethyl ester hydrochloride (VII), which by treatment with K2CO3 in water yields the free ester (VIII).

 

CLIP

Arzneim-Forsch Drug Res 1994,44(12a),1402

Two new related routes for the synthesis of pidotimod have been reported: 1) The condensation of L-pyroglutamic acid (I) with L-thiazolidine-4-carboxylic acid ethyl ester (II) by means of dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (DCC) in methylene chloride gives the corresponding dipeptide ethyl ester (III), which is saponified with aqueous 1N NaOH. 2) By condensation of the activated ester L-pyroglutamic acid pentachlorophenyl ester (IV) with L-thiazolidine-4-carboxylic acid (V) by means of triethylamine in DMF.

PATENT

WO-2016112977

Novel crystalline, amorphous and solid forms of di-pidotimod benzathine (designated as Forms M and H), their hydrates, processes for their preparation and compositions comprising them are claimed. Also claimed is their use for treating viral or bacterial infections, respiratory, urinary and/or genital infections, ulcerative colitis, irritable bowel syndrome, psoriasis and atopic dermatitis

Example 14 – Preparation of Pidotimod

Pidotimod was prepared following Example 1 of EP0422566 Al .

NMR

Figure 17 is a Ή solution-state NMR spectrum of Form H

SEE

CN 104447947

Indian Pat. Appl. (2014), IN 2013MU00181 A

WO 2014111957

CN 103897025

 

CN1557303A * Jan 16, 2004 Dec 29, 2004 太阳石(唐山)药业有限公司 Use of Pidotimod in preparation of hepatitis B treating medicine
EP0382180A2 * Feb 7, 1990 Aug 16, 1990 POLI INDUSTRIA CHIMICA S.p.A. Derivatives of thiazolidine-4-carboxylic acid, its preparation and pharmaceutical compositions containing it
IT1231723B Title not available
Reference
1 * DATABASE CA [Online] CHEMICAL ABSTRACTS SERVICE, COLUMBUS, OHIO, US; DUAN, RUOZHU ET AL: “Application and prospects of immunostimulants“, XP002722997, retrieved from STN Database accession no. 2006:478774
2 * DATABASE CA [Online] CHEMICAL ABSTRACTS SERVICE, COLUMBUS, OHIO, US; LI, YIPING ET AL: “Effects of pidotimod on immune function of patients with chronic hepatitis C“, XP002722996, retrieved from STN Database accession no. 2007:598452
3 * DATABASE CA [Online] CHEMICAL ABSTRACTS SERVICE, COLUMBUS, OHIO, US; WU, RONGRONG ET AL: “Application of immunomodulatory drugs in treatment of chronic hepatitis B“, XP002722995, retrieved from STN Database accession no. 2010:125278
4 * DATABASE MEDLINE [Online] US NATIONAL LIBRARY OF MEDICINE (NLM), BETHESDA, MD, US; March 2002 (2002-03), VARGAS CORREA JORGE B ET AL: “[Pidotimod in recurring respiratory infection in children with allergic rhinitis, asthma, or both conditions].“, XP002722994, Database accession no. NLM12092522 & VARGAS CORREA JORGE B ET AL: REVISTA ALERGIA MEXICO (TECAMACHALCO, PUEBLA, MEXICO : 1993) 2002 MAR-APR, vol. 49, no. 2, March 2002 (2002-03), pages 27-32, XP8168769, ISSN: 0002-5151
5 * GOURGIOTIS DIMITRIOS ET AL: “Immune modulator pidotimod decreases the in vitro expression of CD30 in peripheral blood mononuclear cells of atopic asthmatic and normal children“, JOURNAL OF ASTHMA, ASTHMA PUBLICATIONS SOCIETY, OSSINING, NY, US, vol. 41, no. 3, 1 January 2004 (2004-01-01), pages 285-287, XP008164025, ISSN: 0277-0903, DOI: 10.1081/JAS-120026085
6 * XIN JIN ET AL: “Sublingual Surprise: A New Variant of Oral Lichen Planus“, THE AMERICAN JOURNAL OF MEDICINE, vol. 127, no. 1, 1 January 2014 (2014-01-01), pages 28-30, XP055112640, ISSN: 0002-9343, DOI: 10.1016/j.amjmed.2013.10.002

References

  1.  Du XF, Jiang CZ, Wu CF, Won EK, Choung SY (September 2008). “Synergistic immunostimulating activity of pidotimod and red ginseng acidic polysaccharide against cyclophosphamide-induced immunosuppression”. Archives of pharmacal research 31 (9): 1153–9.doi:10.1007/s12272-001-1282-6. PMID 18806958.
Pidotimod
Pidotimod.png
Systematic (IUPAC) name
(4R)-3-(5-oxo-L-prolyl)-1,3-thiazolidine-4-carboxylic acid
Clinical data
AHFS/Drugs.com International Drug Names
Identifiers
ATC code L03AX05 (WHO)
PubChem CID 65944
ChemSpider 59348 Yes
UNII 785363R681 Yes
KEGG D07261 Yes
ChEMBL CHEMBL1488165 
Synonyms (4R)-3-[(2S)-5-oxopyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]-1,3-thiazolidine-4-carboxylic acid
Chemical data
Formula C9H12N2O4S
Molar mass 244.26758 g/mol

//////////////Pidotimod, Thymodolic acid, Pidotimod, Timodolic acid, PGT/1A, Axil, Onaka, Pigitil, Polimod, H-Pyr-Thz-OH,  121808-62-6, ITI 231723, peptide, QA-7522, SMR000466390, Thymodolic acid, Timodolic acid, UNII:785363R681, 匹多莫德 , пидотимод ,  بيدوتيمود ,

O=C(O)[C@H]2N(C(=O)[C@H]1NC(=O)CC1)CSC2


Filed under: Peptide drugs, Uncategorized Tagged: 121808-62-6, Axil, пидотимод, H-Pyr-Thz-OH, ITI 231723, Onaka, peptide, PGT/1A, Pidotimod, Pigitil, Polimod, QA-7522, SMR000466390, Thymodolic acid, Timodolic acid, UNII:785363R681, 匹多莫德, بيدوتيمود

Carbotegravir, Dolutegravir, New Patent, WO 2016113372, Lek Pharmaceutical and Chemical Co DD

$
0
0

WO 2016113372

Carbotegravir, New Patent, WO 2016113372, Lek Pharmaceutical and Chemical Co DD

LEK PHARMACEUTICALS D.D. [SI/SI]; Verovskova 57 1526 Ljubljana (SI)

MARAS, Nenad; (SI).
SELIC, Lovro; (SI).
CUSAK, Anja; (SI)

ViiV Healthcare is developing cabotegravir (first disclosed in WO2006088173), which in July 2016, was reported to be in phase 2 clinical development.

WO-2016113372

Process for preparing integrase inhibitors such as dolutegravir and cabotegravir and their analogs, useful for treating viral infections eg HIV infection. Also claims a process for preparing intermediates of dolutegravir and cabotegravir.

(4R, 12aS)-N-[(2,4-Difluorophenyl)methyl]-3 ,4,6,8, 12, 12a-hexahydro-7-hydroxy-4-methyl-6,8-dioxo-2H-pyrido[1 ‘,2’:4,5]pyrazino[2, 1-b][1 ,3]oxazine-9-carboxamide (Formula A):

Formula A

known by the INN name dolutegravir, is a new efficient antiviral agent from the group of HIV integrase inhibitors which is used in combination with some other antiviral agents for treatment of HIV infections, such as AIDS. The compound, which belongs to condensed polycyclic pyridines and was first disclosed in WO2006/1 16764, is marketed.

Another compound disclosed in WO2006/1 16764 is (3S, 1 1 aR)-N-[(2,4-difluorophenyl)methyl]-6-hydroxy-3-methyl-5,7-dioxo-2,3,5,7, 1 1 ,1 1 a-hexahydro[1 ,3]oxazolo[3,2-a]pyrido[1 ,2-d]pyrazine-8-carboxamide (Formula

Formula C

known by the INN name cabotegravir.

The complex structures of dolutegravir and cabotegravir present a synthetic challenge. The first description of the synthesis in WO2006/1 16764 shows a 16-steps synthesis (see Scheme A), which is industrially impractical due to its length and low overall yield.

Scheme A

WO 2010/068253 and WO 2006/1 16764 describe an alternative synthesis. The 1 1 -step synthesis, shown in Scheme B1 and Scheme B2, is based on bromination of the 9-position for further introduction of the carboxylic group. The synthesis relies on the use of expensive palladium catalysts and toxic selenium compounds. Furthermore, some variations of these approaches involve pyrone intermediates in several steps. In some cases pyrones are liquids which can complicate purification, while further reactions form complex mixtures.

doiutegravir

Scheme B2

In further alternative syntheses, acetoacetates were used as starting materials. Such an approach is challenging in terms of introducing the hydroxy group in the 7-position. The variation in Scheme C1 , described in WO2012/018065, starts from 4-benzyloxyacetoacetate. The procedure requires 9 steps, but use expensive reagents like palladium catalysts. Moreover, there is described a possibility of formation a co-crystal between an intermediate and hydroquinone, wherein however the additional step may diminish yields and make the process longer and time consuming.

Scheme C1

The variation in Scheme C2, described in WO2012/018065, starts from 4-chloroacetoacetate. The process is not optimal because of problems in steps which include pyrones and because of problems with conversion of 7-chloro to 7-hydroxy group which includes a disadvantageous use of silanolates with low yield (25%).

Scheme C2

The variation in Scheme C3, described in WO201 1/1 19566, starts from unsubstituted acetoacetate. For the introduction of the 7-hydroxy group, bromination is used and substitution of bromo with hydroxy is performed by a use of silanolates. The substitution of the bromine is achieved in a 43% yield.

Scheme C3

The variation in Scheme C4, described in WO201 1/1 19566, starts from 4-methoxyacetoacetate aiming at preparing dolutegravir or cabotegravir. The process uses lithium bases to affect a difficult to control selective monohydrolysis of a diester.

The object of the present invention is to provide short, simple, cost-effective, environmentally friendly and industrially suitable processes for beneficially providing dolutegravir and analogues thereof and cabotegravir and analogues thereof, in particular dolutegravir.

Scheme 1

According to an embodiment of the process of the invention the building block 3-aminobutanol can suitably be substituted with other aminoalcohols to give dolutegravir analogues. For example, using (S)-alaninol gives cabotegravir as the final product. Similarly, using amines other than 2,4-difluorobenzylamine in the amidation step results in the synthesis of other dolutegravir analogues.

According to the another preferred embodiment cabotegravir or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is prepared by the analogue process, which comprises providing a compound of formula (5c)

5c

converting the compound of formula (5c) to a compound of formula (6c)

6c

by carrying out a chlorination reaction, and converting the compound of formula (6c) to cabotegravir and/or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

The compound of formula (5c) can preferably be provided by converting a compound of formula (3) to a compound of formula (4c)

Scheme 2

1. ) EtOCOCI, Et3N / Me2CO

2. ) 2,4-difiuorobenzylamine

Scheme 3

Analogous compound of formula 7c is a useful intermediate in the synthesis of cabotegravir. Scheme 3a

Scheme 4

Examples

The following examples are merely illustrative of the present invention and they should not be considered as limiting the scope of the invention in any way. The examples and modifications or other equivalents thereof will become apparent to those versed in the art in the light of the present entire disclosure. Particularly, all Examples related to the preparation of dolutegravir and intermediates thereof can be used by the analogy for the preparation of cabotegravir and intermediates thereof.

Example 1 :

Methyl acetoacetate (1 , 25.22 g) and dimethylformamide dimethyl acetal (DMFDMA, 35 mL) was heated at 50-55°C for 2 h, then methanol (60 mL), aminoacetaldehyde dimethyl acetal (24 mL) and acetic acid (4 mL) was added an the mixture was heated under reflux for one hour, then concentrated. MTBE (100 mL) was added and the mixture was kept at 5 °C overnight to crystallize. Upon filtration 46 g (92%) of product 2 was recovered.

1H NMR (DMSO-d6): δ 2.31 (s, 3H), 3.30 (s, 6H), 3.49 (m, 2H), 3.61 (s, 3H), 4.43 (m, 1 H), 8.02 (d, 1 H), 10.8 (bs, 1 H). 13C NMR (DMSO-d6): δ 30.52, 35.48, 50.53, 54.23, 98.99, 102.47, 160.70, 166.92, 197.21 .

Example 2:

Compound 2 (5.00 g) was dissolved in 2-propanol, dimethyl oxalate (7.02 g) was added and heated to 40 °C. Sodium methylate (25% in methanol; 20 mL) was slowly (10 min) added, the mixture was then heated to 50-55 °C and stirred at that temperature for 2-2.5 h. The mixture was cooled to ambient temperature, then sodium hydroxide solution (1 M, 65 mL) was added to the mixture and stirred for another 2 h, followed by addition of concentrated hydrochloric acid (1 1 mL) and stirred for another 2 h. The precipitate was filtered and dried to give 8.08 g (NMR assay 47%; 65% yield) of compound 3.

1H NMR (DMSO-d6): δ 2.50 (m, 2H), 3.30 (s. 6H), 4.49 (m, 1 H), 7.06 (s, 1 H); 8.70 (s, 1 H). 13C NMR (DMSO-d6): δ 55.23, 55.37, 102.34, 1 15.47, 120.24, 145.17, 162.71 , 165.22, 178.55.

Example 3:

Compound 2 (158.37 g) was dissolved in methanol (548 mL), followed by the addition of dimethyl oxalate (202.2 g). While keeping the temperature below 30°C, potassium ferf-butoxide (192.1 g) was added and reaction mixture was heated at 50 °C overnight. The suspension was then filtered and the filter cake washed with methanol. The filtrate was concentrated (approximately to 680 mL), then water (680 mL) was added, followed by addition of lithium hydroxide hydrate (143.7 g) while keeping the temperature below 40 °C. The suspension was then stirred at ambient temperature overnight and filtered. To the obtained filtrate, concentrated hydrochloric acid (339 mL) was added while keeping the temperature below 30 °C. The suspension was aged for 2 h and filtered to give 4 as a white powder (95.6 g, NMR assay 100%; 52% yield).

Example 4:

Compound 2 (5.00 g) was dissolved in 2-propanol, dimethyl oxalate (7.02 g) was added and heated to 40 °C. Sodium methylate (25% in methanol; 15 mL) was slowly (10 min) added then the mixture was heated to 50-55 °C and stirred at that temperature for 72 h. The mixture was concentrated and components were separated by flash column chromatography (ethyl acetate/methanol 9:1 to 6:4). Early fractions gave compound 22 upon concentration, late fractions gave compound 23.

Compound 22: 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): δ 2.49 (m, 2H), 3.28 (s, 6H), 3.73 (s, 3H), 3.85 (s, 3H), 4.41 (m, 1 H), 4.50 (m, 1 H), 6.65 (s, 1 H), 8.36 (s, 1 H). 13C NMR (DMSO-d6): δ 51.63, 53.36, 54.25, 55.47, 102.71 , 1 18.24, 123.60, 140.81 , 150.21 , 162.44, 164.49, 173.43.

Compound 23: 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): δ 2.49 (m, 2H), 3.26 (s, 6H); 3.70 (s, 3H); 4.33 (d, 1 H); 4.60 (m, 1 H), 6.19 (s, 1 H), 8.12 (s, 1 H). 13C NMR (DMSO-d6): δ 50.03, 51.34, 54.59, 54.85, 102.91 , 1 16.04, 1 18.19, 148.32, 152.12, 163.46, 165.24, 174.99

Example 5:

Compound 3 (5.5 g; assay 53%) was suspended in acetonitrile, acetic acid (6 mL) and methanesulfonic acid (2.5 mL) were added followed by the heating of mixture to 70 °C for 4 h. The suspension was filtered and filtrate cooled to ambient temperature. Triethylamine (6.6 mL) and (R)-3-amino-butan-1 -ol (1.24 mL) was added followed by heating the mixture at reflux temperature for 20-24 h. The mixture was filtered, filtrate concentrated and 1 M HCI (100 mL) was added, followed by extraction with dichloromethane (3 x 50 mL). Combined organic fractions were concentrated, 2-propanol was added (10 mL) and suspension was stirred at 70-80 °C for 10 min, left to cool to ambient temperature then filtered to give 2.19 g of compound 4 (73%).

1H NMR (DMSO-de): δ 1.31 (d, 3H), 1.52 (m, 1 H), 1 .97 (m, 1 H), 3.89 (m, 1 H), 4.01 (m, 1 H), 4.46 (m, 1 H), 4.64 (m, 1 H), 4.78 (m, 1 H), 5.50 (m, 1 H), 7.29 (s, 1 H), 8.88 (s, 1 H), 15.83 (s, 1 H). 13C NMR (DMSO-d6): δ 15.22, 29.14, 45.26, 51.13, 62.09, 76.03, 1 16.31 , 1 18.79, 140.53, 146.79, 155.36, 165.24, 178.75.

Example 6:

Compound 3 (14.55 g; assay 49%) was suspended in acetonitrile (125 mL), acetic acid (15 mL) and methanesulfonic acid (6.25 mL) were added followed by the heating of mixture to 70 °C for 4 h. The suspension was filtered and filtrate cooled to ambient temperature. Triethylamine (16.5 mL) and (S)-2-aminopropanol (2.45 mL) was added followed by heating the mixture at reflux temperature for 24 h. The insoluble product was filtered, washed with 2-propanol (20 mL) and dried to give (3S, 1 1 aR)-3-methyl-5,7-dioxo-2,3,5,7, 1 1 ,1 1 a-hexahydrooxazolo[3,2-a]pyrido[1 ,2-d]pyrazine-8-carboxylic acid (5.2 g, 75%).

1H NMR (DMSO-d6): δ 1.31 (d, J = 6.3 Hz, 3H), 3.65 (dd, J = 8.6, 6.8 Hz, 1 H), 4.13 (dd, J = 1 1.7, 10.3 Hz, 1 H), 4.28 (m, 1 H), 4.39 (dd, J = 8.6, 6.8 Hz, 1 H), 4.92 (dd, J = 12.3, 4.2 Hz, 1 H), 5.45 (dd, J = 10.2, 4.1 Hz, 1 H), 7.16 (s, 1 H), 8.84 (s, 1 H), 15.74 (s, 1 H).

Example 7:

Compound 4 (0.63 g) was dissolved in dichloromethane (15 mL), cooled to 5°C, then triethylamine (0.31 mL) was added, followed by ethyl chloroformate (0.26 mL), followed by slow (30 min) addition of 2,4-difluorobenzylamine. The mixture was then stirred at ambient temperature for 24 h. Water (10 mL) was added, organic phase was separated and washed with 1 M HCI (15 mL) and water (15 mL), concentrated and treated with 2-propanol to give the product 5 in a quantitative yield.

1H NMR (CDCI3): δ 1.39 (d, 3H), 1.52 (s, 1 H), 2.19 (m, 1 H), 4.00 (m, 2H), 4.16 (m, 1 H), 4.31 (m, 1 H), 4.62 (d, 2H), 5.00 (m, 1 H), 5.27 (m, 1 H), 6.80 (m 2H), 7.33 (m, 2H), 8.49 (s, 1 H), 10.48 (s, 1 H). 13C NMR (CDCI3): 15.50, 29.22, 36.43, 45.19, 51.83, 62.79, 103.71 , 103.91 , 1 1 1 .0, 1 1 1 .18, 120.59, 123.04, 130.40, 137.41 , 144.58, 156.27, 163. 87, 177.83.

Example 8:

To a suspension of 4 (2.84 g, 10 mmol) in a mixture of triethylamine (2.24 mL, 16 mmol) and acetone (50 mL) stirring on an ice bath was added ethyl chloroformate (1 .20 mL, 12 mmol). After stirring for 10 min, 2,4-difluorobenzylamine (1.21 mL, 10 mmol) was added and the mixture left stirring at room temperature for 1 h. The product was isolated by slowly diluting the reaction mixture with water (50 mL), partial concentration, filtration, washing with water (2 50 mL) and drying. There was obtained 5 as a white powder (3.48 g, 86%): mp 181.0-184.7 °C. 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): δ 1.29 (d, J = 7.0 Hz, 3H), 1 .56 (dd, J = 13.9, 2.0 Hz, 1 H), 1 .93-2.06 (m, 1 H), 3.90 (ddd, J = 1 1.6, 5.0, 2.1 Hz, 1 H), 3.98 (td, J = 12.0, 2.2 Hz, 1 H), 4.45 (dd, J = 13.6, 6.6 Hz, 1 H), 4.72 (dd, J = 13.6, 3.8 Hz, 1 H), 4.74-4.81 (m, 1 H), 5.44 (dd, J = 6.6, 3.8 Hz, 1 H), 8.93 (s, 1 H), 15.14 (s, 1 H). 13C NMR (DMSO-d6): δ 15.78, 29.13, 44.89, 52.88, 61 .63, 75.61 , 1 13.54, 128.49, 136.42, 145.64, 154.62, 164.58, 174.58

Example 9:

To a suspension of 4 (1 1.36 g, 40 mmol) in acetonitrile (80 mL) stirring at room temperature was added TCCA (9.29 g, 38 mmol) and DABCO (0.23 g, 5 mol%). After stirring at room temperature for 1 h, the reaction was quenched with a mixture of DMSO (5.26 mL) and water (1.33 mL). The insoluble cyanuric acid was removed by filtration and the filtrate evaporated under reduced pressure to give viscous oil. This was triturated in methanol (20 mL) to induce crystallization. The product was filtered, washed with cold methanol (10 mL) and dried to give 7 as a yellowish powder (5.13 g, 41 %): mp 191 .3-198.7 °C.

Example 10:

Attempted chlorination of 23: Compound 23 (0.54g) was suspended in acetonitrile (10 mL) and trichlorocyanuric acid (0.44 g) was added and the solution was stirred at ambient temperature overnight. Precipitate was filtered. Only traces of a product corresponding to the compound 26 could be detected in the reaction mixture by LC-MS analysis. Conversion did not improve with time.

Example 11 :

Attempted chlorination of 3: Compound 3 (0.30 g) was suspended in acetonitrile (5 mL) and trichlorocyanuric acid (0.13 g) was added. The suspension was stirred at ambient temperature overnight. Only traces of a product corresponding to the compound 24 could be detected in the reaction mixture by LC-MS analysis.

Example 12:

9 10

Trichloroisocyanuric acid (0.23 g) was added in a single portion to a stirred solution of the diethyl 1 -(2,2-dimethoxyethyl)-4-oxo-1 ,4-dihydropyridine-2,5-dicarboxylate (9, 0.66 g) in dry acetonitrile (4 mL) at room temperature. The resulting suspension was stirred at room temperature for ca. 24 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with dichloromethane and filtrated. The filtrate was then concentrated in vacuo to afford crude oil (0.86 g). Purification by flash chromatography (eluting ethyl acetate/cyclohexane) furnished diethyl 3-chloro-1 -(2,2-dimethoxyethyl)-4-oxo-1 ,4-dihydropyridine-2,5-dicarboxylate, 10 as a yellow semi-solid (0.38 g). 1H NMR (CDCI3): δ 1.28 (t, J=7A Hz, 3H), 1 .37 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H), 3.35 (s, 6H), 3.89 (d, J=5.0 Hz, 2H), 4.27 (q, J=l A Hz, 2H), 4.43 (q, J=l A Hz, 2H), 4.48 (t, J=4.9 Hz, 1 H), 8.15 (s, 1 H). 13C NMR (CDCI3): δ 13.83, 14.13, 55.82, 57.09, 61.41 , 63.72, 102.52, 1 17.35, 126.90, 140.22, 146.92, 160.67, 164.13, 168.95.

Example 13:

Diethyl 1 -(2,2-dimethoxyethyl)-4-oxo-1 ,4-dihydropyridine-2,5-dicarboxylate (9, 0.64 g) was dissolved in anhydrous acetonitrile (6 mL) and treated sequentially with acetic acid (560 μί) and methanesulfonic acid (40 μί). The resulting mixture was heated to 62 °C and stirred for 4 h and more methanesulfonic acid (40 μΙ_) was added. After additional 2 h, more methanesulfonic acid (80 μΙ_) was added. This was repeated after additional 2 h, when more methanesulfonic acid (80 μΙ_) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred additional 17 h at 62 °C then was treated with a mixture of (R)-3-aminobutanol (0.22 g), triethylamine (0.5 mL) and acetonitrile (0.7 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred additional 22 h at 62 °C and then concentrated in vacuo. The crude material was partitioned between dichloromethane and 1 M HCI solution (15 mL). The combined organic phases were dried (Na2S04), filtered and concentrated in vacuo to afford the crude (4R, 12aS)-ethyl 4-methyl-6,8-dioxo-3,4,6,8, 12,12a-hexahydro-2H-pyrido[1 ‘,2’:4,5]pyrazino[2, 1 -b][1 ,3]oxazine-9-carboxylate (11 ) as a brownish oil (0.61 g).

1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 8.44 (s, 1 H), 7.16 (m, 1 H), 5.48 (t, J=4.8 Hz, 1 H), 4.86 (m, 1 H), 4.49 (dd, J=13.6, 4.0 Hz, 1 H), 4.30-4.25 (m, 3H), 4.09 (dt, J=12.1 , 2.3 Hz, 1 H), 3.96 (ddd, J=1 1.7, 5.0, 2.1 Hz, 1 H), 2.18-2.10 (m, 1 H), 1.60-1 .56 (m, 1 H) 1 .39 (d, J=7A Hz, 3H), 1.33 (t, J=7A Hz, 3H). 13C NMR (CDCI3): δ 8.45, 14.08, 15.39, 29.17, 45.04, 45.72, 51 .56, 60.86, 62.61 , 76.33, 1 19.54, 123.72, 136.96, 145.67, 156.26, 163.68, 175.43

Example 14:

10

Diethyl 3-chloro-1 -(2,2-dimethoxyethyl)-4-oxo-1 ,4-dihydropyridine-2,5-dicarboxylate (10, 1.23 g) was dissolved in 85% formic acid (25 mL) at room temperature. The mixture was warmed to 40 °C and stirred for 23 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo, and then partitioned between dichloromethane and aqueous NaHC03 solution. The combined organic phases were dried (Na2S04), filtered and concentrated in vacuo to afford brownish oil (0.49 g). The crude oil was dissolved in anhydrous toluene (5 mL) and treated sequentially with (R)-3-aminobutanol (0.19 g), methanol (0.2 mL) and acetic acid (96 μί). The resulting mixture was heated to 90 °C and stirred for 20 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and then partitioned between dichloromethane and aqueous NaHC03 solution. The combined organic phases were dried (Na2S04), filtered and concentrated in vacuo to afford the crude (4R,12aS)-Ethyl 7-chloro-4-methyl-6,8-dioxo-3,4,6,8,12, 12a-hexahydro-2H-pyrido[1 ‘,2’:4,5] pyrazino [2, 1-b][1 ,3]oxazine-9-carboxylate (12) as a brownish oil (0.24 g).

Example 15:

To a solution of 4 (5.68 g, 20 mmol) in dichloromethane (50 mL) stirring in an ice bath was added triethylamine (5.6 mL, 40 mmol), followed by ethyl chloroformate (2.61 mL, 26 mmol). After 20 min, ethanol (50 mL) was added. The mixture was then left stirring 24 h at room temperature and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was triturated in acetone (80 mL). The insoluble salt (triethylamine hydrochloride) was removed by filtration. The filtrate was evaporated under reduced pressure to give 11 as an amorphous solid in a quantitative yield (6.1 g).

Example 16:

To a stirring solution of 11 (0.94 g, 3.0 mmol) in acetonitrile (8 mL) heated at 40 °C was added TCCA in portions during 1 h (0.44 g, 1 .8 mmol). After an additional 1 h, the reaction mixture was diluted with a solution of NaHS03 (0.60 g) in water (60 mL), extracted with dichloromethane (50 mL) and the extract evaporated under reduced pressure to give a crude product which was purified by flash chromatography (CH2CI2 : MeOH, from 98 : 2 to 80 : 20) to give 12 (0.45 g, 44%).

1H NMR (CDCI3): δ 1.37 (t, J = 7.1 Hz, 3H), 1.38 (d, J = 7.0 Hz, 3H), 1 .56 (dq, J = 13.9, 2.2 Hz, 1 H), 2.21 (m, 1 H), 3.99 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, 1 H), 4.00 (t, J = 1.8 Hz, 1 H), 4.10 (dd, J = 13.2, 6.6 Hz, 1 H), 4.37-4.27 (m, 3H), 4.98 (m, 1 H), 5.35 (dd, J = 6.6, 3.8 Hz, 1 H), 8.07 (s, 1 H).

13C NMR (CDCI3): δ 14.20, 16.09, 29.34, 44.87, 53.73, 61.49, 62.29, 76.01 , 1 16.22, 133.1 1 , 134.18, 144.52, 155.48, 163.88, 169.98.

Example 17:

To a mixture of 7 (3.89 g, 12.2 mmol) in methanol (12 mL) was added sodium methylate (22.3 mL, 97.6 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred for 24 h at 30 °C and then quenched with a slow addition of 3M hydrochloric acid (35 mL) while stirring in an ice bath. The mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to remove most of the methanol, then extracted with dichloromethane (2 30 mL), the combined extracts washed with water (30 mL) and evaporated under reduced pressure. Methanol (20 mL) was added to the obtained amorphous residue and removed under reduced pressure to yield the solid 8 (3.69 g, 98%).

1H NMR (CDCI3): δ 15.04 (s, 1 H), 8.42 (s, 1 H), 5.29 (dd, J=5.6, 3.9 Hz, 1 H), 5.01 -4.96 (m, 1 H), 4.42 (dd, J=13.6, 3.6 Hz, 1 H), 4.25 (dd, J=13.6, 6.0 Hz, 1 H), 4.05 (s, 3H), 4.00-3.97 (m, 2H), 2.21 -2-14 (m, 1 H), 1.53 (dd, J=14.1 , 1.9 Hz, 1 H), 1.36 (d, J=7 Hz, 3H). 13C NMR (CDCI3): δ 176.35, 165.94, 155.03, 153.70, 143.08, 130.90, 1 15.94, 76.05, 62.65, 61.45, 53.86, 44.96, 29.43, 16.06.

Example 18:

To a suspension of 7 (2.55 g, 8.0 mmol) in a mixture of triethylamine (1 .46 mL, 10.4 mmol) and acetone (32 mL) stirring on an ice bath was added ethyl chloroformate (0.88 mL, 8.8 mmol). After stirring for 10 min, 2,4-difluorobenzylamine (1.07 mL, 8.8 mmol) was added and the mixture left stirring at room temperature for 1 h. The product was isolated by slowly diluting the reaction mixture with water (40 mL), filtration, washing with water (2 30 mL) and drying. There was obtained 2.91 g of 6 as a white powder (83%).

1H NMR (CDCI3): δ 1.30 (d, J = 7.0 Hz, 3H), 1 .49 (dd, J = 14.0, 2.2 Hz, 1 H), 2.14 (ddd, J = 14.6, 1 1.1 , 6.4 Hz, 1 H), 3.89-3.95 (m, 2H), 4.09-4.15 (m, 1 H), 4.26 (dd, J = 13.4, 3.8 Hz, 1 H), 4.55 (d, J = 5.8 Hz, 2H), 4.89-4.98 (m, 1 H), 5.18 (dd, J = 6.2, 3.8 Hz, 1 H), 6.68-6.79 (m, 2H), 7.23-7.31 (m, 1 H), 8.41 (s, 1 H), 10.24 (t, J = 5.8 Hz, 1 H). 13C NMR (CDCI3): δ 16.09, 26.95, 29.30, 36.79, 45.1 1 , 45.28, 53.86, 62.47, 75.93, 103.87 (t, J = 25.4 Hz), 1 1 1 .21 (dd, J = 21 .0, 3.4 Hz), 1 17.32, 130.58 (dd, J = 9.3, 5.8 Hz), 133.40, 143.54, 155.34, 163.16, 163.25, 163.35, 172.88.

Example 19:

To a suspension of 5 (1 .67 g, 4 mmol) in acetonitrile (20 mL) was added DABCO (23 mg, 5 mol%) and TCCA (0.62 g, 2.52 mmol). The mixture was stirred 18 h at 40 °C protected from light and then quenched with a mixture of DMSO (0.48 mL) and water (0.12 mL). The insoluble cyanuric acid was removed by filtration and washed with acetonitrile (5 mL). The filtrate was evaporated under reduced pressure to give viscous oil that was crystallized from a mixture of methanol (6 mL) and water (3 mL), by slowly cooling the solution from 60 °C to room

temperature. The product 6 was filtered, washed with cold methanol (5 mL) and dried to give an off-white powder (1.07 g, 61 %).

1H NMR (CDCI3): δ 1.30 (d, J = 7.0 Hz, 3H), 1 .49 (dd, J = 14.0, 2.2 Hz, 1 H), 2.14 (ddd, J = 14.6, 1 1.1 , 6.4 Hz, 1 H), 3.89-3.95 (m, 2H), 4.09-4.15 (m, 1 H), 4.26 (dd, J = 13.4, 3.8 Hz, 1 H), 4.55 (d, J = 5.8 Hz, 2H), 4.89-4.98 (m, 1 H), 5.18 (dd, J = 6.2, 3.8 Hz, 1 H), 6.68-6.79 (m, 2H), 7.23-7.31 (m, 1 H), 8.41 (s, 1 H), 10.24 (t, J = 5.8 Hz, 1 H). 13C NMR (CDCI3): δ 16.09, 26.95, 29.30, 36.79, 45.1 1 , 45.28, 53.86, 62.47, 75.93, 103.87 (t, J = 25.4 Hz), 1 1 1 .21 (dd, J = 21.0, 3.4 Hz), 1 17.32, 130.58 (dd, J = 9.3, 5.8 Hz), 133.40, 143.54, 155.34, 163.16, 163.25, 163.35, 172.88.

Example 20:

To a suspension of 6 (0.44 g) in anhydrous methanol (1 mL) was added a 25% methanolic solution of sodium methylate (1 .14 mL) and the mixture stirred for 4 h at 40 °C. The reaction was quenched with acetic acid (0.4 mL), diluted with water (8 mL), extracted with 2-methyltetrahydrofuran (12 mL), the extract washed with 1 M NaOH(aq) (8 mL), water (8 mL) and evaporated under reduced pressure. To the oily residue was added methanol (8 mL) and evaporated under reduced pressure to give 27 as a white solid (0.38 g, 88%).

Example 21 :

The suspension of (4R, 12aS)-7-chloro-N-(2,4-difluorobenzyl)-4-methyl-6,8-dioxo-3,4,6,8,12, 12a-hexahydro-2H-pyrido[1 ‘,2’:4,5]pyrazino[2, 1 -b][1 ,3]oxazine-9-carboxamide (6, 0.44 g) and solid sodium hydroxide (0.20 g) in absolute ethanol (2 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 24 h. The reaction was quenched with 2M H2S04 (1 .18 mL) and left stirring for 2 h at room temperature. The reaction mixture was filtered through fitted funnel rinsing with water (2 x 2 mL). The obtained white precipitate (0.38 g) was suspended in THF-water (1 :1 , 4.5 mL) and stirred at room temperature for ca. 2 h. The reaction mixture was filtered through fitted funnel rinsing with water (2 χ 1 mL) and dried in vacuo at 40°C to afford pure dolutegravir as a white solid (0.33 g, HPLC purity: 99.38%).

1H NMR (DMSO-d6): δ 12.51 (s, 1 H), 10.36 (t, J=5.9 Hz, 1 H), 8.50 (s, 1 H), 7.41-7.36 (m, 1 H), 7.26-7.21 (m, 1 H), 7.07-7.03 (m, 1 H), 5.45 (dd, J=5.4, 4.3 Hz, 1 H), 4.81 -4.76 (m, 1 H), 4.59-4.53 (m, 3H), 4.36 (dd, J=13.8, 5.8 Hz, 1 H), 4.05-4.00 (m, 1 H), 3.91-3.88 (m, 1 H), 2.05-1 .97 (m, 1 H), 1.55-1.52 (m, 1 H), 1 .33 (d, J=7.1 Hz, 3H). 13C NMR (DMSO-d6): δ 170.27, 163.68, 162.29, 161 .78 (dd), 159.82 (dd), 154.61 , 140.64, 130.74 (d), 130.67 (d), 122.37 (d), 1 16.73, 1 15.38, 1 1 1 .33 (d), 103.80 (t), 62.01 , 51 .16, 44.69, 35.74, 29.13, 15.21.

Example 22:

A suspension of dolutegravir (0.31 g) in methanol (4 mL) was cooled to 0 °C.25% Solution of sodium methoxide in methanol was added to the mixture and the resulting suspension was stirred at 0 °C for 2 h, then at room temperature for 23 h. The reaction mixture was then filtered through fitted funnel rinsing with methanol (3 x 10 mL). The white precipitate was dried overnight at room temperature to afford pure dolutegravir sodium as a white solid (0.26 g, HPLC purity: 99.84%).

1H NMR (DMSO-d6): δ 10.70 (t, J=5.8, 1H), 7.89 (s, 1H), 7.37-7.30 (m, 1H), 7.23-7.19 (m, 1H), 7.04-7.01 (m, 1H), 5.17 (m, 1H), 4.81 (t, J=6.4Hz, 1H), 4.51 (d, J=5.5Hz, 2H), 4.32-4.29 (m, 1H), 4.16 (dd, J=14.1, 4.8 Hz, 1H), 3.99-3.94 (m, 1H), 3.82-3.80 (m, 1H), 1.89-1.84 (m, 1H), 1.38 (d, J=12.9 Hz, 1H), 1.24 (d, J=7.0Hz, 3H).13C NMR (DMSO-d6): δ 177.93, 167.12, 166.08, 161.59 (dd), 161.13, 159.63 (dd), 134.26, 130.44 (d), 130.38 (d), 122.90 (d), 114.95, 111.23 (d), 108.78, 103.64 (t), 75.59, 61.95, 53.11, 43.01, 35.32, 29.22, 15.30.

Example 23:

The suspension of 6 (0.44 g) and solid sodium hydroxide (0.20 g) in absolute ethanol (2 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 24 h. The reaction was diluted with absolute ethanol (10 mL) and left stirring for ca. 30 min at room temperature. The reaction mixture was filtered through fitted funnel rinsing with absolute ethanol (3 x 10 mL) and dried in vacuo at room temperature to afford dolutegravir sodium as a pale yellow solid (0.43 g, HPLC purity: 98.80%). 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): δ 10.70 (t, J = 5.8 Hz, 1H), 7.89 (s, 1H), 7.37-7.30 (m, 1H), 7.23-7.19 (m, 1H), 7.04-7.01 (m, 1H), 5.17 (m, 1H), 4.81 (t, J = 6.4 Hz, 1H), 4.51 (d, J = 5.5 Hz, 2H), 4.32-4.29 (m, 1H), 4.16 (dd, J= 14.1, 4.8 Hz, 1H), 3.99-3.94 (m, 1H), 3.82-3.80 (m, 1H), 1.89-1.84 (m, 1H), 1.38 (d, J = 12.9 Hz, 1H), 1.24 (d, J = 7.0 Hz, 3H).13C NMR (DMSO-d6): δ 177.93, 167.12, 166.08, 161.59 (dd), 161.13, 159.63 (dd), 134.26, 130.44 (d), 130.38 (d), 122.90 (d), 114.95, 111.23 (d), 108.78, 103.64 (t), 75.59, 61.95, 53.11, 43.01, 35.32, 29.22, 15.30.

Example 24:

The suspension of (4R,12aS)-N-(2,4-difluorobenzyl)-7-methoxy-4-methyl-6,8-dioxo-3,4,6,8,12, 12a-hexahydro-2H-pyrido[1′,2′:4,5]pyrazino[2,1-6][1,3]oxazine-9-carboxamide (27, 0.43 g) and solid sodium hydroxide (0.20 g) in absolute ethanol (2.5 mL) was stirred at room temperature for ca.24 h. The reaction was diluted with mixture of water/ethanol (5 mL, 1:1) and left stirring for ca. 1.5 h at room temperature. The reaction mixture was filtered through fitted funnel rinsing with mixture of water/ethanol (3 x 5 mL, 1:1) and dried in vacuo at room temperature to afford 15 as a pale yellow solid (0.41 g, HPLC purity: 98.87%).

1H NMR (DMSO-de): δ 10.70 (t, J = 5.8 Hz, 1H), 7.89 (s, 1H), 7.37-7.30 (m, 1H), 7.23-7.19 (m, 1H), 7.04-7.01 (m, 1H), 5.17 (m, 1H), 4.81 (t, J = 6.4 Hz, 1H), 4.51 (d, J = 5.5 Hz, 2H), 4.32-4.29 (m, 1H), 4.16 (dd, J = 14.1, 4.8 Hz, 1H), 3.99-3.94 (m, 1H), 3.82-3.80 (m, 1H), 1.89-1.84 (m, 1H), 1.38 (d, J = 12.9 Hz, 1H), 1.24 (d, J = 7.0 Hz, 3H).13C NMR (DMSO-d6): δ 177.93, 167.12, 166.08, 161.59 (dd), 161.13, 159.63 (dd), 134.26, 130.44 (d), 130.38 (d), 122.90 (d), 114.95, 111.23 (d), 108.78, 103.64 (t), 75.59, 61.95, 53.11, 43.01, 35.32, 29.22, 15.30.

Example 25:

The suspension of {4R, 12aS)-7-chloro-4-methyl-6,8-dioxo-3,4, 6,8, 12,12a-hexahydro-2H-pyrido[1′,2′:4,5]pyrazino[2,1-6][1,3]oxazine-9-carboxylic acid (7, 0.31 g) and solid sodium hydroxide (0.20 g) in absolute ethanol (2.5 mL) was stirred at 50 °C for 3 days. The reaction was quenched with 2M H2S04 (1.2 mL) and left stirring for 7 h at room temperature. The reaction mixture was filtered through fitted funnel rinsing with water (3×5 mL) and ethanol (5 mL) dried in vacuo at 40°C to afford 28 as a pale yellow solid (0.17 g).

1H NMR (DMSO-d6): δ 15.37 (s, 1H), 12.76 (s, 1H), 8.66 (s, 1H), 5.51-5.49 (m, 1H), 4.80-4.78 (m, 1H), 4.65 (dd, J=13.8, 3.7 Hz, 1H), 4.43 (dd, J=13.8, 5.9 Hz, 1H), 4.05 (t, J^^.b Hz, 1H), 3.91 (dd, J=11.4, 3.1 Hz, 1H), 2.07-2.00 (m, 1H), 1.56 (d, J=13.8 Hz, 1H), 1.34 (d, J=7.0 Hz, 3H).13C NMR (DMSO-de): δ 172.21, 165.39, 161.73, 153.61, 141.11, 118.66, 112.99, 75.95, 62.03, 51.50, 44.90, 29.08, 15.18.

Example 26:

The suspension of (4R,12aS)-N-(2,4-difluorobenzyl)-7-methoxy-4-methyl-6,8-dioxo-3,4,6,8, 12, 12a-hexahydro-2H-pyrido[1 ‘,2’:4,5]pyrazino[2, 1 ,3]oxazine-9-carboxamide (27, 0.88 g) and solid sodium hydroxide (0.24 g) in absolute ethanol (20 mL) was stirred at 30 °C for 1.5 h. The reaction was quenched with 2M H2S04 (1 .5 mL) and left stirring for 3 hours at room temperature. The reaction mixture was filtered through fritted funnel and rinsed with water (3 x 2 mL) and ethanol (4 mL), and dried in vacuo at 40 °C to afford O-ethyl dolutegravir (29) as a pale yellow solid (0.25 g). The filtrate was extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 5 mL). The combined organic layers were dried over MgS04, filtered and concentrated, then dried in vacuo at 40 °C to afford more 29 as a pale yellow solid (0.27 g).

1H NMR (CDCI3): δ 10.37 (t, J = 5.8 Hz, 1 H), 8.36 (s, 1 H), 7.37-7.32 (m, 1 H), 6.83-6.77 (m, 2H), 5.19 (dd, J = 5.9, 3.8 Hz, 1 H), 5.04-4.98 (m, 1 H), 4.61 (d, J = 6Hz, 2H), 4.26-4.22 (m, 3H), 4.1 1 (dd, J = 13.4, 5.9 Hz, 1 H), 3.97 (t, J = 2.4 Hz, 1 H), 3.96 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1 H), 2.21-2.14 (m, 1 H), 1.51 (dq, J = 14.0, 2.3 Hz, 1 H), 1 .47 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 3H), 1 .35 (d, J = 7.1 Hz, 3H).

13C NMR (CDCI3): δ 174.78, 164.17, 162.49 (dd), 160.51 (dd), 155.72, 154.08, 142.32, 130.60 (dd), 129.33, 121 .51 (dd), 1 18.67, 1 1 1 .23 (dd), 103.78 (t), 76.15, 69.74, 62.58, 53.42, 44.58, 36.50 (d), 29.44, 16.04, 15.64.

Example 27:

The suspension of (4R, 12aS)-7-(benzyloxy)-4-methyl-3,4, 12,12a-tetrahydro-2H-pyrido[1 ‘,2’:4,5]pyrazino[2, 1-b][1 ,3]oxazine-6,8-dione (30, 0.68 g, prepared according to prior art) and solid sodium hydroxide (0.40 g) in absolute ethanol (5 mL) was stirred at 50 °C for 14 h. The reaction was quenched with formic acid (0.35 mL), water (2 mL) was added and mixture was left stirring for additional 1 h at room temperature. The reaction mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 5 mL) and the combined organic layers concentrated to afford a crude oil. Purification by flash chromatography (eluting with CH2CI2/methanol) afforded 32 as an orange solid (0.26 g, 52 %).

The above procedure if done at room temperature in same time period, affords 31 as orange oil (0.24 g, 43 %).

Compound 32: 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): δ 7.64 (d, J = 7.4 Hz, 1 H), 6.20 (d, J = 7.3 Hz, 1 H), 5.40 (dd, J = 5.1 , 4.2 Hz, 1 H), 4.83-4.78 (m, 1 H), 4.35 (dd, J = 13.6, 3.9 Hz, 1 H), 4.13 (dd, J = 13.6, 5.4 Hz, 1 H), 4.05-4.00 (m, 1 H), 3.90-3.85 (m, 1 H), 2.03-1.95 (m, 1 H), 1.52 (dd, J = 13.9, 1 .9 Hz, 1 H), 1.33 (d, J = 7.1 Hz, 3H). 13C NMR (DMSO-d6): δ 170.96, 163.01 , 153.48, 137.96, 1 16.83, 1 13.52, 76.18, 62.05, 50.39, 44.53, 29.21 , 15.28.

Compound 31 : 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): δ 7.67 (d, J = 7.4 Hz, 1 H), 6.28 (d, J = 7.4 Hz, 1 H), 5.29 (dd, J = 5.4, 3.8 Hz, 1 H), 4.82-4.75 (m, 1 H), 4.32 (dd, J = 13.6, 3.6 Hz, 1 H), 4.10 (dd, J = 13.5, 5.6 Hz, 1 H), 4.03-3.93 (m, 3H), 3.85 (ddd, J = 1 1 .6, 5.0, 2.2 Hz, 1 H), 1.97-1 .89 (m, 1 H), 1 .48 (dd, J = 13.8, 2.1 Hz, 1 H), 1.27 (d, J = 7.1 Hz, 3H), 1.26 (d, J = 7.0 Hz, 3H). 13C NMR (DMSO-d6): δ 174.38, 156.1 1 , 150.82, 139.48, 1 16.39, 1 13.52, 75.92, 67.31 , 61 .80, 51 .36, 44.22, 29.29, 15.76, 15.36.

Exa

The transformation of 6 to dolutegravir with sodium hydroxide in ethanol was monitored for the interconversion of intermediates. The suspension of 6 (0.44 g) and solid sodium hydroxide (0.20 g) in ethanol (3.33 ml.) was stirred at 22 °C. Samples of the reaction mixture were taken after 3, 8 and 24 h for UPLC analysis. After 24 h, the reaction mixture was quenched with 2 M H2S04 (5 ml_), and left stirring at room temperature. The reaction mixture was filtered through fritted funnel, the product rinsed with water (30 ml.) and dried in vacuo at 50 °C overnight to afford dolutegravir as a white solid (0.27 g, 64 %).

The results of reaction monitoring:

Time UPLC analysis (area%)

Entry

(h) compound 6 compound 29 dolutegravir

1 3 h 37.50 20.63 39.99

2 8 h 0.78 15.46 80.32

3 24h 0.31 8.56 88.21

Example 29:

The effect of added water and reaction temperature was evaluated by monitoring 4 reactions in parallel. To the suspensions of 27 (0.86 g) in MeOH were added solid sodium hydroxide (0.40 g) or aqueous solution of NaOH (5 M, 2 ml.) (see Table below). The reactions were stirred in parallel at 50 °C or 22 °C. Samples were taken in timely intervals for UPLC analysis.

The results of reaction monitoring demethylation of 27 in MeOH:

Example 30:

The effect of added water and reaction temperature was evaluated by monitoring 4 reactions in parallel. To the suspensions of 6 (0.88 g) in EtOH were added solid sodium hydroxide (0.40 g) or aqueous solution of NaOH (5 M, 2 mL) (see Table below). The reactions were stirred in parallel at 50 °C or 22 °C. Samples were taken in timely intervals for UPLC analysis.

The results of reaction monitoring of the transformations of 6 in ethanol with NaOH:

dol. = dolutegravir

Exa

The effect of added water and reaction temperature was evaluated by monitoring 4 reactions in parallel. To the suspensions of 27 (0.88 g) in EtOH were added solid sodium hydroxide (0.40 g) or aqueous solution of NaOH (5 M, 2ml_) (see Table below). The reactions were stirred in parallel at 50 °C or 22 °C. Samples were taken in timely intervals for UPLC analysis.

The results of reaction monitoring of the transformations of 27 in ethanol with NaOH:

dol. = dolutegravir

Example 32:

Compound 3 (30 g, 1 10 mmol; assay 99%) was suspended in acetonitrile (450 mL), acetic acid (73 mL) and methanesulfonic acid (25 mL) were added. The reaction mixture was stirred 4 h at 70 °C. The clear red solution was cooled to 25 °C. Triethylamine (77 mL) and (S)-2-aminopropanol (17 mL) were added and the mixture was stirred at reflux temperature for 20 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to 25 °C and the insoluble product filtered, washed with 1 M HCI(aq) (60 mL), water (3 * 60 mL) and dried to give 4c (19.49 g, 67%): mp = 313-315 °C; 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): δ 1.31 (d, J = 6.3 Hz, 3H), 3.65 (dd, J = 8.6, 6.8 Hz, 1 H), 4.13 (dd, J = 1 1.7, 10.3 Hz, 1 H), 4.28 (m, 1 H), 4.39 (dd, J = 8.6, 6.8 Hz, 1 H), 4.92 (dd, J = 12.3, 4.2 Hz, 1 H), 5.45 (dd, J = 10.2, 4.1 Hz, 1 H), 7.16 (s, 1 H), 8.84 (s, 1 H), 15.74 (s, 1 H); 13C NMR (DMSO-d6) 16.5, 51.6, 52.9, 72.4, 81.6, 1 15.8, 1 18.1 , 141.5, 147.6, 153.4, 165.3, 179.0.

Example 33

Compound 4c (2.78 g) was suspended in dimethylformamide (40 mL), cooled to 0 °C, then triethylamine (3.52 mL) was added, followed by ethyl chloroformate (1 .31 mL). After 10 min there was added 2,4-difluorobenzylamine (1 .57 mL). The mixture was then stirred at 25 °C for 1 h. Water (150 mL) was added and the mixture extracted with dichloromethane (50 mL). The organic phase was separated, washed with water (2 χ 50 mL), dried over sodium sulfate and evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue (4.31 g) was treated with boiling 2-propanol (40 mL), the suspension cooled, the product filtered and dried to give the product 5c as a white powder (2.70 g, 69%): 99.80 area% by HPLC at 258 nm; mp = 222-223 °C; MS (ESI) m/z = 390 [MH]+; 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): δ 1 .30 (d, J = 6.3 Hz, 3H), 3.63 (dd, J = 8.6, 6.8 Hz, 1 H), 4.02 (m, 1 H), 4.26 (m, 1 H), 4.37 (dd, J = 8.6, 6.8 Hz, 1 H), 4.53 (d, J = 6.0 Hz, 2H), 4.84 (dd, J = 12.2, 4.2 Hz, 1 H), 5.40 (dd, J = 12.2, 4.2 Hz, 1 H), 6.91 (s, 1 H), 7.05 (m, 1 H), 7.24 (m, 1 H), 7.38 (m, 1 H), 8.62 (s, 1 H), 10.43 (t, J = 6.0 Hz, 1 H).

To a suspension of 5c (2.70 g, 6.9 mmol) in acetonitrile (32 mL) was added DABCO (39 mg, 5 mol%) and TCCA (1.01 g, 4.3 mmol). The mixture was stirred 20 h at 40 °C protected from light and then quenched with a mixture of DMSO (0.81 mL) and water (0.20 mL). The insoluble cyanuric acid was removed by filtration and washed with acetonitrile (10 mL). The filtrate was evaporated under reduced pressure to give viscous oil that was crystallized from a mixture of methanol (10 mL) and water (5 mL), by slowly cooling the solution from 60 °C to room temperature. The product 6c was filtered, washed with cold methanol (8 mL) and dried to give an off-white powder (1 .20 g, 41 %): mp = 225-227 °C; MS (ESI) m/z = 424 [MH]+; 1H NMR

(DMSO-d6): δ 1.28 (d, J = 6.3 Hz, 3H), 3.65 (dd, J = 8.6, 6.9 Hz, 1 H), 4.09 (m, 1 H), 4.26 (m, 1 H), 4.35 (dd, J = 8.6, 6.6 Hz, 1 H), 4.54 (d, J = 5.9 Hz, 2H), 4.85 (dd, J = 12.3, 3.8 Hz, 1 H), 5.42 (dd, J = 10.1 , 3.8 Hz, 1 H), 7.06 (m, 1 H), 7.24 (m, 1 H), 7.40 (m, 1 H), 8.67 (s, 1 H), 10.24 (t, J = 6.0 Hz, 1 H).

Example 35

cabotegravir

The suspension of 6c (1.00 g, 2.4 mmol) and sodium hydroxide (0.57 g, 14.2 mmol) in absolute ethanol (7 mL) was stirred at 40 °C for 16 h. The reaction was quenched with 0.5M H2S04 (15 mL), extracted with dichloromethane (20 mL), the extract washed with water (20 mL) and evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was triturated in MTBE (10 mL), the product filtered, washed with MTBE (10 mL) and dried to give cabotegravir as an off-white solid (0.74 g, 77%): MS (ESI) m/z = 405 [MH]+.

Lek, a Sandoz company, opens the first production facility in Slovenia for drug substances for innovative medicines at its Mengeš site

Vojmir Urlep, president of Lek Board of Management

Dr Miro Cerar, the Prime Minister of the Republic of SloveniaPhoto for print

Dr Miro Cerar, the Prime Minister of the Republic of Slovenia

Lek, a Sandoz company, awarded for cooperation in practical training of students of the Faculty of Chemistry and Chemical Technology

30. 1. 2015

At a ceremony held on 22 January 2015 at the Faculty of Chemistry and Chemical Technology, University of Ljubljana, the Maks Samec awards and recognitions for 2014 were presented for the best doctoral thesis in the field of chemistry, the best doctoral thesis in the field of chemical engineering and chemical technology and for services and merits to the Faculty in the year 2014. On this occasion, the Faculty also wanted to thank all the companies and individuals who shared their knowledge and resources to help the Faculty on its education and research path.

Lek, a Sandoz company, received a plaque for taking part in the implementation of practical training, which was collected, on behalf of the company, by Samo Roš, Head of Human Resources and a Member of the Lek Board of Management. By doing so, the Faculty of Chemistry and Chemical Technology thanked all the mentors who directly transfer their expertise and valuable experience onto students, teaching them specific skills, encouraging their development, guiding them through the work process and ensuring that students become socialized in the workplace.

* * *

Lek, a Sandoz company, is one of key pillars of the second-largest generic pharmaceutical company globally. Its role within Sandoz is to act as: a leading global development center for technologically demanding products and technologies; a global manufacturing center for active pharmaceutical ingredients and medicines; a competence center for the development of vertically integrated products; a Sandoz competence center in the field of development and manufacturing of biosimilar products; and, a supply center for the markets of Central and Eastern Europe (CEE), South East Europe (SEE) and Commonwealth of Independent States (CIS), and it is responsible for sales on the Slovenian market. For further information please visit http://www.lek.si/en.

Sandoz, the generic pharmaceuticals division of Novartis, is a global leader in the generic pharmaceutical sector. Sandoz employs over 26,400 employees and its products are available in more than 160 countries, offering a broad range of high-quality, affordable products that are no longer protected by patents. With USD 9.6 billion in sales in 2014, Sandoz has a portfolio of approximately 1,100 molecules, and holds the #1 position globally in biosimilars as well as in generic injectables, ophthalmics, dermatology and antibiotics, complemented by leading positions in the cardiovascular, metabolism, central nervous system, pain, gastrointestinal, respiratory, and hormonal therapeutic areas. Sandoz develops, produces, and markets these medicines, as well as active pharmaceutical and biotechnological substances. Nearly half of Sandoz’s portfolio is in differentiated products, which are defined as products that are more difficult to scientifically develop and manufacture than standard generics. In addition to strong organic growth since consolidating its generics businesses under the Sandoz brand name in 2003, Sandoz has benefitted from strong growth of its acquisitions, which include Lek (Slovenia), Sabex (Canada), Hexal (Germany), Eon Labs (US), EBEWE Pharma (Austria), Oriel Therapeutics (US), and Fougera Pharmaceuticals (US).
Sandoz is on Twitter. Sign up to follow @Sandoz_global at http://twitter.com/Sandoz_Global.

Novartis provides innovative healthcare solutions that address the evolving needs of patients and societies. Headquartered in Basel, Switzerland, Novartis offers a diversified portfolio to best meet these needs: innovative medicines, eye care, cost-saving generic pharmaceuticals, preventive vaccines and over-the-counter products. Novartis is the only global company with leading positions in these areas. In 2014, the Group achieved net sales of USD 58.0 billion, while R&D throughout the Group amounted to approximately USD 9.9 billion (USD 9.6 billion excluding impairment and amortization charges). Novartis Group companies employ approximately 130,000 full-time-equivalent associates. Novartis products are available in more than 180 countries around the world. For more information, please visit www.novartis.com

////////////Carbotegravir, Dolutegravir, New Patent, WO 2016113372, Lek Pharmaceutical and Chemical Co DD


Filed under: PATENT, PATENTS Tagged: CARBOTEGRAVIR, dolutegravir, Lek Pharmaceutical and Chemical Co DD, NEW PATENT, WO 2016113372

WO 2016113415, Sandoz, Riociguat, New Patent

$
0
0

WO 2016113415, Sandoz, Riociguat, New Patent

STEFINOVIC, Marijan; (AT).
RICHTER, Frank; (AT).
GRIESSER, Ulrich; (AT).
LANGES, Christoph; (AT)

SANDOZ AG [CH/CH]; Lichtstrasse 35 4056 Basel (CH)

WO 2016113415

Novel method for purifying riociguat, useful for treating chronic thromboembolic pulmonary hypertension, pulmonary arterial hypertension, systemic sclerosis and Raynaud’s phenomenon. Also claims novel crystalline solvates of riociguat (eg ethyl acetate or butan-2-one solvate), useful as intermediates in the purification of riociguat. Bayer and licensee Merck have developed and launched riociguat.

The present filing appears to be the first filing from Sandoz on riociguat; however see WO2015095515, assigned to Novartis, parent company of Sandoz, claiming an ophthalmic composition comprising a soluble guanylate cyclase activator (eg riociguat).

Riociguat (BAY 63-2521 ), having the chemical name N-[4,6-Diamino-2-[1-(2-fluorobenzyl)-1 H-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridin-3-yl]pyrimidin-5-yl]-N-methylcarbamic acid methyl ester, or sometimes also called or also sometimes called Methyl-(4,6-diamino-2-(1-(2-fluorobenzyl)-1 H-pyrazolo[3, 4-b]pyridin-3-yl)-5-pyrimidinyl)(methyl)carbamate is a stimulator of the soluble guanylate cyclase.

Riociguat has been approved for the treatment of inoperable, or persistent, recurrent chronic thromboembolic pulmonary hypertension (CTEPH) after surgery in adult patients and for the treatment of pulmonary arterial hypertension and is in development for the treatment of systemic sclerosis and Raynaud’s phenomenon.

(I)

The preparation of the compound of formula (I) and its purification are known. According to the experimental procedure of Example 8 of WO 03/095451 (comparable description in Chem. Med. Chem 2009, 4, 853-865), iodomethane is used as an alkylating agent in a late step and the purification of the crude riociguat either comprised preparatory HPLC steps or several steps of extracting, precipitating, suspending, washing, redissolving and reprecipitating riociguat, resulting in a long and tedious workup procedure with moderate yield.

In WO 201 1/064171 a potential genotoxic azo compound of formula III is used as a key intermediate, which under catalytic hydrogenation forms a compound of formula VIII.

The compound of formula VIII is further reacted with a methyl chloroformate or with a dimethyl carbonate derivative to form a compound of formula VI. The compound of formula VI is then methylated to form crude riociguat of formula (I).

Crude riociguat of formula (I) is then purified by a process comprising the intermediate isolation of a riociguat DMSO solvate of formula (II).

For the pharmaceutical use of riociguat, the solvent DMSO has to be removed. To that end, the compound of formula (II) is boiled in pharmaceutically acceptable solvents such as ketones, esters, ethers or alcohols. However, the riociguat obtained in this manner contains detectable amounts of DMSO.

These processes for the preparation of riociguat and their laborious purification protocols have a number of disadvantages which are unfavorable for industrial realization on a large scale.

On the one hand, the purification process according to WO 03/095451 require the repeated isolation of solid intermediates or preparatory HPLC, which ultimately results in a reduced yield of pure riociguat of formula (I) of pharmaceutical grade. Yet, traces of compound of formula (III) remain.

It is therefore one of the objects of the present invention to provide a process for the preparation of pure riociguat – compound of the formula (I) – which yields riociguat free from any genotoxic impurity and/or mutagenic impurity.

On the other hand, the process for the preparation of riociguat described in WO 201 1/064171 has a different serious drawback. It comprises the use of a DMSO solvate.

DMSO is an active pharmaceutical ingredient by itself. It is used as an active pharmaceutical ingredient in the treatment of interstitial cystitis. DMSO removal is difficult to achieve by the published processes. It is thus a further object of the invention to provide riociguat essentially free from DMSO and suitable for pharmaceutical use.

WO 2014/128109 discloses forms of riociguat, such as polymorphs and solvates, and describes a ¼ ethyl acetate solvate of riociguat in example 6. The X-ray powder

diffractogram in Tab.3 and figure 4 comprises reflexes at °2Theta positions of 9.1 and 25.6.

Thus, there is a need in the art for a process, which allows the preparation of pure riociguat free from any genotoxic impurity and/or mutagenic impurity which at the same time does not comprise residual DMSO.

Surprisingly, we have now identified a process for the purification of crude riociguat which yields riociguat which is essentially free from genotoxic impurities and DMSO. In particular, this novel process differs from the processes known to date in that the isolation of intermediates prior to the formation of riociguat is not required. This process allows to overcome the disadvantages of the processes known to date and to obtain riociguat in high yield and high purity and pharmaceutical acceptable quality essentially free of genotoxic impurities.

 

Examples

Preparative example

Preparation of crude riociguat

Riociguat was prepared as disclosed in example 7 of WO 201 1/064171 and had a chemical purity of 91.7% by the area of the riociguat peak in the HPLC-UV elution profile.

Comparative Example 1

Preparation of DMSO solvate

An amount of 4.505 g (0.0107 moles) of crude riociguat was dissolved in 8 ml DMSO at 100 °C. The obtained brownish, turbid solution was then cooled to 75 °C within 16 minutes. After that 55 ml of ethylacetate were added and the mixture was cooled to 25 °C (30 minutes). After 22 h the obtained precipiate was filtered off, washed with 14 ml EtOAc and dried for 4 hours at 50 °C at reduced pressure (50 mbar). The precipitate was analysed with XRPD, confirming that riociguat DMSO was obtained. The product was also analyzed by HPLC-UV-MS. Purity was calculated based on UV detection at 254nm. The so obtained riociguat DMSO solvate was 91 .92% pure.

Comparative Example 2

Preparation of riociguat form I from riociguat DMSO solvate

The entire product prepared in comparative example 1 (4.283 g = 0.009 moles) was reflux heated in 77 ml of ethylacetate at 78 °C for 1 h and then cooled to 25 °C. The white solid was filtered off with suction, washed with a total of 18 ml of ethyl acetate and dried at 50 °C under reduced pressure (50 mbar) for 5 hours. The dried product was then analyzed by XRPD, confirming identity of riociguat form I unequivocally.

Yield (dry): 3.224 g (0.0076 moles) = 75% for comparative example 2 and 72% overall (C.ex. 1 and 2). Total organic volatile impurity is higher than 1000 ppm and total DMSO content is higher than 100 ppm.

Example 1 ; Preparation of Riociguat ethylacetate solvate

Crude Riociguat (500 mg; Form I; 91 .7% percentage area purity) was dissolved in 2 ml DMF and heated to 100 °C to obtain a slightly turbid solution. After filtration through a 0.44 micron filter, 20 ml EtOAc were added to the hot solution (water bath 70°C) and allowed to stand. The temperature was slowly decreased to ambient temperature. Crystallization started after

10min. The yellowish, fine powder was filtered off and dried at ambient conditions. The PXRD indicated the formation of a new ethylacetate solvate. Yield 71 %, 97.8% purity.

Example 2; Preparation of the Methyl ethyl ketone (butan-2-one) solvate of Riociguat.

Crude Riociguat (500 mg; Form I; 91 .7% percentage area purity) was dissolved in 2 ml DMF at 100 °C to obtain a clear solution. After filtration through a 0.44 micron filter, 20 ml MEK were added. The hot solution (water bath 70 °C) was allowed stand. The temperature was then slowly decreased to ambient temperature. After 30 minutes yellowish, square-shaped crystals appeared, which were analyzed. Analysis confirmed that they were a new crystalline MEK-solvate. Yield 43%, 97.2% purity.

Example 3 ; Conversion of Solvated forms to Form I

Both the solvates from examples 1 and 2 can be converted to riociguat Form I by heating the material to 150°C under vacuum for an appropriate amount of time.

Example 4; Direct preparation of riociguat form I from crude riociguat using DMF-Acetone Crude Riociguat (200 mg; Form I; 91 .7% percentage area purity) was dissolved in 1.0 ml DMF at 100 °C to obtain a clear solution. After filtration through a 0.44 micron filter, 5 ml acetone was added. The hot solution (water bath 70 °C) was allowed to stand. Crystallisation occurred while the temperature was slowly decreased to ambient temperature. After 24 hours the precipitate was filtered off and dried at ambient conditions to obtain form I. Yield 78% ; 97.6% purity

///////////WO 2016113415, Sandoz, Riociguat, New Patent


Filed under: PATENT, PATENTS Tagged: NEW PATENT, riociguat, sandoz, WO 2016113415

Mifamurtide (Mepact) мифамуртид , ميفامورتيد , 米法莫肽 ,

$
0
0

Mifamurtide.svg

STR1

Mifamurtide (Mepact)

  • MF C59H109N6O19P
  • MW 1237.499
CGP-19835, MFCD09954133, MTP-cephalin, Mtp-PE
Muramyl tripeptide phosphatidylethanolamine
N-(N-Acetylmuramoyl)-L-alanyl-D-α-glutaminyl-N-[(7R)-4-hydroxy-4-oxido-10-oxo-7-[(1-oxohexadecyl)oxy]-3,5,9-trioxa-4-phosphapentacos-1-yl]-L-alaninamide
N-Acetylmuramyl-L-alanyl-D-isoglutamine-L-alanine 2-(1′,2′-dipalmitoyl-sn-glycero-3′-hydroxyphosphoryloxy)ethylamide
(2R,5S,8R,13S,22R)-2-{[(3R,4R,5S,6R)-3-Acetamido-2,5-dihydroxy-6-(hydroxymethyl)tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-yl]oxy}-8-carbamoyl-19-hydroxy-5,13-dimethyl-19-oxido-3,6,11,14,25-pentaoxo-18,20,24-trioxa-4,7,12 ;,15-tetraaza-19λ5-phosphatetracontan-22-yl hexadecanoate
83461-56-7  CAS
838853-48-8 (mifamurtide sodium · xH2O)

Mifamurtide (trade name Mepact, marketed by Takeda) is a drug against osteosarcoma, a kind of bone cancer mainly affecting children and young adults, which is lethal in about a third of cases. The drug was approved in Europe in March 2009.

ChemSpider 2D Image | Mifamurtide | C59H109N6O19P

History

The drug was invented by Ciba-Geigy (now Novartis) in the early 1980s and sold to Jenner Biotherapies in the 1990s. In 2003,IDM Pharma bought the rights and developed it further.[1] IDM Pharma was acquired by Takeda along with mifamurtide in June 2009.[2]

Mifamurtide had already been granted orphan drug status by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) in 2001, and theEuropean Medicines Agency (EMA) followed in 2004. It was approved in the 27 European Union member states plus Iceland, Liechtenstein, and Norway by a centralized marketing authorization in March 2009. The drug was denied approval by the FDA in 2007.[3][4] Mifamurtide has been licensed by the EMA since March, 2009.[5]

Indications

Mifamurtide is indicated for the treatment of high-grade, nonmetastasizing, resectable osteosarcoma following complete surgical removal in children, adolescents, and young adults, aged two to 30 years.[1][6][7] Osteosarcoma is diagnosed in about 1,000 individuals in Europe and the USA per year, most under the age of 30.[8] The drug is used in combination with postoperative, multiagent chemotherapy to kill remaining cancer cells and improve a patient’s chance of overall survival.[6]

In a phase-III clinical trial in about 800 newly diagnosed osteosarcoma patients, mifamurtide was combined with the chemotherapeutic agents doxorubicin and methotrexate, with or without cisplatin and ifosfamide. The mortality could be lowered by 30% versus chemotherapy plus placebo. Six years after the treatment, 78% of patients were still alive. This equals an absolute risk reduction of 8% .[1]

Adverse effects

In a clinical study, mifamurtide was given to 332 subjects (half of whom were under age of 16) and most side effects were found to be mild to moderate in nature. Most patients experience fewer adverse events with subsequent administration.[9][10]Common side effects include fever (about 90%), vomiting, fatigue and tachycardia (about 50%), infections, anaemia, anorexia, headache, diarrhoea and constipation(>10%).[1][11]

Pharmacokinetics

After application of the liposomal infusion, the drug is cleared from the plasma within minutes and is concentrated in lung, liver, spleen, nasopharynx, and thyroid. The terminal half-life is 18 hours. In patients receiving a second treatment after 11–12 weeks, no accumulation effects were observed.[12]

Pharmacodynamics

Mifamurtide is a fully synthetic derivative of muramyl dipeptide (MDP), the smallest naturally occurring immune stimulatory component of cell walls from Mycobacterium species. It has similar immunostimulatory effects as natural MDP with the advantage of a longer half-life in plasma.

NOD2 is a pattern recognition receptor which is found in several kinds of white blood cells, mainly monocytes and macrophages. It recognises muramyl dipeptide, a component of the cell wall of bacteria. Mifamurtide simulates a bacterial infection by binding to NOD2, activating white cells. This results in an increased production of TNF-α, interleukin 1,interleukin 6, interleukin 8, interleukin 12, and other cytokines, as well as ICAM-1. The activated white cells attack cancer cells, but not, at least in vitro, other cells.[13]

Interactions

Consequently, the combination of mifamurtide with these types of drugs is contraindicated. However, mifamurtide can be coadministered with low doses of NSAIDs. No evidence suggests mifamurtide interacts with the studied chemotherapeutics, or with the cytochrome P450 system.[14]

Chemistry

Scheme of a liposome formed by phospholipids in an aqueous solution

Mifamurtide is muramyl tripeptide phosphatidylethanolamine (MTP-PE), a synthetic analogue of muramyl dipeptide. The side chains of the molecule give it a longer elimination half-life than the natural substance. The substance is applied encapsulated into liposomes (L-MTP-PE). Being a phospholipid, it accumulates in the lipid bilayer of the liposomes in the infusion.[15]

Synthesis

One method of synthesis (shown first) is based on N,N’-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (DCC) assisted esterification of N-acetylmuramyl-L-alanyl-DisoglutaminylL-alanine with N-hydroxysuccinimide, followed by a condensation with 2-aminoethyl-2,3-dipalmitoylglycerylphosphoric acid in triethylamine (Et3N).[16] A different approach (shown second) uses N-acetylmuramyl-L-alanyl-D-isoglutamine, hydroxysuccinimide and alanyl-2-aminoethyl-2,3-dipalmitoylglycerylphosphoric acid;[17] that is, the alanine is introduced in the second step instead of the first.

Mifamurtide synthesis.png Mifamurtide synthesis2.png

Synthesis

Mifamurtide is an anticancer agent for the treatment of osteosarcoma, the most common primary malignancy of bone tissue mainly affecting children and adolescents.10

The drug was invented by Ciba-Geigy (now Novartis) in the early 1980s and the agent was subsequently licensed to Jenner Biotherapies in the 1990s.

IDM Pharma bought the rights to the drug from Jenner in April 2003.78 In March 2009, mifamurtide was approved in the 27 European Union member states plus Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway via a centralized marketing authorization.

After the approval, IDM Pharma was acquired by Takeda, which began launching mifamurtide, as Mepact, in February 2010.

Mifamurtide, a fully synthetic lipophilic derivative of muramyl dipeptide (MDP), is muramyl tripeptide phosphatidylethanolamine (MTP-PE), which is formulated as a liposomal infusion.79 Being a phospholipid, mifamurtide accumulates in the lipid bilayer of the liposomes upon infusion.

After application of the liposomal infusion, the drug is cleared from the plasma within minutes. However, it is concentrated in lung, liver, spleen, nasopharynx and thyroid, and the terminal half-life is 18 h, which is longer than the natural substance.

Two synthetic routes have been reported,80,81 and Scheme 16 describes the more processamenable route.

Commercially available 1,2-dipalmitoyl-sn-glycero- 3-phosphoethanolamine (110) was coupled with N-Boc-L-alanine (111) by means of N-hydroxysuccinimide (112), DCC in DMF to give amide 113, which was followed by hydrogenolysis of the CBZ group to give the corresponding L-alanyl-phosphoric acid 114.

Next, commercially available N-acetylmuramoyl-L-alanyl-Disoglutamine (115) was subjected to hydroxybenzotriazole (HOBT) and DIC in DMF to provide the corresponding succinimide ester 116 which was condensed with compound 114 to provide mifamurtide (IX).

No yields were provided for these transformations.

str1

79. Prous, J. R.; Castaner, J. Drugs Future 1989, 14, 220.
80. Baschang, G.; Tarcsay, L.; Hartmann, A.; Stanek, J. EP 0027258 A1, 1980.
81. Brundish, D. E.; Wade, R. J. Labelled Compd. Radiopharm. 1985, 22, 29.

PATENT

https://www.google.com/patents/CN103408635A?cl=en

mifamurtide, the English called mifamurtide, formula C59Hltl9N6O19P, primarily for the treatment of non-metastatic

Resectable osteosarcoma (a rare but the main cause of death for children and young people osteoma), having the formula as follows:

Figure CN103408635AD00051

mifamurtide by certain stimuli such as macrophages and other white blood cells to kill tumor cells. Currently, mifamurtide listed injections into spherical liposome vesicles are muramyl tripeptide (MTP). This lipid trigger macrophages to consume mifamurtide. Once consumed mifamurtide, MTP-stimulated macrophages, in particular we will look for tumors in the liver, spleen and lung macrophages and kill it.

 mifamurtide injection approved for marketing based on the results of phase III clinical study. Taiwan’s National Cancer Institute Cooperative Group (NCI) established by the Children’s Oncology Group (COG) study, complete treatment of this product in patients with osteosarcoma largest research project in the book of about 800 cases. Evaluation of mifamurtide and 3-4 adjuvant chemotherapy (cis molybdenum, doxorubicin, methotrexate, cyclophosphamide with or the same as) the results of combination therapy. Studies have shown that mifamurtide used in combination with chemotherapy can reduce the mortality rate of about 30%, 78% of treated patients survived more than six years.

Shortcomings disclosed the full liquid phase synthesis technology route mifamurtide, but all-liquid phase synthesis: [0006] Currently, mifamurtide universal rely wholly liquid phase synthesis, relevant literature (220 Drugs Futl989, 14, (3)) that the synthesis requires intermediate purification steps cumbersome, time-consuming, and the total yield of the whole liquid phase synthesis is less than 30%, which has been the main factors affecting the productivity of mifamurtide

A method for logging meter synthetic peptide, characterized in that it comprises the following steps: Step 1, under the effect of coupling agent, an amino group, and Fmoc-D-Glu on the amino resin (OPG) -OH main chain carboxyl acylation, a compound of formula I; Step 2, Fmoc removal of the protecting group the compound of formula I, under the effect of coupling with Fmoc-L-Ala-OH acylation, a compound of formula 2; step 3, Fmoc removal of the protecting group the compound of formula 2, in the role of a coupling agent, with a compound of formula 3 for acylation, a compound of formula 4; step 4, PG protecting group removing compound of formula 4, the coupling the role of agent, and HL-Ala-OPG acylation, a compound of formula 5; Step 5, PG protecting group removal compound of formula 5, under the effect of coupling agent, and an amino acid performed on brain phospholipids reaction of a compound of formula 6, and then the resin was added Lysates deaminated compound of formula 7; Step 6, the compound of formula 7 to obtain the removal of benzyl mifamurtide;

Figure CN103408635AC00021
Figure CN103408635AC00031

Wherein Fmoc is the amino protecting group; wherein PG is a carboxy-protecting group for Allyl or Dmab; Resin as the amino resin.

Example: Synthesis of mifamurtide crude peptide

 Example 11 to give the formula hydrogenolysis at atmospheric pressure to 16 hours Example 7 was added to 7.42 g compound 250ml single neck flask, dried 150ml of methanol was added to dissolve 0.4 g of 10% palladium on carbon.Completion of the reaction, palladium-carbon was filtered off, the filtrate was concentrated by rotary evaporation to 65ml, is mifamurtide crude peptide solution. Mifamurtide synthetic crude peptide: 15 [0173] Example

 Example 12 to give the formula hydrogenolysis at atmospheric pressure to 16 hours Example 7 was added to 4.21 g compound 150ml single neck flask, dried 85ml of methanol was added to dissolve 0.2 g of 10% palladium on carbon.Completion of the reaction, palladium-carbon was filtered off, the filtrate was concentrated by rotary evaporation to 37ml, is mifamurtide crude peptide solution.

16 [0175] Example 2: Preparation of mifamurtide

 The embodiment 14 of crude peptide solution obtained in Example 65ml, IOOOml round bottom flask was added, under magnetic stirring, 650ml of anhydrous diethyl ether was added dropwise. Upon completion, at room temperature for crystallization. After filtration and drying the filter cake, the filter cake was again dissolved in 65ml of methanol. This methanol solution was added IOOOml round bottom flask, under magnetic stirring, 650ml of anhydrous diethyl ether was added dropwise. Upon completion, at room temperature for crystallization. Filtered cake was dried in vacuo to give mifamurtide 5.62g, yield 86.5%, purity 99.4%, total yield 74.5%

Preparation of mifamurtide of: 17 Example

 The embodiment of the crude peptide solution obtained in Example 15, 37ml, 500ml round bottom flask was added, under magnetic stirring, 370ml of anhydrous diethyl ether was added dropwise. Upon completion, at room temperature for crystallization. After filtration and drying the filter cake, the filter cake was again dissolved in 37ml of methanol. This solution was added to methanol 500ml round bottom flask, under magnetic stirring, 370ml of anhydrous diethyl ether was added dropwise. Upon completion, at room temperature for crystallization. Filtered, the filter cake was dried under vacuum to give · mifamurtide 3.16g, yield 85.8%, purity 99.5%, 72.2% overall yield.

References

  1.  “Mifamurtide: CGP 19835, CGP 19835A, L-MTP-PE, liposomal MTP-PE, MLV 19835A, MTP-PE, muramyltripeptide phosphatidylethanolamine”. Drugs in R&D 9 (2): 131–5. 2008. doi:10.2165/00126839-200809020-00007. PMID 18298131.
  2.  “First Treatment to Improve Survival in 20 Years Now Available for Patients With Osteosarcoma (Bone Cancer)”. Takeda. November 2009. Retrieved 23 March 2010.
  3.  “IDM Pharma’s MEPACT (Mifamurtide, L-MTP-PE) Receives Approval in Europe for Treatment of Patients with Non-Metastatic, Resectable Osteosarcoma”. PR Newswire. 2009-03-09. Retrieved 2009-11-12.
  4.  “IDM Pharma receives not approvable letter for Mifamurtide for treatment of osteosarcoma”. The Medical News. 2007-08-28. Retrieved 2009-11-12.
  5.  Mepact for Healthcare Professionals, retrieved 2009-11-12
  6. ^ Jump up to:a b EMA (2009-03-06). “Mepact: Product Information. Annex I: Summary of Product Characteristics” (PDF). p. 2. Retrieved 2009-11-12.
  7.  EMA (2009-05-06). “Mepact: European Public Assessment Report. Summary for the public” (PDF). p. 1. Retrieved 2009-11-12.
  8.  Meyers, P. A. (2009). “Muramyl tripeptide (mifamurtide) for the treatment of osteosarcoma”. Expert Review of Anticancer Therapy 9 (8): 1035–1049.doi:10.1586/era.09.69. PMID 19671023.
  9.  Meyers, P. A.; Schwartz, C. L.; Krailo, M. D.; Healey, J. H.; Bernstein, M. L.; Betcher, D.; Ferguson, W. S.; Gebhardt, M. C.; Goorin, A. M.; Harris, M.; Kleinerman, E.; Link, M. P.; Nadel, H.; Nieder, M.; Siegal, G. P.; Weiner, M. A.; Wells, R. J.; Womer, R. B.; Grier, H. E.; Children’s Oncology, G. (2008). “Osteosarcoma: the Addition of Muramyl Tripeptide to Chemotherapy Improves Overall Survival–A Report from the Children’s Oncology Group”.Journal of Clinical Oncology 26 (4): 633–638. doi:10.1200/JCO.2008.14.0095.PMID 18235123.
  10.  Meyers, P. A.; Schwartz, C. L.; Krailo, M.; Kleinerman, E. S.; Betcher, D.; Bernstein, M. L.; Conrad, E.; Ferguson, W.; Gebhardt, M.; Goorin, A. M.; Harris, M. B.; Healey, J.; Huvos, A.; Link, M.; Montebello, J.; Nadel, H.; Nieder, M.; Sato, J.; Siegal, G.; Weiner, M.; Wells, R.; Wold, L.; Womer, R.; Grier, H. (2005). “Osteosarcoma: A Randomized, Prospective Trial of the Addition of Ifosfamide and/or Muramyl Tripeptide to Cisplatin, Doxorubicin, and High-Dose Methotrexate”. Journal of Clinical Oncology 23 (9): 2004–2011. doi:10.1200/JCO.2005.06.031. PMID 15774791.
  11. (EMA 2009, pp. 5–7)
  12.  (EMA 2009, p. 8)
  13.  (EMA 2009, pp. 7–8)
  14. (EMA 2009, p. 4)
  15.  Fidler, I. J. (1982). “Efficacy of liposomes containing a lipophilic muramyl dipeptide derivative for activating the tumoricidal properties of alveolar macrophages in vivo”. Journal of Immunotherapy 1 (1): 43–55.
  16.  Prous, J. R.; Castaner, J. (1989). “ENV 2-3/MTP-PE”. Drugs Fut. 14 (3): 220.
  17.  Brundish, D. E.; Wade, R. (1985). “Synthesis of N-[2-3H]acetyl-D-muramyl-L-alanyl-D-iso-glutaminyl-L-alanyl-2-(1′,2′-dipalmitoyl-sn-glycero-3′-phosphoryl)ethylamide of high specific radioactivity”. J Label Compd Radiopharm 22 (1): 29–35. doi:10.1002/jlcr.2580220105.
CN1055736A * Jan 28, 1986 Oct 30, 1991 E·R·斯奎布父子公司 Process for preparing 4,4-dialkyl-2-azetidinones
CN101709079A * Dec 22, 2009 May 19, 2010 江苏诺泰制药技术有限公司 Synthesis method of romurtide
US4323560 * Oct 6, 1980 Apr 6, 1982 Ciba-Geigy Corporation Novel phosphorylmuramyl peptides and processes for the manufacture thereof
Reference
1 * PROUS, J. ET AL: “ENV 2-3/MTP-PE“, 《DRUGS FUT》, vol. 14, no. 3, 31 March 1989 (1989-03-31), pages 220
2 * 黄胜炎: “抗肿瘤药新品与研发进展“, 《上海医药》, vol. 30, no. 9, 30 September 2009 (2009-09-30), pages 412 – 414
Mifamurtide
Mifamurtide.svg
Systematic (IUPAC) name
2-[(N-{(2R)-[(2-acetamido-2,3-dideoxy-D-glucopyranos-3-yl)oxy]-propanoyl}-L-alanyl-D-isoglutaminyl-L-alanyl)amino]ethyl (2R)-2,3-bis(hexadecanoyloxy)propyl hydrogen phosphate
Clinical data
License data
Pregnancy
category
  • not investigated
Routes of
administration
intravenous liposomal infusion over one hour
Legal status
Legal status
  • ℞ (Prescription only)
Pharmacokinetic data
Bioavailability N/A
Biological half-life minutes (in plasma)
18 hrs (terminal)
Identifiers
CAS Number 83461-56-7 Yes
838853-48-8 (mifamurtide sodium · xH2O)
ATC code L03AX15 (WHO)
PubChem CID 11672602
ChemSpider 9847332
UNII EQD2NNX741 
KEGG D06619 Yes
Chemical data
Formula C59H109N6O19P
Molar mass 1237.499 g/mol

//////////83461-56-7,  838853-48-8,  CGP-19835,  Mepact,  MFCD09954133,  Mifamurtide,  mifamurtide sodium,  MTP-cephalin,  Mtp-PE,  Muramyl tripeptide, phosphatidylethanolamine,  PEPTIDE,  мифамуртид,  ميفامورتيد,  米法莫肽

CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OCC(COP(O)(=O)OCCNC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)CC[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)[C@@H](C)O[C@H]1C(O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1NC(C)=O)C(N)=O)OC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCCCCCC


Filed under: Peptide drugs Tagged: 83461-56-7, 838853-48-8, CGP-19835, 米法莫肽, мифамуртид, Mepact, MFCD09954133, Mifamurtide, mifamurtide sodium, MTP-cephalin, Mtp-PE, Muramyl tripeptide phosphatidylethanolamine, peptide, ميفامورتيد

Delamanid, (Deltyba) デラマニド

$
0
0

Delamanid

デラマニド

MKT as Deltyba® by Otsuka Pharmaceutical

http://www.ama-assn.org/resources/doc/usan/delamanid.pdf

(2R)-2-Methyl-6-nitro-2-[(4-{4-[4-(trifluoromethoxy)phenoxy]-1-piperidinyl}phenoxy)methyl]-2,3-dihydroimidazo[2,1-b][1,3]oxazole

2(R)-Methyl-6-nitro-2-[4-[4-[4-(trifluoromethoxy)phenoxy]piperidin-1-yl]phenoxymethyl]-2,3-dihydroimidazo[2,1-b]oxazole

(R) -2-methyl-6-nitro-2- { 4- [4- (4- trifluoromethoxyphenoxy) piperidin-l-yl] phenoxymethyl } -2 , 3- dihydroimidazo [2 , 1-b] oxazole

Imidazo[2,1-b]oxazole, 2,3-dihydro-2-methyl-6-nitro-2-[[4-[4-[4-(trifluoromethoxy)phenoxy]-1-piperidinyl]phenoxy]methyl]-, (2R)-

(R)-2-methyl-6-nitro-2-{4-[4-(4-trifluoromethoxyphenoxy)piperidin-1-yl]phenoxymethyl}-2,3-dihydroimidazo[2,1-b]oxazole

(2R)-2-Methyl-6-nitro-2-[(4-{4-[4-(trifluoromethoxy)phenoxy]piperidin-1-yl}phenoxy)methyl]-2,3-dihydroimidazo[2,1-b]oxazole

681492-22-8 CAS

Delamanid.svg

Delamanid, 681492-22-8, Delamanid (JAN/USAN), Delamanid [USAN:INN],UNII-8OOT6M1PC7,
  • OPC 67683
  • OPC-67683
  • UNII-8OOT6M1PC7
MW: C25H25F3N4O6
MW: 534.48441

CLINICAL TRIALS

Trial Name: A Placebo-Controlled, Phase 2 Trial to Evaluate OPC 67683 in Patients With Pulmonary Sputum Culture-Positive, Multidrug-Resistant Tuberculosis (TB)
Primary Sponsor: Otsuka Pharmaceutical Development & Commercialization, Inc.
Trial ID / Reg # / URL: http://clinicaltrials.gov/ct2/show/NCT00685360
Delamanid

C25H25F3N4O6 : 534.48
[681492-22-8]

Delamanid (USAN, INN) is a drug for the treatment of multi-drug-resistant tuberculosis. It works by blocking the synthesis of mycolic acids in Mycobacterium tuberculosis, the organism which causes tuberculosis, thus destabilising its cell wall.[2][3][4] The drug is approved in the EU under the trade name Deltyba (made by Otsuka Pharmaceutical).

It is on the World Health Organization’s List of Essential Medicines, the most important medications needed in a basichealth system.[5]

Adverse effects

Delamanid prolongs QT interval.[6]

Interactions

Delamanid is metabolised by the liver enzyme CYP3A4, wherefore strong inducers of this enzyme can reduce its effectiveness.[6]

History

In phase II clinical trials, the drug was used in combination with standard treatments, such as four or five of the drugsethambutol, isoniazid, pyrazinamide, rifampicin, aminoglycoside antibiotics, and quinolones. Healing rates (measured as sputum culture conversion) were significantly better in patients who additionally took delamanid.[4][7]

The European Medicines Agency (EMA) recommended conditional marketing authorization for delamanid in adults with multidrug-resistant pulmonary tuberculosis without other treatment options because of resistance or tolerability. The EMA considered the data show that the benefits of delamanid outweigh the risks, but that additional studies were needed on the long-term effectiveness.[8]

Delamanid was first approved by European Medicine Agency (EMA) on Apr 28, 2014, then approved by Pharmaceuticals and Medical Devices Agency of Japan (PMDA) on July 4, 2014. It was developed and marketed as Deltyba® by Otsuka Pharmaceutical.

Delamanid is a novel bactericidal agent that interferes with the metabolism of the mycobacterium tuberculosis (MTB) cell walls. It is indicated for the treatment of pulmonary multi-drugresistant tuberculosis (MDR-TB) in adult patients.

Deltyba® is available as tablets for oral use, containing 50 mg of free Delamanid, and the recommended dose is 100 mg twice daily for 24 weeks.

Delamanid, an antibiotic active against Mycobacterium tuberculosis strains, has been filed for approval in the E.U. and by Otsuka for the treatment of multidrug-resistant tuberculosis. In 2013, a positive opinion was received in the E.U. for this indication. Phase III trials for treatment of multidrug-resistant tuberculosis are under way in the U.S. Phase II study for the pediatric use is undergone in the Europe.

The drug candidate’s antimycobacterial mechanism of action is via specific inhibition of the synthesis pathway of mycolic acid, which is a cell wall component unique to M. tuberculosis.

In 2008, orphan drug designation was received in Japan for the treatment of pulmonary tuberculosis.

Tuberculosis (TB), an airborne lung infection, still remains a major public health problem worldwide. It is estimated that about 32% of the world population is infected with TB bacillus, and of those, approximately 8.9 million people develop active TB and 1.7 million die as a result annually according to 2004 figures. Human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) infection has been a major contributing factor in the current resurgence of TB. HIV-associated TB is widespread, especially in sub-Saharan Africa, and such an infectious process may further accelerate the resurgence of TB.

Moreover, the recent emergence of multidrug-resistant (MDR) strains ofMycobacterium tuberculosis that are resistant to two major effective drugs, isonicotinic acid hydrazide (INH) and rifampicin (RFP), has further complicated the world situation.

The World Health Organization (WHO) has estimated that if the present conditions remain unchanged, more than 30 million lives will be claimed by TB between 2000 and 2020. As for subsequent drug development, not a single new effective compound has been launched as an antituberculosis agent since the introduction of RFP in 1965, despite the great advances that have been made in drug development technologies.

Although many effective vaccine candidates have been developed, more potent vaccines will not become immediately available. The current therapy consists of an intensive phase with four drugs, INH, RFP, pyrazinamide (PZA), and streptomycin (SM) or ethambutol (EB), administered for 2 months followed by a continuous phase with INH and RFP for 4 months. Thus, there exists an urgent need for the development of potent new antituberculosis agents with low-toxicity profiles that are effective against both drug-susceptible and drug-resistant strains of M. tuberculosis and that are capable of shortening the current duration of therapy.

PATENT

US20060094767

(R)-2-bromo-4-nitro-1-(2-methyl-2-oxiranylmethyl)imidazole

4-[4-(4-Trifluoromethoxyphenoxy)piperidin-1-yl]phenol

ARE THE INTERMEDIATES

Example 1884

Production of (R)-2-methyl-6-nitro-2-{4-[4-(4-trifluoromethoxyphenoxy)piperidin-1-yl]phenoxymethyl}-2,3-dihydroimidazo[2,1-b]oxazole

4-[4-(4-Trifluoromethoxyphenoxy)piperidin-1-yl]phenol (693 mg, 1.96 mmol) was dissolved in N,N′-dimethylformamide (3 ml), and sodium hydride (86 mg, 2.16 mmol) was added while cooling on ice followed by stirring at 70-75° C. for 20 minutes. The mixture was cooled on ice. To the solution, a solution prepared by dissolving (R)-2-bromo-4-nitro-1-(2-methyl-2-oxiranylmethyl)imidazole (720 mg, 2.75 mmol) in N,N′-dimethylformamide (3 ml) was added followed by stirring at 70-75° C. for 20 minutes. The reaction mixture was allowed to return to room temperature, ice water (25 ml) was added, and the resultant solution was extracted with methylene chloride (50 ml) three times. The organic phases were combined, washed with water 3 times, and dried over magnesium sulfate. After filtration, the filtrate was concentrated, and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (methylene chloride/ethyl acetate=3/1). Recrystallization from ethyl acetate/isopropyl ether gave (R)-2-methyl-6-nitro-2-{4-[4-(4-trifluoromethoxyphenoxy)piperidin-1-yl]phenoxymethyl}-2,3-dihydroimidazo[2,1-b]oxazole (343 mg, 33%) as a light yellow powder.

PATENT

WO 2010021409 AND http://worldwide.espacenet.com/publicationDetails/biblio?CC=IN&NR=203704A1&KC=A1&FT=D

FOR 2, 4 DINITROIMIDAZOLE

PATENT

WO2011093529A1

These patent literatures disclose Reaction Schemes A and B below as the processes for producing the aforementioned 2, 3-dihydroimidazo [2, 1-b] oxazole compound.

Reaction Scheme A:

Figure imgf000003_0001

wherein R1 is a hydrogen atom or lower-alkyl group; R2 is a substituted pxperidyl group or a substituted piperazinyl group; and X1 is a halogen atom or a nitro group.

Reaction Scheme B:

Figure imgf000004_0001
Figure imgf000004_0002

wherein X2 is a halogen or a group causing a substitution reaction similar to that of a halogen; n is an integer from 1 to 6; and R1, R2 and X1 are the same as in Reaction Scheme A.

An oxazole com ound represented by Formula (la) :

Figure imgf000004_0003

, i.e., 2-methyl-6-nitro-2-{4- [4- (4- trifluoromethoxyphenoxy) piperidin-l-yl] phenoxymethyl }-2, 3- dihydroimidazo [2, 1-b] oxazole (hereunder, this compound may be simply referred to as “Compound la”) is produced, for example, by the method shown in the Reaction Scheme C below (Patent

Literature 3) . In this specification, the term “oxazole compound’ means an oxazole derivative that encompasses compounds that contain an oxazole ring or an oxazoline ring (dihydrooxazole ring) in the molecule.

Reaction Scheme C:

Figure imgf000005_0001
Figure imgf000005_0002

However, the aforementioned methods are unsatisfactory in terms of the yield of the objective compound. For example, the method of Reaction Scheme C allows the objective oxazole Compound (la) to be obtained from Compound (2a) at a yield as low as 35.9%. Therefore, alternative methods for producing the compound in an industrially advantageous manner are desired. Citation List

Patent Literature

PTL 1: WO2004/033463

PTL 2: WO2004/035547

PTL 3: WO2008/140090

Example 9

Production of (R) -2-methyl-6-nitro-2- { 4- [4- (4- trifluoromethoxyphenoxy) piperidin-l-yl] phenoxymethyl } -2 , 3- dihydroimidazo [2 , 1-b] oxazole

{R) -1- [ – {2 , 3-epoxy-2-methylpropoxy ) phenyl] -4- [4- ( trifluoromethoxy ) phenoxy ] piperidine (10.0 g, 23.6 mmol, optical purity of 94.3%ee), 2-chloro-4-nitroimidazole (4.0 g, 27.2 mmol), sodium acetate (0.4 g, 4.9 mmol), and t- butyl acetate (10 ml) were mixed and stirred at 100°C for 3.5 hours. Methanol (70 ml) was added to the reaction mixture, and then a 25% sodium hydroxide aqueous solution (6.3 g, 39.4 mmol) was added thereto dropwise while cooling with ice. The resulting mixture was stirred at 0°C for 1.5 hours, and further stirred at approximately room

temperature for 40 minutes. Water (15 ml) and ethyl acetate (5 ml) were added thereto, and the mixture was stirred at 45 to 55°C for 1 hour. The mixture was cooled to room temperature, and the precipitated crystals were collected by filtration. The precipitated crystals were subsequently washed with methanol (30 ml) and water (40 ml) . Methanol (100 ml) was added to the resulting

crystals, followed by stirring under reflux for 30 minutes. The mixture was cooled to room temperature. The crystals were then collected by filtration and washed with methanol (30 ml) . The resulting crystals were dried under reduced pressure, obtaining 9.3 g of the objective product (yield: 73%) .

Optical purity: 99.4%ee.

PATENT

Synthesis and antituberculosis activity of a novel series of optically active 6-nitro-2,3-dihydroimidazo[2,1-b]oxazoles
J Med Chem 2006, 49(26): 7854

http://pubs.acs.org/doi/abs/10.1021/jm060957y

(R)-2-Methyl-6-nitro-2-{4-[4-(4-trifluoromethoxyphenoxy)piperidin-1-yl]phenoxymethyl}-2,3-dihydroimidazo[2,1-b]oxazole (19,  DELAMANID).

To a mixture of 27 (127.56 g, 586.56 mmol) and 4-[4-(4-trifluoromethoxyphenoxy)piperidin-1-yl]phenol (28g) (165.70 g, 468.95 mmol) in N,N-dimethylformamide (1600 mL) was added 60% sodium hydride (22.51 g, 562.74 mmol) at 0 °C portionwise. After the mixture was stirred at 50 °C for 2 h under a nitrogen atmosphere, the reaction mixture was cooled in an ice bath and carefully quenched with ethyl acetate (230 mL) and ice water (50 mL). The thus-obtained mixture was poured into water (3000 mL) and stirred for 30 min. The resulting precipitates were collected by filtration, washed with water, and dried at 60 °C overnight. This crude product was purified by silica gel column chromatography using a dichloromethane and ethyl acetate mixture (5/1) as solvent. The appropriate fractions were combined and evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was recrystallized from ethyl acetate (1300 mL)−isopropyl alcohol (150 mL) to afford 19 (119.11 g, 48%) as a pale yellow crystalline powder.

Mp 195−196 °C.

1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 1.77 (3H, s), 1.87−2.16 (4H, m), 2.95−3.05 (2H, m), 3.32−3.41 (2H, m), 4.02 (1H, d, J = 10.2 Hz), 4.04 (1H, d, J = 10.2 Hz), 4.18 (1H, J = 10.2 Hz), 4.36−4.45 (1H, m), 4.49 (1H, d, J = 10.2 Hz), 6.76 (2H, d, J = 6.7 Hz), 6.87−6.94 (4H, m), 7.14 (2H, d, J = 8.6 Hz), 7.55 (1H, s).

[α  −9.9° (c 1.01, CHCl3).

MS (DI) m/z 535 (M+ + 1). Anal. (C25H25F3N4O6) C, H, N.

http://pubs.acs.org/doi/suppl/10.1021/jm060957y/suppl_file/jm060957ysi20061113_095044.pdf

CLIPS

Delamanid (Deltyba)
Marketed by Otsuka, delamanid was approved in both the European Union and Japan in 2014 as part of combination therapies for
multi-drug resistant tuberculosis (TB). Because delamanid exhibited no adverse drug–drug interactions, it has found utility as a
combination therapy with standard antiretroviral drugs indicated for TB. Delamanid blocks mycolic acid biosynthesis in ycobacterium
tuberculosis, which allows its cell wall to be penetrated by small molecule antivirals.92

Although delamanid possesses a rather linear structure capable of a variety of retrosynthetic disconnections, the most likely scale
synthesis is a convergent approach involving two key synthons—diol 82 and piperidine 81, as is outlined in Scheme 13.93–95
Preparation of 82 proceeded through a Sharpless Asymmetric Epoxidation of commercial alcohol 86, followed by a diastereoselective
epoxide ring opening with 4-bromophenol to afford key diol 82 in 76% for the two step sequence (Scheme 14).93–96
Piperidine 81 was concurrently prepared by first generating biaryl ether 79, which arose from a substitution reaction between
pyridine N-oxide 77 and phenol 78 that proceeded in 86% yield. Next, removal of the N-oxide functionality by means of catalytic
hydrogenation under mild pressure and neutral conditions afforded diaryl ether 80 in excellent yield. Reduction of the pyridine
to the corresponding piperidine (81) was affected through the use of catalytic hydrogenation as well, this time under acidic
conditions and elevated pressures relative to the N-oxide reduction.95,97 At this juncture, subjection of piperidine 81 to Buchwald–
Hartwig conditions in the presence of diol subunit 82

(preparation described in Scheme 14) delivered diol 83. A two-step elimination to deliver enantiopure epoxide 84 set the stage for an
interesting cascade reaction to arrive at delamanid (XI) directly— the initial alkylation of the epoxide by imidazole 85 proceeded
under basic conditions with sodium acetate which then underwent an intramolecular nucleophilic substitution reaction by the liberated alcohol on the pendant imidazole chloride in the presence of sodium hydroxide. The reaction sequence proceeded in 73%
yield to provide delamanid (XI) as a free base.96

STR1

STR1

92. Blair, H. A.; Scott, L. J. Drugs 2015, 75, 91.
93. Tsubouchi, H.; Sasaki, H.; Kuroda, H.; Itotani, M.; Hasegawa, T.; Haraguchi, Y.;Kuroda, T.; Matsuzaki, T. US Patent 2006094767A1, 2006.
94. Sasaki, H.; Haraguchi, Y.; Itotani, M.; Kuroda, H.; Hashizume, H.; Tomishige,T.; Kawasaki, M.; Matsumoto, M.; Komatsu, M.; Tsubouchi, H. J. Med. Chem.2006, 49, 7854.
95. Goto, F.; Takemura, N.; Otani, T.; Hasegawa, T.; Tsubouchi, H.; Utsumi, N.; Fujita, S.; Kuroda, H.; Shitsuta, T.; Sasaki, H. US2012130082A1, 2012.
96. Yamamoto, A.; Shinhama, K.; Fujita, N.; Aki, S.; Ogasawara, S.; Utsumi, N. WOPatent 2011093529A1, 2011.

STR1

STR1

STR1

References

  1.  “Deltyba (delamanid): Summary of Product Characteristics. 5.2. Pharmacokinetic Properties” (PDF). Otsuka Novel Products GmbH. p. 10. Retrieved 9 July 2016.
  2.  Matsumoto, M.; Hashizume, H.; Tomishige, T.; Kawasaki, M.; Tsubouchi, H.; Sasaki, H.; Shimokawa, Y.; Komatsu, M. (2006). “OPC-67683, a Nitro-Dihydro-Imidazooxazole Derivative with Promising Action against Tuberculosis in Vitro and in Mice”. PLoS Medicine 3 (11): e466. doi:10.1371/journal.pmed.0030466. PMC 1664607. PMID 17132069.
  3.  Skripconoka, V.; Danilovits, M.; Pehme, L.; Tomson, T.; Skenders, G.; Kummik, T.; Cirule, A.; Leimane, V.; Kurve, A.; Levina, K.; Geiter, L. J.; Manissero, D.; Wells, C. D. (2012). “Delamanid Improves Outcomes and Reduces Mortality for Multidrug-Resistant Tuberculosis”. European Respiratory Journal 41 (6): 1393–1400. doi:10.1183/09031936.00125812. PMC 3669462.PMID 23018916.
  4.  H. Spreitzer (18 February 2013). “Neue Wirkstoffe – Bedaquilin und Delamanid”. Österreichische Apothekerzeitung (in German) (4/2013): 22.
  5.  “WHO Model List of EssentialMedicines” (PDF). World Health Organization. October 2013. Retrieved 22 April 2014.
  6. Pharmazeutische Zeitung: Delamanid: Neuer Wirkstoff gegen multiresistente TB, 9 May 2014. (German)
  7.  Gler, M. T.; Skripconoka, V.; Sanchez-Garavito, E.; Xiao, H.; Cabrera-Rivero, J. L.; Vargas-Vasquez, D. E.; Gao, M.; Awad, M.; Park, S. K.; Shim, T. S.; Suh, G. Y.; Danilovits, M.; Ogata, H.; Kurve, A.; Chang, J.; Suzuki, K.; Tupasi, T.; Koh, W. J.; Seaworth, B.; Geiter, L. J.; Wells, C. D. (2012). “Delamanid for Multidrug-Resistant Pulmonary Tuberculosis”. New England Journal of Medicine 366 (23): 2151–2160. doi:10.1056/NEJMoa1112433. PMID 22670901.
  8.  Drug Discovery & Development. EMA Recommends Two New Tuberculosis Treatments. November 22, 2013.
  9. Japan PMDA.[7]. PLoS Med. 2006 Nov;3(11):e466.[8]. Drug@EMA, EMEA/H/C/002552 Deltyba: EPAR-Assessment Report.
12-28-2006
Synthesis and antituberculosis activity of a novel series of optically active 6-nitro-2,3-dihydroimidazo[2,1-b]oxazoles.
Journal of medicinal chemistry
11-1-2006
OPC-67683, a nitro-dihydro-imidazooxazole derivative with promising action against tuberculosis in vitro and in mice.
PLoS medicine
1-1-2008
New anti-tuberculosis drugs with novel mechanisms of action.
Current medicinal chemistry
11-11-2010
Synthesis and Structure-Activity Relationships of Aza- and Diazabiphenyl Analogues of the Antitubercular Drug (6S)-2-Nitro-6-{[4-(trifluoromethoxy)benzyl]oxy}-6,7-dihydro-5H-imidazo[2,1-b][1,3]oxazine (PA-824).
Journal of medicinal chemistry
5-1-2012
Tuberculosis: the drug development pipeline at a glance.
European journal of medicinal chemistry
1-12-2012
Structure-activity relationships for amide-, carbamate-, and urea-linked analogues of the tuberculosis drug (6S)-2-nitro-6-{[4-(trifluoromethoxy)benzyl]oxy}-6,7-dihydro-5H-imidazo[2,1-b][1,3]oxazine (PA-824).
Journal of medicinal chemistry
9-11-2009
Pharmaceutical Composition Achieving Excellent Absorbency of Pharmacologically Active Substance
1-16-2009
Sulfonamide Derivatives for the Treatment of Bacterial Infections
WO2004033463A1 Oct 10, 2003 Apr 22, 2004 Otsuka Pharma Co Ltd 2,3-DIHYDRO-6-NITROIMIDAZO[2,1-b]OXAZOLES
WO2004035547A1 Oct 14, 2003 Apr 29, 2004 Otsuka Pharma Co Ltd 1-substituted 4-nitroimidazole compound and process for producing the same
WO2008140090A1 May 7, 2008 Nov 20, 2008 Otsuka Pharma Co Ltd Epoxy compound and method for manufacturing the same
JP2009269859A * Title not available
Delamanid
Delamanid.svg
Systematic (IUPAC) name
(2R)-2-Methyl-6-nitro-2-[(4-{4-[4-(trifluoromethoxy)phenoxy]-1-piperidinyl}phenoxy)methyl]-2,3-dihydroimidazo[2,1-b][1,3]oxazole
Clinical data
Trade names Deltyba
AHFS/Drugs.com International Drug Names
Routes of
administration
Oral (film-coated tablets)
Legal status
Legal status
  • ℞ (Prescription only)
Pharmacokinetic data
Protein binding ≥99.5%
Metabolism in plasma by albumin, in liver
by CYP3A4 (to a lesser extent)
Biological half-life 30–38 hours
Excretion not excreted in urine[1]
Identifiers
CAS Number 681492-22-8
ATC code J04AK06 (WHO)
PubChem CID 6480466
ChemSpider 4981055
ChEMBL CHEMBL218650
Synonyms OPC-67683
Chemical data
Formula C25H25F3N4O6
Molar mass 534.48 g/mol

//////////////////////////681492-22-8 , Delamanid, Deltyba, Otsuka Pharmaceutical

FC(F)(F)Oc5ccc(OC4CCN(c3ccc(OC[C@@]2(Oc1nc(cn1C2)[N+]([O-])=O)C)cc3)CC4)cc5

TB

Figure

It is estimated that a third of the world’s population is currently infected with tuberculosis, leading to 1.6 million deaths annually. The current drug regimen is 40 years old and takes 6-9 months to administer. In addition, the emergence of drug resistant strains and HIV co-infection mean that there is an urgent need for new anti-tuberculosis drugs. The twenty-first century has seen a revival in research and development activity in this area, with several new drug candidates entering clinical trials. This review considers new potential first-line anti-tuberculosis drug candidates, in particular those with novel mechanisms of action, as these are most likely to prove effective against resistant strains.

From among acid-fast bacteria, human Mycobacterium tuberculosis has been widely known. It is said that the one-third of the human population is infected with this bacterium. In addition to the human Mycobacterium tuberculosis, Mycobacterium africanum and Mycobacterium bovis have also been known to belong to the Mycobacterium tuberoculosis group. These bacteria are known as Mycobacteria having a strong pathogenicity to humans.

Against these tuberculoses, treatment is carried out using three agents, rifampicin, isoniazid, and ethambutol (or streptomycin) that are regarded as first-line agents, or using four agents such as the above three agents and pyrazinamide.

However, since the treatment of tuberculosis requires extremely long-term administration of agents, it might result in poor compliance, and the treatment often ends in failure.

Moreover, in respect of the above agents, it has been reported that: rifampicin causes hepatopathy, flu syndrome, drug allergy, and its concomitant administration with other drugs is contraindicated due to P450-associated enzyme induction; that isoniazid causes peripheral nervous system disorder and induces serious hepatopathy when used in combination with rifampicin; that ethambutol brings on failure of eyesight due to optic nerve disorder; that streptomycin brings on diminution of the hearing faculty due to the 8th cranial nerve disorder; and that pyrazinamide causes adverse reactions such a hepatopathy, gouty attack associated with increase of uric acid level, vomiting (A Clinician’s Guide To Tuberculosis, Michael D. Iseman 2000 by Lippincott Williams & Wilkins, printed in the USA, ISBN 0-7817-1749-3, Tuberculosis, 2nd edition, Fumiyuki Kuze and Takahide Izumi, Igaku-Shoin Ltd., 1992).

Actually, it has been reported that cases where the standard chemotherapy could not be carried out due to the adverse reactions to these agents made up 70% (approximately 23%, 52 cases) of the total cases where administration of the agents was discontinued (the total 228 hospitalized patients who were subject to the research) (Kekkaku, Vol. 74, 77-82, 1999).

In particular, hepatotoxicity, which is induced by rifampicin, isoniazid, and ethambutol out of the 5 agents used in combination for the aforementioned first-line treatment, is known as an adverse reaction that is developed most frequently. At the same time, Mycobacterium tuberculosis resistant to antitubercular agents, multi-drug-resistant Mycobacterium tuberculosis, and the like have been increasing, and the presence of these types of Mycobacterium tuberculosismakes the treatment more difficult.

According to the investigation made by WHO (1996 to 1999), the proportion ofMycobacterium tuberculosis that is resistant to any of the existing antitubercular agents to the total types of Mycobacterium tuberculosis that have been isolated over the world reaches 19%, and it has been published that the proportion of multi-drug-resistant Mycobacterium tuberculosis is 5.1%. The number of carriers infected with such multi-drug-resistant Mycobacterium tuberculosis is estimated to be 60,000,000, and concerns are still rising that multi-drug-resistantMycobacterium tuberculosis will increase in the future (April 2001 as a supplement to the journal Tuberculosis, the “Scientific Blueprint for TB Drug Development.”)

In addition, the major cause of death of AIDS patients is tuberculosis. It has been reported that the number of humans suffering from both tuberculosis and HIV reaches 10,700,000 at the time of year 1997 (Global Alliance for TB drug development). Moreover, it is considered that the mixed infection of tuberculosisand HIV has an at least 30 times higher risk of developing tuberculosis than the ordinary circumstances.

Taking into consideration the aforementioned current situation, the profiles of the desired antitubercular agent is as follows: (1) an agent, which is effective even for multi-drug-resistant Mycobacterium tuberculosis, (2) an agent enabling a short-term chemotherapy, (3) an agent with fewer adverse reactions, (4) an agent showing an efficacy to latent infecting Mycobacterium tuberculosis (i.e., latentMycobacterium tuberculosis), and (5) an orally administrable agent.

Examples of bacteria known to have a pathogenicity to humans include offending bacteria of recently increasing MAC infection (Mycobacterium avium—intracellulare complex infection) such as Mycobacterium avium andMycobacterium intracellulare, and atypical acid-fast bacteria such asMycobacterium kansasii, Mycobacterium marinum, Mycobacterium simiae, Mycobacterium scrofulaceum, Mycobacterium szulgai, Mycobacterium xenopi, Mycobacterium malmoense, Mycobacterium haemophilum, Mycobacterium ulcerans, Mycobacterium shimoidei, Mycobacterium fortuitum, Mycobacterium chelonae, Mycobacterium smegmatis, and Mycobacterium aurum.

Nowadays, there are few therapeutic agents effective for these atypical acid-fast bacterial infections. Under the presence circumstances, antitubercular agents such as rifampicin, isoniazid, ethambutol, streptomycin and kanamycin, a newquinolone agent that is a therapeutic agent for common bacterial infections, macrolide antibiotics, aminoglycoside antibiotics, and tetracycline antibiotics are used in combination.

However, when compared with the treatment of common bacterial infections, the treatment of atypical acid-fast bacterial infections requires a long-term administration-of agents, and there have been reported cases where the infection is changed to an intractable one, finally leading to death. To break the afore-mentioned current situation, the development of an agent having a stronger efficacy is desired.

For example, National Publication of International Patent Application No. 11-508270 (WO97/01562) discloses that a 6-nitro-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro[2,1-b]-imidazopyran compound has a bactericidal action in vitro to Mycobacterium tuberculosis (H37Rv strain) and multi-drug-resistant Mycobacterium tuberculosis, and that the above compound has a therapeutic effect to a tuberculosis-infected animal model when it is orally administered and thus useful as antitubercular agent.


Filed under: Uncategorized Tagged: 681492-22-8, Delamanid, Deltyba, Otsuka Pharmaceutical

Prucalopride succinate (Resolor)

$
0
0

Prucalopride.svg

Prucalopride (Resolor)

CAS 179474-81-8 , R-093877; R-108512
4-Amino-5-chlor-N-[1-(3-methoxypropyl)-4-piperidinyl]-2,3-dihydro-1-benzofuran-7-carboxamid
R-093877|R-108512|Resolor®
Resolor;Resotran
Resotran
UNII:0A09IUW5TP
SHIRE 2010 LAUNCHED
JANNSEN PHASE 3 IRRITABLE BOWL SYNDROME
Prucalopride succinate.png
Prucalopride succinate; 179474-85-2; Resolor; Prucalopride (succinate); UNII-4V2G75E1CK; R-108512;
Molecular Formula: C22H32ClN3O7
Molecular Weight: 485.95838 g/mol

Drug Name:Prucalopride Succinate

Trade Name:Resolor®, MOA:Serotonin (5-HT4) receptor agonist, Indication:Chronic constipation

Company:Shire (Originator) , Johnson & Johnson

APPROVED EU 2009-10-15

CHINA 2014-01-21

COA  NMR  HPLC CLICK

Prucalopride (brand name Resolor, developed by Johnson & Johnson and licensed to Movetis) is a drug acting as a selective, high affinity 5-HT4 receptor agonist[1] which targets the impaired motility associated with chronic constipation, thus normalizing bowel movements.[2][3][4][5][6][7] Prucalopride was approved for use in Europe in 2009,[8] in Canada (named Resotran) on December 7, 2011[9] and in Israel in 2014[10] but it has not been approved by the Food and Drug Administration for use in the United States. The drug has also been tested for the treatment of chronic intestinal pseudo-obstruction.[11][12]

Mechanism of action

Prucalopride, a first in class dihydro-benzofuran-carboxamide, is a selective, high affinity serotonin (5-HT4) receptor agonist with enterokinetic activities.[13] Prucalopride alters colonic motility patterns via serotonin 5-HT4 receptor stimulation: it stimulates colonic mass movements, which provide the main propulsive force for defecation.

The observed effects are exerted via highly selective action on 5-HT4 receptors:[13] prucalopride has >150-fold higher affinity for 5-HT4 receptors than for other receptors.[1][14] Prucalopride differs from other 5-HT4 agonists such as tegaserod and cisapride, which at therapeutic concentrations also interact with other receptors (5-HT1B/D and the cardiac human ether-a-go-go K+ or hERG channelrespectively) and this may account for the adverse cardiovascular events that have resulted in the restricted availability of these drugs.[14] Clinical trials evaluating the effect of prucalopride on QT interval and related adverse events have not demonstrated significant differences compared with placebo.[13]

ChemSpider 2D Image | prucalopride | C18H26ClN3O3

Pharmacokinetics

Prucalopride is rapidly absorbed (Cmax attained 2–3 hours after single 2 mg oral dose) and is extensively distributed. Metabolism is not the major route of elimination. In vitro, human liver metabolism is very slow and only minor amounts of metabolites are found. A large fraction of the active substance is excreted unchanged (about 60% of the administered dose in urine and at least 6% in feces).Renal excretion of unchanged prucalopride involves both passive filtration and active secretion. Plasma clearance averages 317 ml/min, terminal half-life is 24–30 hours,[15] and steady-state is reached within 3–4 days. On once daily treatment with 2 mg prucalopride, steady-state plasma concentrations fluctuate between trough and peak values of 2.5 and 7 ng/ml, respectively.[13]

In vitro data indicate that prucalopride has a low interaction potential, and therapeutic concentrations of prucalopride are not expected to affect the CYP-mediated metabolism of co-medicated medicinal products.[13]

Efficacy

The primary measure of efficacy in the clinical trials is three or more spontaneous complete bowel movements per week; a secondary measure is an increase of at least one complete spontaneous bowel movement per week.[7][16][17] Further measures are improvements in PAC-QOL[18] (a quality of life measure) and PAC-SYM[19] (a range of stool,abdominal, and rectal symptoms associated with chronic constipation). Infrequent bowel movements, bloating, straining, abdominal pain, and defecation urge with inability to evacuate can be severe symptoms, significantly affecting quality of life.[20][21][22][23][24]

In three large clinical trials, 12 weeks of treatment with prucalopride 2 and 4 mg/day resulted in a significantly higher proportion of patients reaching the primary efficacy endpoint of an average of ≥3 spontaneous complete bowel movements than with placebo.[7][16][17] There was also significantly improved bowel habit and associated symptoms, patient satisfaction with bowel habit and treatment, and HR-QOL in patients with severe chronic constipation, including those who did not experience adequate relief with prior therapies (>80% of the trial participants).[7][16][17] The improvement in patient satisfaction with bowel habit and treatment was maintained during treatment for up to 24 months; prucalopride therapy was generally well tolerated.[25][26]

Side effects

Prucalopride has been given orally to ~2700 patients with chronic constipation in controlled clinical trials. The most frequently reported side effects are headache andgastrointestinal symptoms (abdominal pain, nausea or diarrhea). Such reactions occur predominantly at the start of therapy and usually disappear within a few days with continued treatment.[13]

Approval

In the European Economic Area, prucalopride was originally approved for the symptomatic treatment of chronic constipation in women in whom laxatives fail to provide adequate relief.[13] Subsequently, it has been approved by the European Commission for use in adults – that is, including male patients – for the same indication.[27]

Contraindications

Prucalopride is contraindicated where there is hypersensitivity to the active substance or to any of the excipients, renal impairment requiring dialysis, intestinal perforation orobstruction due to structural or functional disorder of the gut wall, obstructive ileus, severe inflammatory conditions of the intestinal tract, such as Crohn’s disease, and ulcerative colitis and toxic megacolon/megarectum.[13]

CLIP

Prucalopride succinate, a first-in-class dihydrobenzofurancarboxamide, is a selective serotonin (5-HT4) receptor agonist.86–94 The drug, marketed under the brand name Resolor, possesses enterokinetic activity and was developed by the Belgian-based pharmaceutical firm Movetis. Prucalopride alters colonic motility patterns via serotonin 5-HT4 receptor stimulation, triggering the central propulsive force for defecation.95–97 The preparation of prucalopride succinate begins with the commercially available salicylic aniline 124 (Scheme 18). Acidic esterification, acetylation of the aniline nitrogen atom, and ambient-temperature chlorination via sulfuryl chloride (SO2Cl2) converted aminophenol 124 to acetamidoester 125 in 83% yield over the course of three steps.98–102 An unique set of conditions involving sodium tosylchloramide (chloramine T) trihydrate and sodium iodide were then employed to convert 125 to o-phenolic iodide 126, which then underwent sequential Sonogashira/cyclization reaction utilizing TMS-acetylene with tetramethylguanidine (TMG) in the presence of silica gel to furnish the benzofuran progenitor of 127.103 Hydrogenation of this intermediate benzofuranyl Sonagashira product saturated the 2,3-benzofuranyl bond while leaving the chlorine atom intact, ultimately delivering dihydrobenzofuran 127 in excellent yield for the two step sequence. Base-induced saponification and acetamide removal gave rise to acid 128. This acid was activated as the corresponding mixed anhydride and treated with commercial piperidine 129 to construct prucalopride which was stirred at room temperature for 24 h in ethanolic succinic acid to provide prucalopride succinate (XI). The yield for the formation of the salt was not provided.

STR1

86. Briejer, M. R.; Bosmans, J. P.; Van Daele, P.; Jurzak, M.; Heylen, L.; Leysen, J. E.;Prins, N. H.; Schuurkes, J. A. J. Eur. J. Pharmacol. 2001, 423, 71.
87. Briejer, M. R.; Prins, N. H.; Schuurkes, J. A. J. Neurogastroenterol. Motil. 2001, 13,465.
88. Coggrave, M.; Wiesel, P. H.; Norton, C. Cochrane Database Syst. Rev. 2006.CD002115.
89. Coremans, G.; Kerstens, R.; De Pauw, M.; Stevens, M. Digestion 2003, 67, 82.
90. De Winter, B. Y.; Boeckxstaens, G. E.; De Man, J. G.; Moreels, T. G.; Schuurkes, J.A. J.; Peeters, T. L.; Herman, A. G.; Pelckmans, P. A. Gut 1999, 45, 713.
91. Emmanuel, A. V.; Roy, A. J.; Nicholls, T. J.; Kamm, M. A. Aliment. Pharmacol.Ther. 2002, 16, 1347.
92. Frampton, J. E. Drugs 2009, 69, 2463.
93. Krogh, K.; Bach Jensen, M.; Gandrup, P.; Laurberg, S.; Nilsson, J.; Kerstens, R.;De Pauw, M. Scand. J. Gastroenterol. 2002, 37, 431.
94. Pau, D.; Workman, A. J.; Kane, K. A.; Rankin, A. C. J. Pharmacol. Exp. Ther. 2005,313, 146.
95. De Maeyer, J. H.; Schuurkes, J. A. J.; Lefebvre, R. A. Br. J. Pharmacol. 2009, 156,362.
96. Irving, H. R.; Tochon-Danguy, N.; Chinkwo, K. A.; Li, J. G.; Grabbe, C.; Shapiro,M.; Pouton, C. W.; Coupar, I. M. Pharmacology 2010, 85, 224.
97. Ray, A. M.; Kelsell, R. E.; Houp, J. A.; Kelly, F. M.; Medhurst, A. D.; Cox, H. M.;Calver, A. R. Eur. J. Pharmacol. 2009, 604, 1.
98. Baba, Y.; Usui, T.; Iwata, N. EP 640602 A1, 1995.
99. Fancelli, D.; Caccia, C.; Severino, D.; Vaghi, F.; Varasi, M. WO 9633186 A1,1996.
100. Hirokawa, Y.; Fujiwara, I.; Suzuki, K.; Harada, H.; Yoshikawa, T.; Yoshida, N.;Kato, S. J. Med. Chem. 2003, 46, 702.
101. Kakigami, T.; Usui, T.; Tsukamoto, K.; Kataoka, T. Chem. Pharm. Bull. 1998, 46,42.
102. Van Daele, G. H. P.; Bosmans, J.-P. R. M. A.; Schuurkes, J. A. J. WO 9616060 A1,1996.
103. Candiani, I.; DeBernadinis, S.; Cabri, W.; Marchi, M.; Bedeschi, A.; Penco, S.Synlett 1993, 269.

PAPER

Synlett 1993, 269

https://www.thieme-connect.com/products/ejournals/abstract/10.1055/s-1993-22663

PAPER

Chem. Pharm. Bull. 1998, 46,42.

https://www.jstage.jst.go.jp/article/cpb1958/46/1/46_1_42/_article

https://www.jstage.jst.go.jp/article/cpb1958/46/1/46_1_42/_pdf

PATENT

US5948794

http://www.google.co.in/patents/US5948794

EXAMPLE 1

In trichloromethane (135 ml) 4-amino-5-chloro-2,3-dihydro-7-benzofurancarboxylic acid (0.05 mol) (the preparation of which was described in EP-0,389,037-A) was suspended and cooled to ±5° C. N,N-diethylethanamine (0.05 mol) was added dropwise at a temperature below 10° C. Ethyl chloroformate (0.05 mol) was added dropwise and the reaction mixture was stirred for 40 min. while keeping the temperature below 10° C. The resulting mixture was added dropwise over a 20-min period to a solution of 1-(3-methoxypropyl)-4-piperidinamine (0.05 mol) in trichloromethane (35 ml). The cooling bath was removed and the reaction mixture was stirred for 150 min. Said mixture was washed with water (50 ml). The precipitate was filtered off over a glass filter and washed with water and CHCl3. The filtrate was separated in it’s layers. The separated organic layer was washed with water (50 ml)+a 50% NaOH solution (1 ml), dried, filtered and the solvent was evaporated. The residue was stirred in 2-propanol (100 ml). This mixture was acidified with HCl/2-propanol (7.2 ml; 5.29 N). The mixture was stirred for 16 hours at room temperature and the resulting precipitate was filtered off, washed with 2-propanol (15 ml) and dried (vacuum; 50° C.), yielding 12.6 g (62%) of 4-amino-5-chloro-2,3-dihydro-N- 1-(3-methoxypropyl)-4-piperidinyl!-7-benzofurancarboxamide monohydrochloride (comp. 1).

US5854260

http://www.google.co.in/patents/US5854260

EXPERIMENTAL PART EXAMPLE 1

In trichloromethane (135 ml) 4-amino-5-chloro-2,3-dihydro-7-benzofurancarboxylic acid (0.05 mol) (the preparation of which was described in EP-0,389,037-A) was suspended and cooled to ±5° C. N,N-diethylethanamine (0.05 mol) was added dropwise at a temperature below 10° C. Ethyl chloroformate (0.05 mol) was added dropwise and the reaction mixture was stirred for 40 min. while keeping the temperature below 10° C. The resulting mixture was added dropwise over a 20-min period to a solution of 1-(3-methoxypropyl)-4-piperidinamine (0.05 mol) in trichloromethane (35 ml). The cooling bath was removed and the reaction mixture was stirred for 150 min. Said mixture was washed with water (50 ml). The precipitate was filtered off over a glass filter and washed with water and CHCl3. The filtrate was separated in it’s layers. The separated organic layer was washed with water (50 ml)+ a 50% NaOH solution (1 ml), dried, filtered and the solvent was evaporated. The residue was stirred in 2-propanol (100 ml). This mixture was acidified with HCl/2-propanol (7.2 ml; 5.29 N). The mixture was stirred for 16 hours at room temperature and the resulting precipitate was filtered off, washed with 2-propanol (15 ml) and dried (vacuum; 50° C.), yielding 12.6 g (62%) of 4-amino-5-chloro-2,3-dihydro-N- 1-(3-methoxypropyl)-4-piperidinyl!-7-benzofurancarboxamide monohydrochloride (comp. 1).

str1

PATENT

WO199616060A1

http://www.google.co.in/patents/WO1996016060A1?cl=en

EP-0,389,037-A, published on September 26, 1990, N-(3-hydroxy-4-piperidin- yl) (dihydrobenzofuran or dihydro-2H-benzopyran)carboxamide derivatives are disclosed as having gastrointestinal motility stimulating properties. In our EP-0,445,862-A, published on September 11, 1991, N-(4-piperidinyl) (dihydrobenzo¬ furan or dihydro-2H-benzopyran)carboxamide derivatives are disclosed also having gastrointestinal motility stimulating properties.

The compound subject to the present application differs therefrom by showing superior enterokinetic properties.

The present invention concerns a compound of formula

Figure imgf000003_0001

and the pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts thereof.

The chemical name of the compound of formula (I) is 4-amino-5-chloro-2,3-dihydro-N- [l-(3-methoxypropyl)-4-piperidinyl]-7-benzofurancarboxamide.

str1

Example 1

In trichloromethane (135 ml) 4-amino-5-chloro-2,3-dihydro-7-benzofurancarboxylic acid (0.05 mol) (the preparation of which was described in EP-0,389,037-A) was suspended and cooled to ± 5 °C. H,N-diethylethanamine (0.05 mol) was added dropwise at a temperature below 10 °C. Ethyl chloroformate (0.05 mol) was added dropwise and the reaction mixture was stirred for 40 min. while keeping the temperature below 10°C. The resulting mixture was added dropwise over a 20-min period to a solution of l-(3-methoxypropyl)-4-piperidinamine (0.05 mol) in trichloromethane (35 ml). The cooling bath was removed and the reaction mixture was stirred for 150 min. Said mixture was washed with water (50 ml). The precipitate was filtered off over a glass filter and washed with water and CHCI3. The filtrate was separated in it’s layers. The separated organic layer was washed with water (50 ml) + a 50% NaOH solution (1 ml), dried, filtered and the solvent was evaporated. The residue was stirred in 2-propanol (100 ml). This mixture was acidified with HCl/2-propanol (7.2 ml; 5.29 N). The mixture was stirred for 16 hours at room temperature and the resulting precipitate was filtered off, washed with 2-propanol (15 ml) and dried (vacuum; 50 °C), yielding 12.6 g (62%) of 4-amino-5-chloro-2,3-dihydro-M-[ 1 -(3-methoxypropyl)-4-piperidinyl]-7- benzofurancarboxamide monohydrochloride (comp. 1).

Example 2

A mixture of 4-amino-5-chloro-2,3-dihydro-N-(4-piperidinyl)-7-benzofuran- carboxamide(O.Olmol), l-chloro-3-methoxypropane (0.012mol), M,M-diethyl- ethanamine (2Jml) and KI (catalytic amount) in N,M-dimethylformamide (75ml) was stirred overnight at 50°C. The reaction mixture was cooled. The solvent was evaporated. The residue was purified by column chromatography over silica gel (eluent: CHCl3/(CH3OH/NH3) 97/3). The pure fractions were collected and the solvent was evaporated. The residue was dissolved in 2-propanol and converted into the hydrochloric acid salt (1:1) with HCl/2-propanol. The precipitate was filtered off and dried (vacuum; 80°C), yielding 1.40g (35%) of 4-amino-5-chloro-2,3-dihydro-N-[l-(3-methoxypropyl)- 4-piperidinyl]-7-benzofurancarboxamide monohydrochloride (comp. 1).

PAPER

Chinese Journal of Pharmaceuticals 2012, 43, 5-8.

str1

str1

CLIP

Chinese Patent CN 103012337 A report is as follows:

Figure CN104529960AD00053

PAPER

Pharmaceutical & Clinical Research 2011, 19, 306-307.

str1

CLIP

US5374637 (CN1045781, EP389037) and J. Het Chem, 1980,17 (6): 1333-5 reported synthetic route, as follows:

Figure CN104529960AD00051

CLIP

Chinese Patent CN 104016949 A synthetic route reported as follows:

Figure CN104529960AD00052

PATENT

CN104529960A

https://www.google.com/patents/CN104529960A?cl=zh

Figure CN104529960AD00061

str1.

Figure CN104529960AD00081

Example 1

1. Preparation of Compound II

Compound I (167. lg, Imol), triethylamine (111. lg, I. Imol) and methylene chloride (KMOg) added to the reaction flask, nitrogen cooled to 5 ° C, was slowly added dropwise trifluoroacetic anhydride (220. 5g, 1.05mol) / methylene chloride (150g) solution, maintaining the temperature throughout 5~15 ° C, dropping was completed, the reaction after 3 hours at room temperature, TLC (DCM = MeOH = 25: 1) The reaction was monitored to complete the reaction; the reaction mixture was slowly poured into ice water (560g) and stirred for 20 minutes, standing layer, the aqueous phase was separated, the organic phase was washed with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate (IOOg) wash sash; IM hydrochloric acid (IlOg) wash sash, then with saturated brine (200g) washed sash, magnesium sulfate (40g) dried, filtered and concentrated to give compound II (250. Ig), yield: 952%.

[0066] 2. Preparation of Compound III

[0067] Chloroacetyl chloride (101. 7g, 0. 9mol), nitrobenzene (20g) and dichloroethane (580 g) added to the reaction flask, nitrogen cooled to 5 ° C, was slowly added anhydrous trichloro aluminum powder (359. 2g, 2. 7mol), to keep the whole temperature 5~20 ° C, plus complete, insulation 15~25 ° C for 30 minutes to obtain a mixture A.

[0068] Compound II (. 236. 7g, 0 9mol) and dichloroethane (500g) added to the reaction flask, nitrogen cooled to 15 ° C; the mixture was added Compound II A quick solution, plus complete, rapid heating 65~75 ° C, 1 hours later once every 15 minutes in the control, monitoring TLC (DCM = MeOH = 50: 1) to complete the reaction; the reaction mixture was immediately poured into ice water (800g) and stirred for 30 minutes, controlling the temperature between 15~25 ° C, the organic phase was separated, the organic phase washed with water (180g) was washed with saturated brine (240g), dried over magnesium sulfate (45g) was dried, filtered and concentrated to give crude compound III (303 . 2g).

[0069] Take the crude compound III (291. 3g) / ethanol 1 dichloromethane: 1 solution (1500ml) was dissolved, and then adding activated carbon (14. 5g) was refluxed for one hour, cooled to room temperature filtered and the filtrate concentrated at room temperature to 600~ 650g, stop and concentrated down to 5~10 ° C, filtered to give a yellow solid (204. 7g); the resulting yellow solid (207. 6g) in tetrahydrofuran (510g) was purified, reduced to 10~15 ° C, filtered, The filter cake was washed with tetrahydrofuran (90g) dip, dried under vacuum to give compound III (181. 3g), yield: 61.7% billion

[0070] 3. Preparation of Compound IV

[0071] Compound 111 (! 169.68,0.5 11〇1), methanol (5,801,111) and sodium acetate (123.38,1.5111〇1) was added to the reaction flask. After 6 hours of reaction, began TLC (DCM: MeOH = 30: 1 ) the reaction was monitored to completion of the reaction; the reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, concentrated, and the residue with ethyl acetate (500g) and water (200g) was dissolved, the organic phase was separated, the organic phase was washed with 2M sodium hydrogen carbonate (120g) was washed, then with saturated brine (IOOg), dried over magnesium sulfate (50g) was dried, filtered and concentrated to 250~280g, cooled to room temperature with stirring was added cyclohexane (200 g of), after stirring for 1 hour and then filtered and dried to obtain compound IV (126. 7g), yield: 83.4% billion

[0072] 4. Preparation of Compound V

[0073] Compound IV (12L 2g, 0. 4mol), methanol (380g) and Raney-Ni (12. 5g) added to the autoclave, purged with nitrogen, hydrogen is introduced (3. Ompa), the reaction was heated to 45 ° C after 8 hours, TLC (DCM = MeOH = 30: 1) to monitor the reaction, to complete the reaction, cooled to room temperature and pressure, and then purged with nitrogen, the reaction solution was filtered and concentrated to give crude compound V (103. 7g), taking compound V crude product (103g) was refluxed with ethyl acetate (420g) (1 hour) was purified, cooled to room temperature and stirred for 30 minutes and filtered to give a yellow solid was dried in vacuo to give compound V (76 8g.), yield: 663 %.

[0074] 5. Preparation of Compound VI

[0075] Compound ¥ (57.88,0.2111〇1), 1 ^ dimethylformamide (4.58) and acetonitrile (30 (^) was added to the reaction flask and heated 74~76 ° C; solution of N- chlorosuccinimide imide (. 26. 7g, 0 2mol) and acetonitrile (45g) was added dropwise over 30 minutes and maintaining the temperature finished 76~82 ° C, dropping was completed, the reaction was kept, after one hour the reaction started TLC (DCM: MeOH = 30: 1) to monitor the reaction, the reaction is complete the reaction solution cooled to 5~8 ° C, the filter cake was washed with water (210g) washed stirred, filtered, and dried in vacuo to give compound VI (57. 6g), yield. rate of 89.1%.

6. Preparation of Compound VII

Compound VI (48. 5g, 0. 15mol) and methanol (80g) added to the reaction flask, stirring at room temperature was added dropwise 4M aqueous sodium hydroxide (HOg), dropwise complete, for the reaction, 25 ° C~35 after 4 hours of reaction ° C, samples of about 7:00 adjust PH TLC (DCM = MeOH = 30: 1) to monitor the reaction, until the reaction was complete, down to 5~10 ° C, with 6M hydrochloric acid solution PH ~ 7. 5, half the solution was concentrated, then 2M hydrochloric acid solution PH ~ 7, reduced to 15~20 ° C was stirred for 30 minutes, filtered, the filter cake with methyl tert-butyl ether (70g) beating, filtration, and dried in vacuo to give compound VII (28. 7g), yield: 903%.

PAPER

Chem Pharm Bull 46 (1), 42-52 (1998) and Pharmaceutical and clinical study based on 2011 (4) 306-307 reported synthetic route is as follows:

Figure CN104529960AD00041

Biological Activity

Description Prucalopride is a selective, high affinity 5-HT4 receptor agonist, inhibiting human 5-HT(4a) and 5-HT(4b) receptor with Ki value of 2.5 nM and 8 nM, respectively.
Targets 5-HT4A [1] 5-HT4B [1]
IC50 2.5 nM(Ki) 8 nM(Ki)
In vitro Prucalopride induces contractions in a concentration-dependent manner with pEC50 of 7.5. Prucalopride (1 mM) significantly amplifies the rebound contraction of the guinea-pig proximal colon after electrical field stimulation. Prucalopride induces relaxation of the rat oesophagus preparation of rat oesophagus tunica muscularis mucosae with pEC50 of 7.8, yielding a monophasic concentration–response curve. [1] Prucalopride (0.1 μM) concentration-dependently increases the amplitude of submaximal cholinergic contractions and of acetylcholine release induced by electrical field stimulation in pig gastric circular muscle, and the effect is induced and enhanced IBMX (10 μM). [2] Prucalopride (1 μM) significantly enhances the electrically induced cholinergic contractions in pig descending colon, and the facilitating effect is significantly enhanced by Rolipram. [3]
In vivo Prucalopride alters colonic contractile motility patterns in a dose-dependent fashion by stimulating high-amplitude clustered contractions in the proximal colon and by inhibiting contractile activity in the distal colon of fasted dogs. Prucalopride also causes a dose-dependent decrease in the time to the first giant migrating contraction (GMC); at higher doses of prucalopride, the first GMC generally occurres within the first half-hour after treatment. [4]
Features

Conversion of different model animals based on BSA (Value based on data from FDA Draft Guidelines)

Species Mouse Rat Rabbit Guinea pig Hamster Dog
Weight (kg) 0.02 0.15 1.8 0.4 0.08 10
Body Surface Area (m2) 0.007 0.025 0.15 0.05 0.02 0.5
Km factor 3 6 12 8 5 20
Animal A (mg/kg) = Animal B (mg/kg) multiplied by  Animal B Km
Animal A Km

For example, to modify the dose of resveratrol used for a mouse (22.4 mg/kg) to a dose based on the BSA for a rat, multiply 22.4 mg/kg by the Km factor for a mouse and then divide by the Km factor for a rat. This calculation results in a rat equivalent dose for resveratrol of 11.2 mg/kg.

Rat dose (mg/kg) = mouse dose (22.4 mg/kg) × mouse Km(3)  = 11.2 mg/kg
rat Km(6)

1

References

[1] Briejer MR, et al. Eur J Pharmacol, 2001, 423(1), 71-83.

[2] Priem E, et al. Neuropharmacology, 2012, 62(5-6), 2126-2135.

Clinical Trial Information( data from http://clinicaltrials.gov, updated on 2016-07-23)

NCT Number Recruitment Conditions Sponsor
/Collaborators
Start Date Phases
NCT02806206 Not yet recruiting Gastrointestinal Hemorrhage|Crohn Disease|Celiac Disease|Intestinal Diseases|Inflammatory Bowel Diseases University of British Columbia July 2016 Phase 4
NCT02781493 Not yet recruiting Prucalopride Plus Polyethylene Glycol in Bowel Preparation for Colonoscopyp Shandong University|Binzhou Peoples Hospital|Taian People  …more June 2016 Phase 4
NCT02538367 Recruiting Functional Constipation Yuhan Corporation August 2015 Phase 1|Phase 2
NCT02228616 Recruiting Constipation Xian-Janssen Pharmaceutical Ltd. October 2014 Phase 4
NCT02425774 Recruiting Postoperative Ileus Katholieke Universiteit Leuven|Universitaire Ziekenhuizen  …more July 2014 Phase 4

References

  1. Briejer, M. R.; Bosmans, J. P.; Van Daele, P.; Jurzak, M.; Heylen, L.; Leysen, J. E.; Prins, N. H.; Schuurkes, J. A. (2001). “The in vitro pharmacological profile of prucalopride, a novel enterokinetic compound”. European Journal of Pharmacology 423 (1): 71–83.doi:10.1016/S0014-2999(01)01087-1. PMID 11438309.
  2.  Clinical trial number [1] for “NCT00793247” at ClinicalTrials.gov
  3.  Emmanuel, A. V.; Kamm, M. A.; Roy, A. J.; Kerstens, R.; Vandeplassche, L. (2012).“Randomised clinical trial: The efficacy of prucalopride in patients with chronic intestinal pseudo-obstruction – a double-blind, placebo-controlled, cross-over, multiple n = 1 study”.Alimentary Pharmacology & Therapeutics 35 (1): 48–55. doi:10.1111/j.1365-2036.2011.04907.x. PMC 3298655. PMID 22061077.
  4.  Smart, C. J.; Ramesh, A. N. (2011). “The successful treatment of acute refractory pseudo-obstruction with Prucalopride”. Colorectal Disease: no. doi:10.1111/j.1463-1318.2011.02929.x.
  5. Jump up^ Bouras, E. P.; Camilleri, M.; Burton, D. D.; McKinzie, S. (1999). “Selective stimulation of colonic transit by the benzofuran 5HT4 agonist, prucalopride, in healthy humans”. Gut44 (5): 682–686. doi:10.1136/gut.44.5.682. PMC 1727485. PMID 10205205.
  6. Jump up^ Bouras, E. P.; Camilleri, M.; Burton, D. D.; Thomforde, G.; McKinzie, S.; Zinsmeister, A. R. (2001). “Prucalopride accelerates gastrointestinal and colonic transit in patients with constipation without a rectal evacuation disorder”. Gastroenterology 120 (2): 354–360.doi:10.1053/gast.2001.21166. PMID 11159875.
  7. ^ Jump up to:a b c d Tack, J.; Van Outryve, M.; Beyens, G.; Kerstens, R.; Vandeplassche, L. (2008). “Prucalopride (Resolor) in the treatment of severe chronic constipation in patients dissatisfied with laxatives”. Gut 58 (3): 357–365. doi:10.1136/gut.2008.162404.PMID 18987031.
  8.  European Medicines Agency -EPAR
  9.  Health Canada, Notice of Decision for Resotran
  10.  Digestive Remedies in Israel
  11. Briejer, M. R.; Prins, N. H.; Schuurkes, J. A. (2001). “Effects of the enterokinetic prucalopride (R093877) on colonic motility in fasted dogs”. Neurogastroenterology and motility : the official journal of the European Gastrointestinal Motility Society 13 (5): 465–472. doi:10.1046/j.1365-2982.2001.00280.x. PMID 11696108.
  12.  Oustamanolakis, P.; Tack, J. (2012). “Prucalopride for chronic intestinal pseudo-obstruction”. Alimentary Pharmacology & Therapeutics 35 (3): 398–9. doi:10.1111/j.1365-2036.2011.04947.x. PMID 22221087.
  13.  SmPC. Summary of product characteristics Resolor (prucalopride) October, 2009: 1-9.
  14.  De Maeyer, JH; Lefebvre, RA; Schuurkes, JA (Feb 2008). “5-HT(4) receptor agonists: similar but not the same”. Neurogastroenterol Motil 20 (2): 99–112. doi:10.1111/j.1365-2982.2007.01059.x. PMID 18199093.
  15.  Frampton, J. E. (2009). “Prucalopride”. Drugs 69 (17): 2463–2476.doi:10.2165/11204000-000000000-00000. PMID 19911858.
  16.  Camilleri, M.; Kerstens, R.; Rykx, A.; Vandeplassche, L. (2008). “A Placebo-Controlled Trial of Prucalopride for Severe Chronic Constipation”. New England Journal of Medicine 358 (22): 2344–2354. doi:10.1056/NEJMoa0800670. PMID 18509121.
  17. ^ Jump up to:a b c Quigley, E. M. M.; Vandeplassche, L.; Kerstens, R.; Ausma, J. (2009). “Clinical trial: the efficacy, impact on quality of life, and safety and tolerability of prucalopride in severe chronic constipation – a 12-week, randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled study”.Alimentary Pharmacology & Therapeutics 29 (3): 315–328. doi:10.1111/j.1365-2036.2008.03884.x. PMID 19035970.
  18. Marquis, P.; De La Loge, C.; Dubois, D.; McDermott, A.; Chassany, O. (2005). “Development and validation of the Patient Assessment of Constipation Quality of Life questionnaire”. Scandinavian Journal of Gastroenterology 40 (5): 540–551.doi:10.1080/00365520510012208. PMID 16036506.
  19.  Frank, L.; Kleinman, L.; Farup, C.; Taylor, L.; Miner Jr, P. (1999). “Psychometric validation of a constipation symptom assessment questionnaire”. Scandinavian journal of gastroenterology 34 (9): 870–877. doi:10.1080/003655299750025327.PMID 10522604.
  20.  Johanson, JF; Kralstein, J (2007). “Chronic constipation: a survey of the patient perspective.”. Alimentary pharmacology & therapeutics 25 (5): 599–608. doi:10.1111/j.1365-2036.2006.03238.x. PMID 17305761.
  21.  Koch, A.; Voderholzer, W. A.; Klauser, A. G.; Müller-Lissner, S. (1997). “Symptoms in chronic constipation”. Diseases of the colon and rectum 40 (8): 902–906.doi:10.1007/BF02051196. PMID 9269805.
  22. McCrea, G. L.; Miaskowski, C.; Stotts, N. A.; MacEra, L.; Paul, S. M.; Varma, M. G. (2009). “Gender differences in self-reported constipation characteristics, symptoms, and bowel and dietary habits among patients attending a specialty clinic for constipation”.Gender Medicine 6 (1): 259–271. doi:10.1016/j.genm.2009.04.007. PMID 19467522.
  23.  Pare, P.; Ferrazzi, S.; Thompson, W. G.; Irvine, E. J.; Rance, L. (2001). “An epidemiological survey of constipation in Canada: definitions, rates, demographics, and predictors of health care seeking”. The American Journal of Gastroenterology 96 (11): 3130–3137. doi:10.1111/j.1572-0241.2001.05259.x. PMID 11721760.
  24. Wald, A.; Scarpignato, C.; Kamm, M. A.; Mueller-Lissner, S.; Helfrich, I.; Schuijt, C.; Bubeck, J.; Limoni, C.; Petrini, O. (2007). “The burden of constipation on quality of life: results of a multinational survey”. Alimentary Pharmacology & Therapeutics 26 (2): 227–236. doi:10.1111/j.1365-2036.2007.03376.x. PMID 17593068.
  25.  Camilleri, M; Beyens, G; Kerstens, R; Vandeplassche, L (2009). “Long-term follow-up of safety and satisfaction with bowel function in response to oral prucalopride in patients with chronic constipation [Abstract]”. Gastroenterology 136 (Suppl 1): 160. doi:10.1016/s0016-5085(09)60143-8.
  26. Van Outryve, MJ; Beyens, G; Kerstens, R; Vandeplassche, L (2008). “Long-term follow-up study of oral prucalopride (Resolor) administered to patients with chronic constipation [Abstract T1400]”. Gastroenterology 134 (4 (suppl 1)): A547. doi:10.1016/s0016-5085(08)62554-8.
  27.  https://www.shire.com/newsroom/2015/june/resolor-eu-male-indication-press-release

External links

EP0389037A1 * 13 Mar 1990 26 Sep 1990 Janssen Pharmaceutica N.V. N-(3-hydroxy-4-piperidinyl)(dihydrobenzofuran, dihydro-2H-benzopyran or dihydrobenzodioxin)carboxamide derivatives
EP0445862A2 * 22 Feb 1991 11 Sep 1991 Janssen Pharmaceutica N.V. N-(4-piperidinyl)(dihydrobenzofuran or dihydro-2H-benzopyran)carboxamide derivatives
Citing Patent Filing date Publication date Applicant Title
WO1999058527A2 * 13 May 1999 18 Nov 1999 EGIS Gyógyszergyár Rt. Benzofuran derivatives, pharmaceutical composition containing the same, and a process for the preparation of the active ingredient
WO1999058527A3 * 13 May 1999 27 Jan 2000 Bela Agai Benzofuran derivatives, pharmaceutical composition containing the same, and a process for the preparation of the active ingredient
WO2000030640A1 * 16 Nov 1999 2 Jun 2000 Janssen Pharmaceutica N.V. Use of prucalopride for the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of dyspepsia
WO2000066170A1 * 20 Apr 2000 9 Nov 2000 Janssen Pharmaceutica N.V. Prucalopride oral solution
WO2003059906A1 * 13 Jan 2003 24 Jul 2003 Janssen Pharmaceutica N.V. Prucalopride-n-oxide
WO2012116976A1 28 Feb 2012 7 Sep 2012 Shire – Movetis Nv Prucalopride oral solution
WO2013024164A1 17 Aug 2012 21 Feb 2013 Shire Ag Combinations of a 5-ht4 receptor agonist and a pde4 inhibitor for use in therapy
US6413988 20 Apr 2000 2 Jul 2002 Janssen Pharmaceutica N.V. Prucalopride oral solution
US8063069 30 Oct 2007 22 Nov 2011 Janssen Pharmaceutica N.V. Prucalopride-N-oxide
Patent ID Date Patent Title
US2016082123 2016-03-24 Hydrogel-Linked Prodrugs Releasing Tagged Drugs
US2015202317 2015-07-23 DIPEPTIDE-BASED PRODRUG LINKERS FOR ALIPHATIC AMINE-CONTAINING DRUGS
US2014323402 2014-10-30 Protein Carrier-Linked Prodrugs
US2014296257 2014-10-02 High-Loading Water-Soluable Carrier-Linked Prodrugs
US2014243254 2014-08-28 Polymeric Hyperbranched Carrier-Linked Prodrugs
US2013053301 2013-02-28 DIPEPTIDE-BASED PRODRUG LINKERS FOR ALIPHATIC AMINE-CONTAINING DRUGS
US2012220630 2012-08-30 PRUCALOPRIDE ORAL SOLUTION
US2012156259 2012-06-21 Biodegradable Polyethylene Glycol Based Water-Insoluble Hydrogels
US6413988 2002-07-02 Prucalopride oral solution
US6310077 2001-10-30 Enterokinetic benzamide
Prucalopride
Prucalopride.svg
Systematic (IUPAC) name
4-Amino-5-chloro-N-[1-(3-methoxypropyl)piperidin-4-yl]-2,3-dihydro-1-benzofuran-7-carboxamide
Clinical data
Trade names Resolor, Resotran
AHFS/Drugs.com International Drug Names
License data
Pregnancy
category
  • Not recommended
Routes of
administration
Oral
Legal status
Legal status
  • AU: S4 (Prescription only)
  • ℞ (Prescription only)
Identifiers
CAS Number 179474-81-8 Yes
ATC code A06AX05 (WHO)
PubChem CID 3052762
IUPHAR/BPS 243
ChemSpider 2314539
UNII 0A09IUW5TP Yes
Chemical data
Formula C18H26ClN3O3
Molar mass 367.870 g/mol

//////////Prucalopride succinate, Resolor, R-093877, R-108512, Resolor®, Resolor, Resotran, UNII:0A09IUW5TP, 179474-81-8 , R-093877,  R-108512, Shire , Johnson & Johnson, 179474-85-2, UNII-4V2G75E1CK, SHIRE,  2010,  LAUNCHED, JANNSEN , PHASE 3,  IRRITABLE BOWL SYNDROME

COCCCN1CCC(CC1)NC(=O)C2=CC(=C(C3=C2OCC3)N)Cl


Filed under: Uncategorized Tagged: 179474-81-8, 179474-85-2, 2010, IRRITABLE BOWL SYNDROME, JANNSEN, Johnson & Johnson, launched, PHASE 3, Prucalopride succinate, R-093877, R-108512, Resolor, Resotran, shire, UNII-4V2G75E1CK, UNII:0A09IUW5TP

SPIRONOLACTONE, спиронолактон , سبيرونولاكتون , 螺内酯 ,

$
0
0

Skeletal formula of spironolactone

Spironolactone

Spironolactone, Supra-puren, Suracton, спиронолактон, سبيرونولاكتون ,

螺内酯 , Abbolactone, Aldactide, SNL, Spiroctanie, Sprioderm, Verospirone,  Opianin

7α-Acetylthio-17α-hydroxy-3-oxopregn-4-ene-21-carboxylic acid γ-lactone

(1’S,2R,2’R,9’R,10’R,11’S,15’S)-9′-(acetylsulfanyl)-2′,15′-dimethylspiro[oxolane-2,14′-tetracyclo[8.7.0.02,7.011,15]heptadecan]-6′-ene-5,5′-dione

(7a,17a)-7-(Acetylthio)-17-hydroxy-3-oxopregn-4-ene-21-carboxylic acid g-lactone
17-Hydroxy-7a-mercapto-3-oxo-17a-pregn-4-ene-21-carboxylic Acid g-Lactone Acetate
3-(3-Oxo-7a-acetylthio-17b-hydroxy-4-androsten-17a-yl)propionic Acid g-Lactone
 CAS 52-01-7

MF C24H32O4S, MW 416.573 Da

ChemSpider 2D Image | spironolactone | C24H32O4SSpironolactone, marketed under the brand name Aldactone among others, is a medication primarily used to treatfluid build-up due to heart failure, liver scarring, or kidney disease.[1] Other uses include high blood pressure, low blood potassium that does not improve with supplementation, early puberty, excessive hair growth in women,[1] and as a component of hormone replacement therapy for transgender women.[6] It is taken by mouth.[1]

Common side effects include electrolyte abnormalities particularly high blood potassium, nausea, vomiting, headache, a rash, and a decreased desire for sex. In those with liver or kidney problems extra care should be taken.[1]Spironolactone has not been well studied in pregnancy and should not be used to treat high blood pressure of pregnancy.[7] It is a steroid that blocks mineralocorticoid receptors. It also blocks androgen, and blocks progesterone. It belongs to a class of medications known as potassium-sparing diuretics.[1]

Spironolactone was introduced in 1959.[8][9] It is on the World Health Organization’s List of Essential Medicines, the most important medications needed in a basic health system.[10] It is available as a generic medication.[1] The wholesale cost in the developing world as of 2014 is between 0.02 and 0.12 USD per day.[11] In the United States it costs about 0.50 USD per day.[1]

Title: Spironolactone
CAS Registry Number: 52-01-7
CAS Name: (7a,17a)-7-(Acetylthio)-17-hydroxy-3-oxopregn-4-ene-21-carboxylic acid g-lactone
Additional Names: 17-hydroxy-7a-mercapto-3-oxo-17a-pregn-4-ene-21-carboxylic acid g-lactone, acetate; 3-(3-oxo-7a-acetylthio-17b-hydroxy-4-androsten-17a-yl)propionic acid g-lactone
Manufacturers’ Codes: SC-9420
Trademarks: Aldactone (Pharmacia & Upjohn); Aquareduct (Azupharma); Practon (Pfizer); Osyrol (Aventis); Sincomen (Schering AG); Spirobeta (Betapharm); Spiroctan (Ferlux); Spirolone (APS); Spironone (Dexo); Verospiron (Richter Gedeon); Xenalon (Mepha)
Molecular Formula: C24H32O4S
Molecular Weight: 416.57
Percent Composition: C 69.20%, H 7.74%, O 15.36%, S 7.70%
Literature References: Aldosterone antagonist. Prepn: Cella, Tweit, J. Org. Chem. 24, 1109 (1959); US 3013012 (1961 to Searle); Tweit et al., J. Org. Chem. 27, 3325 (1962). Activity and metabolic studies: Gerhards, Engelhardt, Arzneim.-Forsch. 13, 972 (1963). Crystal and molecular structure: Dideberg, Dupont, Acta Crystallogr. B28, 3014 (1972). Comprehensive description: J. L. Sutter, E. P. K. Lau, Anal. Profiles Drug Subs. 4, 431-451 (1975). Review of carcinogenetic risk: IARC Monographs 24, 259-273 (1980). Review of antiandrogen effects and clinical use in hirsutism: R. R. Tremblay, Clin. Endocrinol. Metab. 15, 363-371 (1986); of clinical efficacy in hypertension: A. N. Brest, Clin. Ther. 8, 568-585 (1986). Review of pharmacology: H. A. Skluth, J. G. Gums,DICP Ann. Pharmacother. 24, 52-59 (1990). Clinical trial in congestive heart failure: B. Pitt et al., N. Engl. J. Med. 341, 709 (1999).
Properties: Crystals from methanol, mp 134-135° (resolidifies and dec 201-202°). [a]D20 -33.5° (chloroform). uv max: 238 nm (e20200). Practically insol in water. Sol in alcohol; freely sol in benzene, chloroform. LD50 in rats, mice, rabbits (mg/kg): 790, 360, 870 i.p. (IARC, 1980).
Melting point: mp 134-135° (resolidifies and dec 201-202°)
Optical Rotation: [a]D20 -33.5° (chloroform)
Absorption maximum: uv max: 238 nm (e 20200)
Toxicity data: LD50 in rats, mice, rabbits (mg/kg): 790, 360, 870 i.p. (IARC, 1980)
Therap-Cat: Diuretic.
Therap-Cat-Vet: Diuretic.
Keywords: Aldosterone Antagonist; Diuretic; Steroids

Medical uses

Spironolactone is used primarily to treat heart failure, edematous conditions such as nephrotic syndrome or ascites in people with liver disease, essential hypertension, hypokalemia, secondary hyperaldosteronism (such as occurs with hepatic cirrhosis), and Conn’s syndrome (primary hyperaldosteronism). On its own, spironolactone is only a weak diuretic because it primarily targets the distal nephron (collecting tubule), where only small amounts of sodium are reabsorbed, but it can be combined with other diuretics to increase efficacy.

Spironolactone is an antagonist of the androgen receptor (AR) as well as an inhibitor of androgen production. Due to the antiandrogenic effects that result from these actions, it is frequently used off-label to treat a variety of dermatological conditions in which androgens, such as testosterone and dihydrotestosterone (DHT), play a role. Some of these uses include androgenic alopecia in men (either at low doses or as a topical formulation) and women, and hirsutism, acne, and seborrhea in women.[12] Spironolactone is the most commonly used drug in the treatment of hirsutism in the United States.[13] Higher doses of spironolactone are not recommended in males due to the high risk of feminization and other side effects. Similarly, it is also commonly used to treat symptoms of hyperandrogenism in polycystic ovary syndrome.[14]

Spironolactone (SL) is known to be a potent aldosterone antagonist at mineralocorticoid steroid hormone receptors, and it is widely used in humans for the treatment of essential hypertension, congestive heat failure and refractory edema or hyperaldosteronism. However, the prolonged use of SL is associated with undesirable endocrine side effects such as gynecomastia and lose of libido in men and menstrual irregularities in women due to interaction of SL with gonadal steroid hormone biosynthesis and target cell gonadal steroid receptors.

The nature and prevalence of the undesirable side effects limit the usefulness of spironolactone as a therapeutic agent. Gynecomastia or tender breast enlargement has been found to occur in 10% of hypertensive patients using spironolactone for therapy as compared to 1% of men in the placebo group. Recent studies by Pitt, et al. with spironolactone have shown that in patients with congestive heart failure (CHF) taking digoxin and a loop diuretic—spironolactone therapy in conjunction with digitalis and ACE inhibitor—reduces mortality by 30%. See Pitt, B., et al., The Effect of Spironolactone on Morbidity and Mortality in Patients with Severe Heart Failure, Randomized Aldactone Evaluation Study Investigors; N. Engl. J. Med., 1999, 341:709-717. These authors stated that the 30% reduction in the risk of death among patients in the group receiving spironolactone could be attributed to a lower risk of both death from progressive heart failure and sudden death from cardiac arrhythmic causes. In addition, they found that the frequency of hospitalization for worsening heart failure is 35% lower in the spironolacotone treated group than in the placebo group. These authors concluded that patients who received spironolactone had a significant improvement in the symptoms of severe heart failure caused by systolic left ventricular dysfunction. Overall, 8% of the patients in the spironolactone group discontinued treatment because of adverse events. The purpose of the present invention is to make available the individual chiral isomers of spironolactone that would be effective in treating CHF and in reducing hypertension, and at the same time would be devoid of undesirable side effects such as gynecomastia, lose of libido in men, and menstrual irregularities in women.

Spironolactone is the name commonly used for a specific spirolactone that has the full chemical name 17-hydroxy-7-alpha-mercapto-3-oxo-17-alpha-pregn-4-ene-21-carboxylic acid gamma-lactone acetate. The term “spirolactone” denotes that a lactone 10 ring (i.e., a cyclic ester) is attached to another ring structure in a spiro configuration (i.e., the lactone ring shares a single carbon atom with the other ring). Spirolactones that are coupled to steroids are the most important class of spirolactones from a pharmaceutical perspective, so they are widely referred to in the pharmaceutical arts simply as spirolactones. As used herein, “spironolactone” refers to a molecule comprising a lactone structure coupled via a spiro configuration to a steroid structure or steroid derivative.

Spironolactone, its activities, and modes of synthesis and purification are described in a number of U.S. patents, notably U.S. Pat. Nos. 3,013,012, 4,529,811 and 4,603,128.

Intracellular receptors (IRs) form a class of structurally-related genetic regulators that act as ligand-dependent transcription factors. See Evans, R. M., “The Steroid and Thyroid Hormone Receptor Superfamily”, Science, May 13, 1988; 240(4854):889-95. Steroid receptors are a recognized subset of the IRs, including the progesterone receptor (PR), androgen receptor (AR), estrogen receptor (ER), which can be referred to collectively as the gonadal steroid receptors, glucocorticoid receptor (GR), and mineralocorticoid receptor (MR). Regulation of a gene by such factors requires both the IR itself and a corresponding ligand that has the ability to selectively bind to the IR in a way that affects gene transcription.

Ligands for the IRs can include low molecular weight native molecules, such as the hormones aldosterone, progesterone, estrogen and testosterone, as well as synthetic derivative compounds such as medroxyprogesterone acetate, diethylstilbesterol and 19-nortestosterone. These ligands, when present the fluid surrounding a cell, pass through the outer cell membrane by passive diffusion and bind to specific IR proteins to create a ligand/receptor complex. This complex then translocates to the cell’s nucleus, where it binds to a specific gene or genes present in the cell’s DNA. Once bound to DNA, the complex modulates the production of the protein encoded by that gene. In this regard, a compound that binds to an IR and mimics the effect of the native ligand is referred to as an “agonist”, while a compound that binds to an IR and inhibits the effect of the native ligand is called an “antagonist”.

The therapeutic mechanism of action of spironolactone involves binding to intracellular mineralocorticoid receptors (MRs) in kidney epithelial cells, thereby inhibiting the binding of aldosterone. Spironolactone has been found to counteract the sodium reabsorption and potassium excretion effects of aldosterone and other mineralocorticoids. Spironolactone has also been shown to interfere with testosterone biosynthesis, has anti-androgen action and inhibits adrenal aldosterone biosynthesis. Large doses of spironolactone in children appear to decrease the testosterone production rate.

Spironolactone is found to exhibit intra-individual variability of pharmacokinetic parameters and it presumably belongs to the group of drugs with high inter-subject variability. Spironolactone has poor water solubility and dissolution rate.

In order to prolong the half-life and decrease the side effects associated with spironolactone, syntheses of spironolactone derivatives have been developed (e.g. synthesis of mexrenone, prorenone, spirorenone). Slight modifications of the spironolactone steroid skeleton, e.g. such as formation of 11β-allenic and epoxy compounds, have been shown to effect important variations in the affinity and specificity for the mineralocorticoid receptor. These results suggest that it is possible to develop spironolactone analogues that do not interact with the androgen receptor or cytochrome P-450 and are therefore free of spironolactone undesirable side-effects.

METABOLISM

Figure US20090325918A1-20091231-C00003

SYNTHESIS

METHOD 1 REF 150

STR1

REF 130, 150

STR1

STR1

METHOD 2 REF 140

STR1

STR1

STR1

METHOD 3 REF 150

STR1

Synthesis

Cella, John A.; Tweit, Robert C. (1959). Journal of Organic Chemistry 24: 1109. doi:10.1021/jo01090a019.

(See also part 1 and part 3)

SPECTROSCOPY UV

STR1

SPECTROSCOPY IR

KBR

The principal absorption peaks of the spectrum shown in Figure 5 were noted at 1765,
1693, 1673, 1240, 1178, 1135, 1123 and 1193 cm -1.

STR1

SPECTROSCOPY 1H NMR

STR1

STR1

SPECTROSCOPY 13C NMR

STR1

STR1

SPECTROSCOPY MASS SPECTRUM

STR1

STR1STR1

130 J.A. Cola, E.A. Brown, and R.R. Burtner, 3. Org. Chem., 24, 1109(1959).

 140 Remington’s: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, 19 t~ edn.Volume II, K.G. Alfonso, ed.; Mack Publishing Co., Pennsylvania (1995) p.1048.
150. G. Anner and H. Wehrli (Ciba-Geigy, A.-G.), German Often 2,625,723 (cl.C07J21/00), Dec,1976; Swiss Appl. 75/7, 696, 13Jun. 1975; pp. 37.

ANALYTICAL

    • High-Performance Liquid Chromatographic Conditions
      Column LiChrosorb RP-8, 5 μm. 150 × 4.6 mm I.D.
      Eluent Acetonitrile-0.05 M phosphate buffer, pH 4 (45:55)
      Flow-rate 1 ml/min
      Temperature 25° C.
      Detector UV detector, wavelength 286 nm or 271 nm
      Recorder Chart speed 0.5 cm/min
      Sample loop 10 μl
    • The concentration of canrenone is determined in plasma and urine samples by high-performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) with UV-detection. An aliquot of 300 ng of spironolactone derivative is added to the samples as internal standard, which are then extracted twice with 1 ml n-hexane-toluene (1:1, v/v). The organic phase is taken to dryness and re-dissolved in 250 μl HPLC eluent (methanol-water, 60:40, v/v). (25×4.6 mm; 5 μm). Detection is performed with the UV detector set at λ=285 nm.

Flurometric Method

    Five ml of water is a reagent blank and 5 ml of working standards containing 0.05 μg and 0.20 μg of SC-9376 are carried through the entire procedure. Lower sales are read vs. the 0.05 μg standard at full scale, and higher samples vs. the 0.20 μg standard. Fluorescence readings are proportional to the concentrations of the standards in this range.
      Pipette 0.2 ml of heparinized plasma into a 50-ml polyethylene-stoppered centrifuge tube, dilute to 5 ml with water and add 15 ml of methylene chloride (Du Pont refrigeration grade, redistilled). Shake for 30 seconds, centrifuge and discard the aqueous supernatant. Add 1 ml 0.1 N NaOH, shake 15 seconds, centrifuge and discard the supernatant. Transfer a 10-ml aliquot of the methylene chloride phase to another tube containing 2 ml of 65% aqueous sulfuric acid, shake 30 seconds, centrifuge and remove organic phase by aspiration. The material is allowed to stand at room temperature for about 1 hour and then about 1 ml of the sulfuric acid phase in transferred to a quartz cuvette. Fluorescence intensity is determined in an Aminco-Bowman spectrophotofluorometer (activation maximum, 465 nm).
    Gas Liquid Chromatography
    The GLC estimation is carried out on a Fractovap Model 251 series 2150 (Carlo Erba) instrument equipped with a Nickel-63 electron capture detector. A 6-foot, 0.4 mm internal diameter, U-shaped glass column, packed with OV-17 2% or XE-60 1% on gas chrom A, 100-120 mesh (Applied Science Lab) is conditioned for 3 days before use. Argon with 10% methane which passed through a molecular sieve before entering the column is used as the carrier gas. The conditions of analysis are: column 255° C., detector 275° C., carrier gas flow 30 ml/min. Samples are injected on the column with a 10 μl Hamilton syringe. The injector in not heated.

PATENT

https://www.google.com/patents/US20090325918

EXAMPLE 1Chiral Separation

The separation of 7 beta isomer of SL is schematically described below.

    • Figure US20090325918A1-20091231-C00004
      Chromatographic Method for Isolation of SL Isomers
      The basic method is described in Chan, Ky, et al., J. Chromatog, Nov. 15, 1991:571 (1-2) 291-297. The separation is performed using spectra-physics HPLC instrument and UV variable wavelength detector set at 254 nm. For chiral separation, the chromatographic column is either a pre-packed 25 mm×4.6 mm ID Cyclobond 1 (5 μm particle size), or a pre-packed 150 mm×4 mm ID Resolvosil BSA-7 column (5 μm) operated using the conditions described herein.
      Analysis of the isomers present in the peaks in the chromatograms and their chiral extract purity analysis can be determined in each case by high resolution NMR spectroscopy using a chiral shift reagent. Based on this information and the determination of molecular weight by mass spectrometry and/or optical activity, structural configuration is assigned to each isomer. Eluted samples of isomers may be re-chromatographed in order to obtain adequate quantities of isomers having desired optical purity for study. For future use, reference standards that are optically pure will be compared for confirmation of purity and identity to the isolated isomers that are obtained after their chromatographic separation.

EXAMPLE 2Chemical Synthesis of Optical Isomers

    As an example, the desire spironolactone 7-beta-isomer is synthesized following the scheme that is described below:
    • Figure US20090325918A1-20091231-C00005
      Diene (i) is prepared from commercially available starting materials using methods well known in the art of chemical synthesis.
      Diene (i) is treated with acetic acid and the mixture is heated to reflux to yield 7-alpha-acetate ester (ii). The 7-alpha-ester (ii) is further subjected to nucleophilic substitution, followed by hydrolysis to obtain the 7-beta-isomer (iii). The 7-beta-isomer (iii) is then esterified with an acyl halide in the presence of a base to generate the desired spironolactone 7-beta-isomer (iv).

EXAMPLE 3Preparation of Radiolabeled Probe Compounds of the Invention

      Using known methods, the compounds of the invention may be prepared as radiolabeled probes by carrying out their synthesis using precursors comprising at least one atom that is a radioisotope. The radioisotope is preferably selected from at least one of carbon (preferably

14

      C), hydrogen (preferably

3

      H), sulfur (preferably

35

    S), or iodine (preferably I). Such radiolabeled probes are conveniently synthesized by a radioisotope supplier specializing in customer synthesis of radiolabeled probe compounds. Such suppliers include Amersham Corporation, Arlington Heights, Ill.; Cambridge Isotope Laboratories, Inc., Andover, Mass.; SRI International, Menlo Park, Calif.; Wizard Laboratories, West Sacramento, Calif.; ChemSyn Laboratories, Lexena, Kans.; American Radiolabeled Chemicals, Inc., St. Louis, Mo.; and Moravek Biochemicals Inc., Brea, Calif.
      Tritium labeled probe compounds are also conveniently prepared catalytically via platinum-catalyzed exchange in tritiated acetic acid, acid-catalyzed exchange in tritiated trifluoroacetic acid, or heterogeneous-catalyzed exchange with tritium gas. Tritium labeled probe compounds can also be prepared, when appropriate, by sodium borotritide reduction. Such preparations are also conveniently carried out as a custom radiolabeling by any of the suppliers listed in the preceding paragraph using the compound of the invention as substrate.
    EXAMPLE 4Isolation and Purification Procedure
    The optical isomers of spironolactones may be isolated from fluid sample such as urine or blood as follows:
    Extraction from Urine
    The urine sample is extracted with dichloromethane and the extract washed with NaOH (0.1 N) and then with water to neutrality. The residue obtained after evaporation of the dichloromethane extract is purified on TLC in three different systems: benzene-acetone-water, (150:100:0.4); chloroform-ethanol, (90:10); ethyl acetate-cyclohexane-ethanol, (45:25:10), using aldosterone as reference standard.
      The extract is then purified by high performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) on a Waters 6000 A, 480 U.V. detector instrument with radial pressure. The extract is first run through a C

18

    10μ column using methanol-water (70:30) as the eluent, followed by a silica 5μ column using dichloromethane-methanol (95:5). In both cases, the rate of the eluent is 1.5 ml/min. A small part of the extract is subjected to heptafluorobutyrylation for GLC investigation.

References

  1.  “Spironolactone”. The American Society of Health-System Pharmacists. Retrieved Oct 24, 2015.
  2.  “Spironolactone: MedlinePlus Drug Information”. Retrieved 2016-01-20.
  3.  “Spironolactone”. Merriam-Webster Dictionary.
  4.  “Spironolactone”. Dictionary.com Unabridged. Random House.
  5.  Harry G. Brittain (26 November 2002). Analytical Profiles of Drug Substances and Excipients. Academic Press. p. 309. ISBN 978-0-12-260829-2. Retrieved 27 May 2012.
  6.  Maizes, Victoria (2015). Integrative Women’s Health (2 ed.). p. 746.ISBN 9780190214807.
  7.  “Spironolactone Pregnancy and Breastfeeding Warnings”. Retrieved 29 November2015.
  8.  Camille Georges Wermuth (24 July 2008). The Practice of Medicinal Chemistry. Academic Press. p. 34. ISBN 978-0-12-374194-3. Retrieved 27 May 2012.
  9.  Marshall Sittig (1988). Pharmaceutical Manufacturing Encyclopedia. William Andrew. p. 1385. ISBN 978-0-8155-1144-1. Retrieved 27 May 2012.
  10.  “WHO Model List of EssentialMedicines” (PDF). World Health Organization. October 2013. Retrieved 22 April 2014.
  11.  “Spironolactone”. International Drug Price Indicator Guide. Retrieved 29 November2015.
  12.  Hughes BR, Cunliffe WJ (May 1988). “Tolerance of spironolactone”. The British Journal of Dermatology 118 (5): 687–91. doi:10.1111/j.1365-2133.1988.tb02571.x.PMID 2969259.
  13. Victor R. Preedy (1 January 2012). Handbook of Hair in Health and Disease. Springer Science & Business Media. pp. 132–. ISBN 978-90-8686-728-8.
  14.  Loy R, Seibel MM (December 1988). “Evaluation and therapy of polycystic ovarian syndrome”. Endocrinology and Metabolism Clinics of North America 17 (4): 785–813.PMID 3143568.
Spironolactone
Skeletal formula of spironolactone
Ball-and-stick model of the spironolactone molecule
Systematic (IUPAC) name
7α-Acetylthio-17α-hydroxy-3-oxopregn-4-ene-21-carboxylic acid γ-lactone
Clinical data
Pronunciation /spɪˌrnəˈlæktn, sp, spə, ˈrɒ, n/or /ˌsprənˈlæktn/[2][3][4]
Trade names Aldactone
AHFS/Drugs.com Monograph
MedlinePlus a682627
Pregnancy
category
  • AU: B3
  • US: C (Risk not ruled out)
Routes of
administration
Oral[1]
Legal status
Legal status
Pharmacokinetic data
Protein binding 90%+[5]
Metabolism Hepatic CYP450
Biological half-life 1.3-2 hours
Excretion Urine, bile
Identifiers
CAS Number 52-01-7 Yes
ATC code C03DA01 (WHO)
PubChem CID 5833
IUPHAR/BPS 2875
DrugBank DB00421 Yes
ChemSpider 5628 Yes
UNII 27O7W4T232 Yes
KEGG D00443 Yes
ChEBI CHEBI:9241 Yes
ChEMBL CHEMBL1393 Yes
Chemical data
Formula C24H32O4S
Molar mass 416.574 g/mol

///////Spironolactone, Supra-puren, Suracton, спиронолактон, سبيرونولاكتون ,

螺内酯 , Abbolactone, Aldactide, SNL, Spiroctanie, Sprioderm, Verospirone,  Opianin

O=C5O[C@@]4([C@@]3([C@H]([C@@H]2[C@H](SC(=O)C)C/C1=C/C(=O)CC[C@]1(C)[C@H]2CC3)CC4)C)CC5


Filed under: GENERICS Tagged: Abbolactone, Aldactide, 螺内酯, GENERIC, GENERIC DRUG, спиронолактон, Opianin, SNL, Spiroctanie, Spironolactone, Sprioderm, Supra-puren, Suracton, Verospirone, سبيرونولاكتون

WHO Draft on Analytical Method Validation

$
0
0

DRUG REGULATORY AFFAIRS INTERNATIONAL

The World Health Organization (WHO) recently published a draft document on analytical method Validation for comment. Read more about the draft “Guidelines on Validation – Appendix 4 Analytical Method Validation“.

http://www.gmp-compliance.org/enews_05452_WHO-Draft-on-Analytical-Method-Validation_15729,15438,Z-PDM_n.html

In June 2016 the World Health Organization (WHO) published a draft document “Guidelines on Validation – Appendix 4 Analytical Method Validation”. Comments on the text should be sent to WHO until July 30, 2016.

The appendix 4 of the published Supplementary guidelines on good manufacturing practices: validation (WHO Technical Report Series, No. 937, 2006, Annex 4) has been revised in view of current trends in validation. The appendix presents some information on the characteristics that should be considered during validation of analytical methods. Approaches other than those specified in the Appendix may be followed and may be acceptable.

The new Appendix 4 is structured as follows (New and revised):

1. Principle (revised):

  • 1.5 The…

View original post 761 more words


Filed under: Uncategorized

MHRA GxP Data Integrity Definitions and Guidance for Industry: New Draft Version for Consultation

$
0
0

DRUG REGULATORY AFFAIRS INTERNATIONAL

In January and March 2015, the U.K. Medicines and Healthcare Products Regulatory Agency (MHRA) published a “GMP Data Integrity Definitions and Guidance for Industry”. The agency has recently published a new version of the Guidance. Please find here a short overview of the new features in the “GxP Data Integrity Definitions and Guidance for Industry: Draft version for consultation”.

http://www.gmp-compliance.org/enews_05505_MHRA-GxP-Data-Integrity-Definitions-and-Guidance-for-Industry-New-Draft-Version-for-Consultation_15637,15488,15420,15064,Z-COVM_n.html

In recent years, regulatory authorities have been struggling with data integrity issues. In particular the U.S. American FDA has tightened the awareness regarding the topic in many Warning Letters. In the meantime, data integrity has also become a focus of European regulatory authorities’ inspections. One of the first regulatory authorities to publish a “GMP Data Integrity Definitions and Guidance for Industry” in January and March 2015 was the U.K. Medicines and Healthcare Products Regulatory Agency (MHRA). More information can be found in “MHRA revises its Guideline on Data Integrity in the short Term

View original post 172 more words


Filed under: Uncategorized

Written Confirmation expired: Can an API still be imported when produced earlier?

$
0
0

DRUG REGULATORY AFFAIRS INTERNATIONAL

What needs to be considered if an API is produced in the time period of a valid written confirmation but imported after this confirmation has expired? This is answered in a revised Q&A Document of the EU Commission.

see………http://www.gmp-compliance.org/enews_05432_Written-Confirmation-expired-Can-an-API-still-be-imported-when-produced-earlier_15432,15354,15367,Z-QAMAP_n.html

The EU Commission has updated its Question and Answers Document “Importation of active substances for medicinal products for human use” (now version 7). In this updated version, the question “Can an API batch manufactured during the period of validity of a written confirmation be imported into the EU once the written confirmation is expired?”

In the answer it is referred to Article 46(b)(2)(b) of Directive 2001/83/EC, where it is defined that APIs can only be imported if they are manufactured in accordance with EU GMP or equivalent, and accompanied by a written confirmation from the competent authority of the exporting third country certifying this.

But what if an…

View original post 167 more words


Filed under: Uncategorized

Varenicline (Chantix™) バレニクリン酒石酸塩

$
0
0

Varenicline.svg

Varenicline (Chantix™)

Varenicline

  • MF C13H13N3
  • MW 211.26
(1R,12S)-5,8,14-Triazatétracyclo[10.3.1.02,11.04,9]hexadéca-2,4,6,8,10-pentaène [French] [ACD/IUPAC Name]
6,10-Methano-6H-azepino[4,5-g]quinoxaline, 7,8,9,10-tetrahydro-, (6R,10S)- [ACD/Index Name]
Champix
(1R,12S)-5,8,14-triazatetracyclo[10.3.1.02,11.04,9]hexadeca-2(11),3,5,7,9-pentaene
CP-526,555
MFCD08460603
MFCD10001497
UNII:W6HS99O8ZO
APPROVALS
FDA MAY 10, 2006
EMA SEPT 2006
PMDA JAPAN JAN 25 2008

Varenicline (trade name Chantix and Champix usually in the form of varenicline tartrate), is a prescription medication used to treatnicotine addiction. Varenicline is a nicotinic receptor partial agonist—it stimulates nicotine receptors more weakly than nicotine itself does. In this respect it is similar to cytisine and different from the nicotinic antagonist, bupropion, and nicotine replacement therapies(NRTs) like nicotine patches and nicotine gum. As a partial agonist it both reduces cravings for and decreases the pleasurable effects of cigarettes and other tobacco products. Through these mechanisms it can assist some patients to quit smoking.

Varenicline

Varenicline
CAS Registry Number: 249296-44-4
CAS Name: 7,8,9,10-Tetrahydro-6,10-methano-6H-pyrazino[2,3-h][3]benzazepine
Additional Names: 5,8,14-triazatetracyclo[10.3.1.02,11.04,9]hexadeca-2(11)-3,5,7,9-pentaene
Manufacturers’ Codes: CP-526555
Molecular Formula: C13H13N3
Molecular Weight: 211.26
Percent Composition: C 73.91%, H 6.20%, N 19.89%
Literature References: Nicotinic a4b2 acetylcholine receptor partial agonist. Prepn: P. R. P. Brooks, J. W. Coe, WO 0162736(2001 to Pfizer). Synthesis, receptor binding studies, and in vivo dopaminergic acitvity: J. W. Coe et al., J. Med. Chem. 48, 3474 (2005). Metabolism: R. S. Obach et al., Drug Metab. Dispos. 34, 121 (2006).
Derivative Type: Tartrate
CAS Registry Number: 375815-87-5
Trademarks: Champix (Pfizer)
Molecular Formula: C13H13N3.C4H6O6
Molecular Weight: 361.35
Percent Composition: C 56.51%, H 5.30%, N 11.63%, O 26.57%
Therap-Cat: Aid in smoking cessation.
バレニクリン酒石酸塩
Varenicline Tartrate

C13H13N3▪C4H6O6 : 361.35
[375815-87-5]

Medical uses

Varenicline is used for smoking cessation. In a 2009 meta-analysis varenicline was found to be more effective than bupropion (odds ratio 1.40) and NRTs (odds ratio 1.56).[1]

A 2013 Cochrane overview and network meta-analysis concluded that varenicline is the most effective medication for tobacco cessation and that smokers were nearly three times more likely to quit on varenicline than with placebo treatment. Varenicline was more efficacious than bupropion or NRT and as effective as combination NRT for tobacco smoking cessation.[2][3]

The United States’ Food and Drug Administration (US FDA) has approved the use of varenicline for up to twelve weeks. If smoking cessation has been achieved it may be continued for another twelve weeks.[4]

Varenicline has not been tested in those under 18 years old or pregnant women and therefore is not recommended for use by these groups. Varenicline is considered a class C pregnancy drug, as animal studies have shown no increased risk of congenital anomalies, however, no data from human studies is available.[5] An observational study is currently being conducted assessing for malformations related to varenicline exposure, but has no results yet.[6] An alternate drug is preferred for smoking cessation during breastfeeding due to lack of information and based on the animal studies on nicotine.[7]

Varenicline L-tartrate (Compound I) is the international commonly accepted name for 7,8,9,10- tetrahydro-6, 10-methano-6i7-pyrazino [2, 3- h] [3 ] benzazepme, (2R, 3R) -2 , 3-dihydroxybutanedioate (1:1) (which is also known as 5,8,14- tπazatetracyclo [10.3.1. O211. O49] -hexadeca-2 (11) , 3, 5, 7, 9-pentaene, (2R, 3R)-2,3- dihydroxybutanedioate (1:1)) and has an empirical formula of C13H13N3 C4H6O6 and a molecular weight of 361.35. Varenicline L-tartrate is a commercially marketed pharmaceutically active substance known to be useful for the treatment of smoking addiction.

Figure imgf000002_0001

(D

Varenicline L-tartrate is a partial agonist selective for (X4β2 nicotinic acetylcholine receptor subtypes. In the United States, varenicline L-tartrate is marketed under the name Chantix™ for the treatment of smoking cessation. Varenicline base and its pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts are described in U.S. Patent No. 6,410,550. In particular, Example 26 of U.S. Patent No. 6,410,550 describes the preparation of varenicline hydrochloride salt using 1- (4 , 5-dinitro-10- aza-tπcyclo [6.3.1.O27] dodeca-2, 4, 6-trien-10-yl) -2,2,2- tπfluoroethanone (compound of formula (III)) as starting compound. On the other hand, Example HA) of U.S. Patent No. 6,410,550 illustrates the preparation of compound of formula (III) via nitration of compound of formula (II) using an excess of nitronium triflate (>4 equiv) as a nitrating agent. The process disclosed in U.S. Patent No. 6,410,550 is depicted in Scheme 1.

Figure imgf000003_0001

VareniclineΗCl

Scheme 1

However, Coe et al., J. Med. Chem., 48, 3474 (2005), describes the same process and examples as U.S. Patent No. 6,410,550, and it also reveals that this process affords intermediate ortho-4 , 5-dinitrocompound of formula (III) together with the meta-3, 5-dinitro- isomer (i.e. the meta-dinitrocompound) in a ratio 9:1. The presence of the meta-dinitrocompound may affect not only the purity of the intermediate compound of formula III but it may also have an effect on the purity of the final varenicline tartrate, given that it can be carried along the synthetic pathway and/or it can also give rise to other derivative impurities. Thereby, as well as in U.S. Patent No. 6,410,550, in order to isolate pure compound of formula (III) , the raw product is triturated with ethyl acetate/hexane to afford compound of formula (III) with 77% yield. Additionally, the mother liquor is purified by chromatography on silica gel to improve the yield to a total of 82.8%. However, this process is not desirable for industrial implementation since it requires extensive and complicated purification procedures, i.e. trituration of the solid product along with column chromatography purification of the mother liquor, which is not very efficient or suitable for industrial scale-up.

Several improved processes for the synthesis of varenicline or its salts have been reported in the literature (e.g. WO2006/090236) . However, none of these processes tackle the optimization of the purification step of compound of formula (III).

There is therefore the need for providing an improved process for the preparation of varenicline L- tartrate which involves simple experimental procedures well suited to industrial production, which avoids the use of column chromatography purifications, and which affords high pure varenicline L-tartrate which hence can be used directly as a starting product for the preparation of the marketed pharmaceutical speciality.

Additionally, it has been observed that varenicline L-tartrate is usually obtained as a yellow solid under – A –

standard synthetic conditions. In this regard, colour must be attributed to the presence of some specific impurities that may or may not be detectable by conventional methods such as HPLC. The presence of impurities may adversely affect the safety and shelf life of formulations. In this connection, International application No. WO2006/090236 describes the isolation of vareniclme L- tartrate as a white solid. However, in order to remove coloured impurities, the varenicline L-tartrate obtained in WO2006/090236 is treated with a particular activated carbon having a specific grade (i.e. Darco KB-B™) . In fact, Example 5 of WO2006/090236 describes a large reprocessing step which comprises: dissolving varenicline L-tartrate in water, adding toluene, basifying with NaOH aqueous solution, collecting the toluene phase containing varenicline free base, distilling, adding methanol, azeotropically distilling the mixture, and adding more methanol to obtain a methanolic solution containing varenicline free base, adding Darco KB-B™ (10% w/w) , stirring for one hour, filtering through a pad of celite, and treating with L-tartaric acid to give varenicline L- tartrate salt as a white solid. Further, WO2006/090236 provides the absorbance at 430 nm of a varenicline L- tartrate salt solution, either in dichloromethane or in toluene, with or without using Darco KB-B™ activated carbon. However, this measure cannot be used to corroborate the whiteness of the solid varenicline L- tartrate. In addition, Example 3 of International application No. WO2002/092089, also disclose the preparation of varenicline L-tartrate polymorphic form C (i.e. a hydrate polymorph) as a white precipitate. Therefore, there is also a need for a simple and efficient method for preparing varenicline L-tartrate with enhanced whiteness and having a high purity.

SYNTHESIS

Synthesis of Intermediate VIII

Paper

J. Med. Chem. 48, 3474 (2005).

http://pubs.acs.org/doi/pdf/10.1021/jm050069n

STR1

PATENT

https://www.google.com/patents/WO2001062736A1?cl=en

CLIP

Profiles of Drug Substances, Excipients and Related Methodology, Volume 37

edited by Harry G. Brittain

STR1

STR1

STR1

STR1

STR1

STR1

STR1

SYNTHESIS

DOI: 10.1021/jm00190a020
DOI: 10.1021/jm050069n

CLIP

Scheme (I) compound patent US6410550B1 is provided adjacent difluorobromobenzene as raw materials by DA reaction, oxidation, cyclization, debenzylation get varenicline intermediate (II). The synthesis route is as follows:

Figure CN102827079AD00051
CLIP

Patent CN101693712A mainly given varenicline intermediate (II) The preparation process is different from the compound patented. After the five-step method patents cited compounds. The entire route is longer, while using a large number of precious metal catalysts and reaction conditions need very strict control, inappropriate EVAL industry production.

Figure CN102827079AD00052
CLIP

STR1

STR1

PATENT

CN 102827079

A varenicline intermediate 2,3, 4, 5-tetrahydro-1,5-methylene bridge synthesis -1H-3- benzazepine hydrochloride, which comprises the following Step: (1) 2-indanone of formula 3 and the compound and paraformaldehyde under alkaline or acidic conditions Mannich reaction, as shown in general formula 2 intermediate; (2) the step (I) obtained through reaction of Formula 2 intermediate under basic or acidic conditions by reducing the role of the carbonyl group is reduced to a methylene group, and get varenicline intermediate (II) by debenzylation, the reaction is:

Figure CN102827079AC00021

Wherein, R groups are selected from _H, _Me, _Et, _iPr> _t_Bu.

Figure 2;

Figure CN102827079AD00072

Wherein, R group is -H, -Me, -Et, -iPr or -t_Bu.

(2) Step (I) obtained by the reaction intermediates of formula under basic or acidic conditions by reducing the role of the carbonyl group is reduced 2 methylene, and get by debenzylation cutting Lenk Lin intermediate (II);

Figure CN102827079AD00073

STR1

CLIP

Varenicline, a nicotinic 􀀁4􀀂2 partial agonist, was approved in the US for the treatment of smoking cessation in May of 2006. It was developed and marketed by Pfizer as a treatment for cigarette smokers who want to quit. Varenicline partially activates the nicotinic receptors and thus reduces the craving for cigarette that smokers feel when they try to quit smoking. By mitigating this craving and antagonizing nicotine activity without other symptoms, this novel drug helps quitting this dangerous addiction easier on the patients [6,52]. Several modifications [54,55] to the original synthesis [53,56] have been reported in the literature, including an improved process scale synthesis of the last few steps (Scheme 15) [57]. The Grignard reaction was initiated on a small scale by addition of 2-bromo fluorobenzene 113 to a slurry of Magnesium turnings and catalytic 1,2-dibromoethane in THF and heating the mixture until refluxing in maintained. To this refluxing mixture was added a mixture of the 2-bromo fluorobenzene 113 and cyclopentadiene 114 over a period of 1.5 h. After complete addition, the reaction was allowed to reflux for additional 1.5 h to give the Diels- Alder product 115 in 64% yield. Dihydroxylation of the olefin 115 by reacting with catalytic osmium tetraoxide in the presence of N-methylmorpholine N-oxide (NMO) in acetone: water mixture at room temperature provided the diol 116 in 89% yield. Oxidative cleavage of diol 116 with sodium periodate in biphasic mixture of water: DCE at 10ºC provided di-aldehyde 117 which was immediately reacted with benzyl amine in the presence of sodium acetoxyborohydride to give benzyl amine 118 in 85.7% yield. The removal of the benzyl group was effected by hydrogenation of the HCl salt in 40-50 psi hydrogen pressure with 20% Pd(OH)2 in methanol to give amine hydrochloride 119 in 88% yield. Treatment of amine 119 with trifluoroacetic anhydride and pyridine in dichloromethane at 0ºC gave trifluoroacetamide 120 in 94% yield. Dinitro compound 121 was prepared by addition of trifluoroacetamide 120 to a mixture of trifluoromethane sulfonic acid and nitric acid, which was premixed, in dichloromethane at 0ºC. Reduction of the dinitro compound 121 by hydrogenation at 40-50 psi hydrogen in the presence of catalytic 5%Pd/C in isopropanol:water mixture provided the diamine intermediate 122 which was quickly reacted with glyoxal in water at room temperature for 18h to give compound 123 in 85% overall yield. The trifluoroacetamide 123 was then hydrolyzed with 2 M sodium hydroxide in toluene at 37-40ºC for 2-3h followed by preparation of tartrate salt in methanol to furnish varenicline tartrate (XV).

STR1

[52]Keating, G.; Siddiqui, M. A. A. CNSdrugs, 2006, 11, 946.
[53] Coe, J. W.; Brooks, P. R.; Vetelino, M. G.; Wirtz, M. C.; Arnold,E. P. ; Huang, J.; Sands, S. B.; Davis, T. I.; Lebel, L. A.; Fox, C.
B.; Shrikhande, A.; Heym, J. H.; Schaeffer, E.; Rollema, H.; Lu,Y.; Mansbach, R. S.; Chambers, L. K.; Rovetti, C. C.; Schulz, D.
W.; Tingley, III, F. D.; O’Neill, B. T. J. Med. Chem., 2005, 48,3474.
[54] Brooks, P. R.; Caron, S.; Coe, J. W.; Ng, K. K.; Singer, R. A.;Vazquez, E.; Vetelino, M. G.; Watson, Jr. H. H.; Whritenour, D.
C.; Wirtz, M. C. Synthesis, 2004, 11, 1755.
[55] Singer, R. A.; McKinley, J. D.; Barbe, G.; Farlow, R. A. Org. Lett.,2004, 6, 2357.
[56] Coe, J. W.; Brooks, P. R. P. US-6410550 B1, 2002.
[57] Busch, F. R.; Hawkins, J. M.; Mustakis, L. G.; Sinay, T. G., Jr.;Watson, T. J. N.; Withbroe, G. J. WO-2006090236 A1, 2006.

PATENT

WO 2002085843

https://google.com/patents/WO2002085843A2?cl=en

STR1

PATENT

https://www.google.com/patents/EP2204369A1?cl=en

Varenicline (a compound I of formula I) is the international commonly accepted non-proprietary name for 7,8,9,10-tetrahydro-6,10-methano-6H-pyrazino[2,3-h][3]benzazepine (which is also known as 5,8,14-triazatetracyclo[10.3.1.02,11.04,9]-hexadeca-2(11),3,5,7,9-pentaene), and has an empirical formula of C13H13N3 and a molecular weight of 211.26.

Figure imgb0001

The L-tartrate salt of varenicline is known to be therapeutically useful and is commercially marketed for the treatment of smoking addiction. Varenicline L-tartrate is a partial agonist selective for α4β2 nicotinic acetylcholine receptor subtypes. In the United States, varenicline L-tartrate is marketed under the trade mark Chantix and is indicated as an aid to smoking cessation treatment.

Varenicline base and its pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts are described in U.S. Patent No. 6,410,550 . In particular, the preparation of varenicline provided in this reference makes use of 10-aza-tricyclo[6.3.1.02,7]-dodeca-2(7),3,5-triene (a compound of Formula VI), as a key intermediate compound (see Scheme 1 below). Specifically, Example 1 of U.S. Patent No. 6,410,550 describes the synthetic preparation of key intermediate compound of Formula VI as depicted in Scheme 1.

Figure imgb0002

1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-1,4-methano-naphthalene-cis-2,3-diol (a compound of Formula III), and / or indane-1,3-dicarbaldehyde (a compound of Formula IV).

Example 1: Preparation of 1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-1,4-methano-naphthalene-cis-2,3-diol (a compound of Formula III)

A 10mL round bottom flask was charged with a compound of formula II (142mg, 1mmol), N-methylmorpholine-N-oxide (120mg, 1.03mmol), tert-butanol (3mL) and water (1mL). FibreCat 3003 (OsO4 anchored onto a polymeric support) (11.6mg, 0.0025mmol) was added to this solution and the mixture was heated to reflux. Complete conversion to a compound of formula III was detected by GC, method A, after 48h.

Example 2: Preparation of 1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-1,4-methano-naphthalene-cis-2,3-diol (a compound of Formula III)Step A) Preparation of hexadecyl-trimethylammoniumpermanganate (HTAP):

HTAP was prepared from ion exchange reaction between hexadecyltrimethylammoniumbromide and potassium permanganate.

Potassium permanganate (17.38g, 0.11mol, 1equiv.) was dissolved in 500mL water. A solution of hexadecyltrimethylammoniumbromide (40.10g, 0.11mol, 1equiv) in 500mL water was added drop-wise over 45 min at 20-22°C, and the mixture stirred for 30 minutes at this temperature. The precipitated solid was collected by filtration, washed with water (3 x 100mL) and dried under vacuum at 35°C for 24 hours to give 34.38g of HTAP as a light purple solid.

Step B) Preparation of a compound of formula III:

Compound II (3.52g, 24.8mmol, 1equiv.) was dissolved in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (80mL) and a solution of HTAP (10g, 24.8mmol, 1.0equiv.) in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (125mL) was added drop-wise at 23-30°C over 45min. The reaction was monitored by TLC (hexane-ethyl acetate = 1:1). After complete reaction the mixture was cooled to below 10°C, and methyl tert-butyl ether (50mL) and 5% aqueous NaOH solution (50mL) were added and the mixture stirred for 30min. The solid was removed by filtration, and washed with methyl tert-butyl ether (2 x 30mL). The combined layers of the filtrate were separated and the aqueous phase extracted with methyl tert-butyl ether (2 x 30mL). The organic layers were combined and washed with 5% aqueous NaOH solution (50mL), water (2 x 50mL), dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated to obtain a dark green solid. This residue was suspended in acetone (15mL) and collected by filtration, washing with additional acetone (3 x 5mL). The product was dried under vacuum at 40°C to give 2.215g (50.7% yield) as a white crystalline solid.

Analytical data: m.p. = 178.8-179.3°C; 1H-NMR: See Figure 1; 13C-NMR: See Figure 2.

Example 3: Preparation of indane-1,3-dicarbaldehyde (a compound of Formula IV)

A 25 mL round bottom flask was charged with a compound of formula I (142mg, 1mmol), Ruthenium (III) chloride hydrate (Aldrich, Reagent Plus) (7.2mg, 0.035mmol), acetonitrile (8.5mL) and water (1.1mL). The solution was heated to 45°C and sodium periodate (449mg, 2.1mmol) was added portionwise over 25 minutes. After 1h, the reaction was cooled to ambient temperature and filtered. The solids were washed with ethyl acetate (3 x 2mL) and water (3mL). The filtrate was concentrated under vacuum and 5mL of water were added to the obtained residue. The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 5mL) and the combination of the organic layers was washed with water (3 x 5mL), dried with MgSO4 and concentrated under vacuum to obtain a compound of formula IV (118mg) in 68% yield, 70.9% purity (analyzed by GC, method A).

PATENT

WO 199935131, WO 2002092089, US 2013030179

STR1

PATENT

https://www.google.com/patents/WO2009065872A2?cl=en

Example 1: Preparation of 7,8,9,10- tetrahydro-6, 10-methano-6H-pyrazino [2, 3-h] [3] benzazepine L-tartrate (i.e. varenicline L-tartrate)

A) Preparation of compound of formula (III)

This example is based on U.S. Patent No. 6,410,550.

A 250 mL round bottom flask with thermometer, condenser, addition funnel and magnetic stirring was charged with 10-aza-tricyclo [ 6.3.1. O27] dodeca-2, 4, 6- triene para-toluene sulfonic acid salt (12.4g, 37.5 mmol) and 44 mL of CH2Cl2. Triethylamine (8.3 g, 82.5 mmol) was added to the slurry and the resulting solution was cooled to 0-5 0C. The addition funnel was charged with a solution of (CF3CO)2O (8.1q, 41.25 mmol) in 19 mL of CH2Cl2. This solution was slowly added to the reaction mixture, maintaining the temperature < 15 0C. The resulting mixture was stirred for 1 hour, and the complete conversion was monitored by GC. The crude reaction mixture was washed with water (2 * 40 mL) and brine (40 mL) . The organic phase was used in the next step without further purification.

On the other hand, a 500 mL round bottom flask with thermometer, condenser, addition funnel and magnetic stirring was charged with CF3SO3H (25.9 g, 172.5 mmol), CH2Cl2 (110 mL) and cooled to 0-5 0C. At this temperature, fuming nitric acid (5.4 g, 86.25 mmol) was added slowly. To the resulting slurry at 0-5 0C, the solution obtained in the previous step was slowly added, maintaining the temperature < 15 0C. After the addition, the reaction mixture was stirred overnight. The complete dinitration was confirmed by GC. The crude reaction mixture was poured into water (60 mL) an ice (80 g) and stirred. The phases were separated and the aqueous phase was extracted with CH2Cl2 (3 x 50 mL) . The mixture of the organic phases was washed with aqueous saturated NaHCO3, dried over Na2SO4 and volatiles evaporated under vacuum to obtain 11.9 g of a solid that was suspended and stirred for 2 hours in AcOEt (12 mL) and hexanes (24 mL) . The solid was filtered and washed with hexanes to obtain the compound of formula (III), 9.1g with a purity of 88.9% by GC (9.8% of meta-dimtrocompound impurity) .

B) Preparation of compound of formula (IV)

This example is based on International Patent No. WO/2006/090236.

A 200 mL autoclave was charged with (III) (9.1 g, 26.3 mmol), damp 5% Pd/C 50% and 180 mL of a 2- propanol/water (80/20 wt/wt) . The reaction was stirred under 50 psi of hydrogen for 18 hours. The complete hydrogenation was confirmed by GC analysis. The reaction was filtered through Celite and washed with 2-propanol (40 mL) . To this solution, K2HPO4(458 mg, 2.63 mmol) was added. The mixture was cooled at 0-5 0C and a solution of 4.07 g of 40% aqueous glyoxal diluted with water (14.5 mL) was added slowly. The resulting solution was stirred 2 hours at this temperature and overnight at room temperature. The complete conversion was confirmed by GC analysis. The reaction was concentrated under vacuum to a volume of 68 mL and water (128 mL) was added drop- wise. The resulting suspension was stirred for 2 hours at room temperature, 1 hour in a ice/water bath, filtered, washed with water (20 mL) and dried m a oven at 50 0C to obtain the compound of formula (IV), 6.78 g.

C) Preparation of vareniclme L-tartrate (compound of formula (I) )

This example is based on International Patent No. WO/2006/090236.

A 250 mL round bottom flask with thermometer, condenser, and magnetic stirring was charged with compound of formula (IV) (6.78 g, 22 mmol) and toluene

(47 mL) . To this solution was added a solution of NaOH (2.7 g, 68.2 mmol) in water (34 mL) . The mixture was heated to 400C and stirred for 4 hours. The complete hydrolysis was confirmed by GC analysis. Toluene (68 mL) was added and the reaction was cooled. The phases were separated and the aqueous phase was extracted with toluene (30 mL) . The organic phases were evaporated under vacuum. The residue was dissolved in MeOH (90 mL) and evaporated again. The final residue was dissolved in 156 mL of MeOH. 1.3 g of activated carbon “Darco G-60 100 mesh” were added and the mixture was stirred for 30 min and filtered through Celite to obtain an intense yellow solution. The process with activated carbon was repeated without any improvement in the colour. This solution was added drop-wise over a solution of L- tartaric acid (3.63 g, 24.2 mmol) in MeOH (47 mL) . The slurry was stirred for 72 hours at room temperature, filtered, washed with MeOH and dried in an oven at 50 0C for 8 hours, to obtain 5.05 g of varenicline L-tartrate as a yellow solid with a 95.5% purity by HPLC (4.4% of unknown impurity A). Colour L: 92.75, a*: -7.19, b*:43.08.

Comparative Example 2: Preparation of 7,8,9,10- tetrahydro-6, 10-methano-6H-pyrazmo [2, 3-h] [3 ] benzazepine L-tartrate (i.e. varenicline L-tartrate) A) Preparation of compound of formula (IV)

This example is based on International Patent No. WO/2006/090236.

A 200 mL autoclave was charged with (III) prepared according to Comparative Example 1.A) (4.1 g) , 123 mg of damp 5% Pd/C 50% and 81 mL of a 2-propanol/water (80/20 wt/wt) . The reaction was stirred under 50 psi of hydrogen for 24 hours. The complete hydrogenation was confirmed by GC analysis. The reaction was filtered through Celite and washed with 2-propanol (16 mL) . To this solution, K2HPO4 (207 mg, 1.19 mmol) was added. The mixture was cooled at 0-5 0C and a solution of 1.84 g of 40% aqueous glyoxal diluted with water (6.6 mL) was added slowly. The resulting solution was stirred 2 hours at this temperature and overnight at room temperature. The complete conversion was confirmed by GC analysis. The reaction was concentrated under vacuum to a volume of 30 mL and water (56 mL) was added drop-wise. The resulting suspension was stirred for 2 hours at room temperature, 1 hour in a ice/water bath, filtered, washed with water and dried in a oven at 50 0C to obtain 3.15 g of compound of formula (IV) .

B) Preparation of vareniclme L-tartrate (compound of formula (I) )

This example is based on International application No. WO/2006/090236. A 100 mL round bottom flask with thermometer, condenser, and magnetic stirring was charged with

7, 8, 9, 10-tetrahydro-8- (tπfluoroacetyl) -6, 10-methano-6H- pyrazino [2 , 3-h] [3] benzazepine, i.e. compound of formula

(IV) (3.14 g, 10.2 mmol) and toluene (22 mL) . To this solution was added a solution of NaOH (1.3 g, 31.6 mmol) in water (16 mL) . The mixture was heated to 40 0C and stirred for 2.5 hours. The complete hydrolysis was confirmed by GC analysis. Toluene (30 mL) was added and the reaction was cooled. The phases were separated and the aqueous phase was extracted with toluene (15 mL) . The organic phases were evaporated under vacuum. The residue was dissolved in MeOH (45 mL) and evaporated again. The final residue was dissolved m 70 mL of MeOH. 314 mg of activated carbon “Darco G-60 100 mesh” were added and the mixture was stirred for 30 mm and filtered through Celite to obtain a yellow solution. This solution was added drop-wise over a solution of L- tartaπc acid (1.68 g, 11.22 mmol) m MeOH (22 mL) . The slurry was stirred for 1 hour at room temperature, filtered, washed with MeOH (2 x 5 mL) and dried under vacuum, to obtain vareniclme L-tartrate (2.48 g) as a yellow solid with a 95.6% purity by HPLC (4.4% of unknown impurity A). Colour L: 99.50, a*: -4.98, b*:43.02

Comparative Example 3: Preparation of 7,8,9,10- tetrahydro-6, 10-methano-6H-pyrazino [2, 3-h] [3 ] benzazepine L-tartrate (i.e. vareniclme L-tartrate)

This example is based on International application No. WO/2002/092089.

2 g of vareniclme L-tartrate as obtained from Comparative Example 1 were dissolved in 3 mL of water.

To this solution, 100 mL of CH3CN were added, and the resulting slurry was stirred for 10 mm and filtered.

After drying the product was analysed to be a 98.2% purity by HPLC (1.7% of unknown impurity A) . Colour L: 91.44, a*: -3.24, b* : 33.47

Example 1: Preparation of 7, 8, 9, lO-tetrahydro-6, 10- methano-6H-pyrazmo [2, 3-h] [3] benzazepine L-tartrate

(i.e. vareniclme L-tartrate)

A) Preparation of compound of formula (III) This example is based on U.S. Patent No. 6,410,550, except for the purification step, which is the object of the present invention (i.e. crystallization in toluene) .

A 500 mL round bottom flask with thermometer, condenser, addition funnel and magnetic stirring was charged with 10-aza-tricyclo [ 6.3.1. O27] dodeca-2, 4, 6- tπene para-toluene sulfonic acid salt (32.5g, 98.2 mmol) and 115 mL of CH2Cl2. Triethylamine (21.8 g, 216 mmol) was added to the slurry and the resulting solution was cooled to 0-5 0C. The addition funnel was charged with a solution of (CF3CO)2O (22.7 g, 108 mmol) in 50 mL of CH2Cl2. This solution was slowly added to the reaction mixture, maintaining the temperature < 15 0C. The resulting mixture was stirred for 1 hour, and the complete conversion was monitored by GC. The crude reaction mixture was washed with water (2 x 100 mL) and brine (100 mL) . The organic phase was used in the next step without further purification.

A l L round bottom flask with thermometer, condenser, addition funnel and magnetic stirring was charged with CF3SO3H (67.8 g, 452 mmol), CH2Cl2 (280 mL) and cooled to 0-5 0C. At this temperature, fuming nitric acid (14.2 g, 226 mmol) was slowly added. To the resulting slurry at 0-5 0C, the solution obtained in the previous step was slowly added, maintaining the temperature < 15 0C. After the addition, the reaction mixture was stirred overnight. The complete dinitration was confirmed by GC. The crude reaction mixture was poured into water (150 mL) an ice (200 g) and stirred. The phases were separated and the aqueous phase was extracted with CH2Cl2 (100 mL) . The mixture of the organic phases was washed with aqueous saturated NaHCO3 (2×100 mL) , water (100 mL) , dried over Na2SO4 and volatiles evaporated under vacuum to obtain 30.5 g of a solid with a 83.6% purity by GC (12.5% of meta- dinitrocompound impurity) . 20 g of this solid were crystallized in toluene (100 mL) to obtain the compound of formula (III), 15 g of a pale brown solid with a 98.5 % purity by GC (meta-dinitrocompound impurity not detected) .

B) Preparation of compound of formula (IV) This example is based on International Patent No. WO/2006/090236.

A 200 mL autoclave was charged with (III) (9.1 g, 26.3 mmol, crystals from toluene), damp 5% Pd/C 50% and 180 mL of a 2-propanol/water (80/20 wt/wt) . The reaction was stirred under 50 psi of hydrogen for 18 hours. The complete hydrogenation was confirmed by GC analysis. The reaction was filtered over Celite and washed with 2- propanol (40 mL) . To this solution, K2HPO4 (458 mg, 2.63 mmol) was added. The mixture was cooled at 0-5 0C and a solution of 4.07 g of 40% aqueous glyoxal diluted with water (14.5 mL) was added slowly. The resulting solution was stirred 2 hours at this temperature and overnight at room temperature. The complete conversion was confirmed by GC analysis. The reaction was concentrated under vacuum to a volume of 68 mL and water (128 mL) was added drop-wise. The resulting suspension was stirred for 2 hours at room temperature, 1 hour in a ice/water bath, filtered, washed with water (20 mL) and dried m a oven at 50 0C to obtain the product, 7.16 g of compound of formula (IV) with a 99.9% purity by HPLC. C) Preparation of varenicline L-tartrate (compound of formula ( I) )

Thrs example rs based on International Patent No. WO/2006/090236. A 250 mL round bottom flask with thermometer, condenser, and magnetic stirring was charged with a solution of NaOH (2.89 g, 72.23 mmol) in water (36 mL) , compound of formula (IV) (7.15 g, 23.3 mmol) and toluene (50 mL) . The mixture was heated to 40 0C and stirred for 4 hours. The complete hydrolysis was confirmed by GC analysis. Toluene (71 mL) was added and the reaction was cooled. The phases were separated and the aqueous phase was extracted with toluene (36 mL) . The organic phases were evaporated under vacuum. The residue was dissolved in MeOH (110 mL) and evaporated again. The final residue was dissolved in 164 mL of MeOH. 750 mg of activated carbon “Darco G-60 100 mesh” were added and the mixture was stirred for 30 min and filtered through Celite to obtain a yellow solution. This solution was added drop- wise over a solution of L-tartaric acid (3.84 g, 25.6 mmol) in MeOH (50 mL) . The slurry was stirred for 14 hours at room temperature, filtered, washed with MeOH and dried under vacuum, to obtain varenicline L-tartrate

(7.04 g) as an off-white solid with a >99.9% purity by HPLC (unknown impurity A not detected) . Colour L: 94.39, a*: 2.27, b*:9.02.

Post-marketing surveillance

No evidence for increased risks of cardiovascular events, depression, or self-harm with varenicline versus nicotine replacement therapy has been found in one post-marketing surveillance study.[23]

Mechanism of action

Varenicline displays full agonism on α7 nicotinic acetylcholine receptors.[24][25] And it is a partial agonist on the α4β2, α3β4, and α6β2 subtypes.[26] In addition, it is a weak agonist on the α3β2 containing receptors.

Varenicline’s partial agonism on the α4β2 receptors rather than nicotine’s full agonism produces less effect of dopamine release than nicotine’s. This α4β2 competitive binding, reduces the ability of nicotine to bind and stimulate the mesolimbic dopamine system – similar to the method of action of buprenorphine in the treatment of opioid addiction.[3]

Pharmacokinetics

Most of the active compound is excreted by the kidneys (92–93%). A small proportion is glucuronidated, oxidised, N-formylated or conjugated to a hexose.[27] The elimination half-life is about 24 hours.

History

Use of Cytisus plant as a smoking substitute during World War II[28] led to use as a cessation aid in eastern Europe and extraction of cytisine.[29] Cytisine analogs led to varenicline at Pfizer.[30][31][32]

Varenicline received a “priority review” by the US FDA in February 2006, shortening the usual 10-month review period to 6 months because of its demonstrated effectiveness inclinical trials and perceived lack of safety issues.[33] The agency’s approval of the drug came on May 11, 2006.[4] On August 1, 2006, varenicline was made available for sale in the United States and on September 29, 2006, was approved for sale in the European Union.[34]

SEE

Busch FR, Concannon PE, Handfield RE, McKinley JD, McMahon ME, Singer RA, Watson TJ, Withbroe GJ, Stivanello M, Leoni L, Bezze C. Synthesis of (1 (Aminomethyl)-2,3-dihydro-1H-inden-3-yl)methanol: Structural Confirmation of the Main Band Impurity Found in Varenicline® Starting Material.Synth Commun. 2008;38:441–447. http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/00397910701771231.
Varenicline standards and impurity controls. www.freepatentsonline.com/US2007/0224690.html.
N-formyl and N-methyl degradation products. www.freepatentsonline.com/y2004/0235850.html.
Methods of reducing degradant formation in pharmaceutical compositions of Varenicline.www.freepatentsonline.com/y2008/0026059.html.
Varenicline standards and impurity controls. www.freepatentsonline.com/EP2004186.html.
Satheesh B, Kumarpulluru S, Raghavan V, Saravanan D. UHPLC Separation and Quantification of Related Substances of Varenicline Tartrate Tablet. Acta Chromatogr. 2010;22:207–218.http://dx.doi.org/10.1556/AChrom.22.2010.2.4.
STR1
US6410550 Nov 13, 1998 Jun 25, 2002 Pfizer Inc Aryl fused azapolycyclic compounds
WO2009155403A2 * Jun 18, 2009 Dec 23, 2009 Teva Pharmaceutical Industries Ltd. Processes for the preparation of varenicline and intermediates thereof
Reference
1 * BHUSHAN, VIDYA; RATHORE, RAJENDRA; CHANDRASEKARAN, S.: “A Simple and Mild Method for the cis-Hydroxylation of Alkenes with Cetyltrimethylammonium Permanganate” SYNTHESIS, no. 5, 1984, pages 431-433, XP002581198
2 * BROOKS P R ET AL: “Synthesis of 2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1,5-methano-1H-3-benzaz epine via oxidative cleavage and reductive amination strategies” SYNTHESIS 20040803 DE, no. 11, 3 August 2004 (2004-08-03), pages 1755-1758, XP002581197 ISSN: 0039-7881
3 * SORBERA L A ET AL: “Varenicline tartrate: Aid to smoking cessation nicotinic [alpha]4[beta]2 partial agonist” DRUGS OF THE FUTURE 200602 ES LNKD- DOI:10.1358/DOF.2006.031.02.964028, vol. 31, no. 2, February 2006 (2006-02), pages 117-122, XP002581199 ISSN: 0377-8282 DOI: 10.1358/dof.2006.031.02.964028
WO2001062736A1 * Feb 8, 2001 Aug 30, 2001 Pfizer Products Inc. Aryl fused azapolycyclic compounds
WO2002085843A2 * Mar 4, 2002 Oct 31, 2002 Pfizer Products Inc. Process for the preparation of 1,3-substituted indenes and aryl-fused azapolycyclic compounds
WO2006090236A1 * Feb 21, 2006 Aug 31, 2006 Pfizer Products Inc. Preparation of high purity substituted quinoxaline
WO2008060487A2 * Nov 9, 2007 May 22, 2008 Pfizer Products Inc. Polymorphs of nicotinic intermediates
Reference
1 * COE J W ET AL: “Varenicline: an alpha4beta2 Nicotinic Receptor Partial Agonist for Smoking Cessation” JOURNAL OF MEDICINAL CHEMISTRY, AMERICAN CHEMICAL SOCIETY, WASHINGTON., US, vol. 48, no. 10, 1 January 2005 (2005-01-01), pages 3474-3477, XP002474642 ISSN: 0022-2623 cited in the application
Citing Patent Filing date Publication date Applicant Title
WO2010005643A1 * May 28, 2009 Jan 14, 2010 Teva Pharmaceutical Industries Ltd. Processes for purifying varenicline l-tartrate salt and preparing crystalline forms of varenicline l-tartrate salt
WO2011110954A1 * Mar 8, 2011 Sep 15, 2011 Actavis Group Ptc Ehf Highly pure varenicline or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof substantially free of methylvarenicline impurity
WO2011154586A3 * Jun 13, 2011 Mar 22, 2012 Medichem, S. A. Improved methods for the preparation of quinoxaline derivatives
EP2581375A2 * Jun 13, 2011 Apr 17, 2013 Medichem, S.A. Improved methods for the preparation of quinoxaline derivatives
US8039620 May 21, 2009 Oct 18, 2011 Teva Pharmaceutical Industries Ltd. Varenicline tosylate, an intermediate in the preparation process of varenicline L-tartrate
US8178537 Jun 22, 2010 May 15, 2012 Teva Pharmaceutical Industries Ltd. Solid state forms of varenicline salts and processes for preparation thereof

References

  1. Jump up^ Mills EJ, Wu P, Spurden D, Ebbert JO, Wilson K (2009). “Efficacy of pharmacotherapies for short-term smoking abstinance: a systematic review and meta-analysis” (PDF). Harm Reduct J 6: 25. doi:10.1186/1477-7517-6-25. PMC 2760513. PMID 19761618.
  2. ^ Jump up to:a b Cahill K, Stevens S, Perera R, Lancaster T (May 2013). “Pharmacological interventions for smoking cessation: an overview and network meta-analysis”. Cochrane Database Syst Rev (Systematic Review & Meta-Analysis) 5: CD009329.doi:10.1002/14651858.CD009329.pub2. PMID 23728690.
  3. ^ Jump up to:a b c d Elrashidi MY, Ebbert JO (June 2014). “Emerging drugs for the treatment of tobacco dependence: 2014 update”. Expert Opin Emerg Drug (Review) 19 (2): 243–60.doi:10.1517/14728214.2014.899580. PMID 24654737.
  4. ^ Jump up to:a b U.S. Food and Drug Administration.FDA Approves Novel Medication for Smoking Cessation. Press release, 11 May 2006.
  5. Jump up^ Cressman, AM; Pupco, A; Kim, E; Koren, G; Bozzo, P (May 2012). “Smoking cessation therapy during pregnancy.”. Canadian Family Physician 58 (5): 525–7. PMC 3352787.PMID 22586193.
  6. Jump up^ “Varenicline Pregnancy Cohort Study”. clinicaltrials.gov.
  7. Jump up^ “LactMed”. nih.gov.
  8. Jump up^ Leung, LK; Patafio, FM; Rosser, WW (September 28, 2011). “Gastrointestinal adverse effects of varenicline at maintenance dose: a meta-analysis”. BMC clinical pharmacology11 (1): 15. doi:10.1186/1472-6904-11-15. PMC 3192741. PMID 21955317.
  9.  American Cancer Society. “Cancer Drug Guide: Varenicline”. Retrieved 2008-01-19.
  10. Jump up^ “DailyMed – CHANTIX- varenicline tartrate”. nih.gov.
  11. FDA. “Public Health Advisory: FDA Requires New Boxed Warnings for the Smoking Cessation Drugs Chantix and Zyban”. Retrieved 2009-07-01.
  12. ^ Jump up to:a b “www.accessdata.fda.gov” (PDF).
  13.  Hughes, JR (8 January 2015). “Varenicline as a Cause of Suicidal Outcomes.”. Nicotine & tobacco research : official journal of the Society for Research on Nicotine and Tobacco.doi:10.1093/ntr/ntu275. PMID 25572451.
  14.  “FDA Drug Safety Communication: Chantix (varenicline) may increase the risk of certain cardiovascular adverse events in patients with cardiovascular disease”. 2011-06-16.
  15. Jump up^ Singh, S; Loke, YK, Spangler, JG, Furberg, CD (Sep 6, 2011). “Risk of serious adverse cardiovascular events associated with varenicline: a systematic review and meta-analysis” (PDF). CMAJ : Canadian Medical Association 183 (12): 1359–66.doi:10.1503/cmaj.110218. PMC 3168618. PMID 21727225.
  16.  Takagi, H; Umemoto, T (Sep 6, 2011). “Varenicline: quantifying the risk”. CMAJ : Canadian Medical Association 183 (12): 1404. doi:10.1503/cmaj.111-2063.PMC 3168634. PMID 21896705.
  17. Jump up^ Samuels, L (Sep 6, 2011). “Varenicline: cardiovascular safety”. CMAJ : Canadian Medical Association 183 (12): 1407–08. doi:10.1503/cmaj.111-2073. PMC 3168639.PMID 21896709.
  18.  “European Medicine Agency confirms positive benefit-risk balance for Champix.”. 2011-07-21.
  19. ^ Jump up to:a b Prochaska JJ, Hilton JF (2012). “Risk of cardiovascular serious adverse events associated with varenicline use for tobacco cessation: systematic review and meta-analysis”. BMJ (Systematic Review & Meta-Analysis) 344: e2856.doi:10.1136/bmj.e2856. PMC 3344735. PMID 22563098.
  20.  Mills EJ, Thorlund K, Eapen S, Wu P, Prochaska JJ (January 2014). “Cardiovascular events associated with smoking cessation pharmacotherapies: a network meta-analysis”.Circulation (Network Meta-Analysis) 129 (1): 28–41.doi:10.1161/CIRCULATIONAHA.113.003961. PMID 24323793.
  21.  cessation in cardiovascular patients”. Evidence-Based Medicine (Review & Commentary) 19 (5): 193. doi:10.1136/eb-2014-110030.PMID 24917603.
  22.  Rowland K (April 2014). “ACP Journal Club. Review: Nicotine replacement therapy increases CVD events; bupropion and varenicline do not”. Annals of Internal Medicine(Review & Commentary) 160 (8): JC2. doi:10.7326/0003-4819-160-8-201404150-02002.PMID 24733219.
  23. Jump up^ Kotz D, Viechtbauer W, Simpson C, van Schayck OC, West R, Sheikh A (2015).“Cardiovascular and neuropsychiatric risks of varenicline: a retrospective cohort study”.Lancet Respir Med (retrospective cohort) 3: 761–768. doi:10.1016/S2213-2600(15)00320-3. PMC 4593936. PMID 26355008.
  24. Jump up^ Mihalak KB, Carroll FI, Luetje CW; Carroll; Luetje (2006). “Varenicline is a partial agonist at alpha4beta2 and a full agonist at alpha7 neuronal nicotinic receptors”. Mol. Pharmacol.70 (3): 801–805. doi:10.1124/mol.106.025130. PMID 16766716.
  25. Jump up^ Mineur YS, Picciotto MR; Picciotto (December 2010). “Nicotine receptors and depression: revisiting and revising the cholinergic hypothesis”. Trends Pharmacol. Sci. 31 (12): 580–6. doi:10.1016/j.tips.2010.09.004. PMC 2991594. PMID 20965579.
  26.  Tanuja Bordia. “Varenicline Is a Potent Partial Agonist at α6β2* Nicotinic Acetylcholine Receptors in Rat and Monkey Striatum”. aspetjournals.org.
  27.  Obach, RS; Reed-Hagen, AE; Krueger, SS; Obach, BJ; O’Connell, TN; Zandi, KS; Miller, S; Coe, JW (2006). “Metabolism and disposition of varenicline, a selective alpha4beta2 acetylcholine receptor partial agonist, in vivo and in vitro”. Drug metabolism and disposition: the biological fate of chemicals 34 (1): 121–130.doi:10.1124/dmd.105.006767. PMID 16221753.
  28.  “[Cytisine as an aid for smoking cessation].”. Med Monatsschr Pharm 15 (1): 20–1. Jan 1992. PMID 1542278.
  29.  Prochaska, BMJ 347:f5198 2013 http://www.bmj.com/content/347/bmj.f5198
  30.  Coe JW, Brooks PR, Vetelino MG, Wirtz MC, Arnold EP, Huang J, Sands SB, Davis TI, Lebel LA, Fox CB, Shrikhande A, Heym JH, Schaeffer E, Rollema H, Lu Y, Mansbach RS, Chambers LK, Rovetti CC, Schulz DW, Tingley FD 3rd, O’Neill BT (2005). “Varenicline: an alpha4beta2 nicotinic receptor partial agonist for smoking cessation”. J. Med. Chem. 48(10): 3474–3477. doi:10.1021/jm050069n. PMID 15887955.
  31. Schwartz JL (1979). “Review and evaluation of methods of smoking cessation, 1969–77. Summary of a monograph”. Public Health Rep 94 (6): 558–63. PMC 1431736.PMID 515342.
  32.  Etter JF (2006). “Cytisine for smoking cessation: a literature review and a meta-analysis”. Arch. Intern. Med. 166 (15): 1553–1559. doi:10.1001/archinte.166.15.1553.PMID 16908787.
  33.  Kuehn BM (2006). “FDA speeds smoking cessation drug review”. JAMA 295 (6): 614–614.doi:10.1001/jama.295.6.614. PMID 16467225.
  34.  European Medicines Agency (2011-01-28). “EPAR summary for the public. Champix varenicline”. London. Retrieved 2011-02-14.

External links

Manufacturer’s website USA

STR1

Varenicline
Varenicline.svg
Varenicline ball-and-stick model.png
Systematic (IUPAC) name
7,8,9,10-Tetrahydro-6,10-methano-6H-pyrazino[2,3-h] [3]benzazepine
Clinical data
Trade names Chantix
AHFS/Drugs.com Monograph
MedlinePlus a606024
License data
Pregnancy
category
  • AU: B3
  • US: C (Risk not ruled out)
Routes of
administration
Oral
Legal status
Legal status
Pharmacokinetic data
Protein binding <20%
Metabolism Limited (<10%)
Biological half-life 24 hours
Excretion Renal (81–92%)
Identifiers
CAS Number 249296-44-4 Yes 375815-87-5
ATC code N07BA03 (WHO)
PubChem CID 5310966
IUPHAR/BPS 5459
DrugBank DB01273 Yes
ChemSpider 4470510 Yes
UNII W6HS99O8ZO Yes
KEGG D08669 
ChEBI CHEBI:84500 
ChEMBL CHEMBL1076903 Yes
Chemical data
Formula C13H13N3
Molar mass 211.267 g/mol

////////////Varenicline, Chantix™, FDA 2006, 249296-44-4, 375815-87-5,  Champix , Pfizer, バレニクリン酒石酸塩

n1c2cc3c(cc2ncc1)[C@@H]4CNC[C@H]3C4


Filed under: Uncategorized Tagged: 249296-44-4, 375815-87-5, バレニクリン酒石酸塩, Champix, Chantix™, FDA 2006, PFIZER, Varenicline

FDA approves Adlyxin (lixisenatide) to treat type 2 diabetes

$
0
0

 

 

07/28/2016 07:53 AM EDT
The U.S. Food and Drug Administration approved Adlyxin (lixisenatide), a once-daily injection to improve glycemic control (blood sugar levels), along with diet and exercise, in adults with type 2 diabetes.

July 28, 2016

Release

The U.S. Food and Drug Administration approved Adlyxin (lixisenatide), a once-daily injection to improve glycemic control (blood sugar levels), along with diet and exercise, in adults with type 2 diabetes.

“The FDA continues to support the development of new drug therapies for diabetes management,” said Mary Thanh Hai Parks, M.D., deputy director, Office of Drug Evaluation II in the FDA’s Center for Drug Evaluation and Research. “Adlyxin will add to the available treatment options to control blood sugar levels for those with type 2.”

Type 2 diabetes affects more than 29 million people and accounts for more than 90 percent of diabetes cases diagnosed in the United States. Over time, high blood sugar levels can increase the risk for serious complications, including heart disease, blindness and nerve and kidney damage.

Adlyxin is a glucagon-like peptide-1 (GLP-1) receptor agonist, a hormone that helps normalize blood sugar levels. The drug’s safety and effectiveness were evaluated in 10 clinical trials that enrolled 5,400 patients with type 2 diabetes. In these trials, Adlyxin was evaluated both as a standalone therapy and in combination with other FDA-approved diabetic medications, including metformin, sulfonylureas, pioglitazone and basal insulin. Use of Adlyxin improved hemoglobin A1c levels (a measure of blood sugar levels) in these trials.

In addition, more than 6,000 patients with type 2 diabetes at risk for atherosclerotic cardiovascular disease were treated with either Adlyxin or a placebo in a cardiovascular outcomes trial. Use of Adlyxin did not increase the risk of cardiovascular adverse events in these patients.

Adlyxin should not be used to treat people with type 1 diabetes or patients with increased ketones in their blood or urine (diabetic ketoacidosis).

The most common side effects associated with Adlyxin are nausea, vomiting, headache, diarrhea and dizziness. Hypoglycemia in patients treated with both Adlyxin and other antidiabetic drugs such as sulfonylurea and/or basal insulin is another common side effect. In addition, severe hypersensitivity reactions, including anaphylaxis, were reported in clinical trials of Adlyxin.

The FDA is requiring the following post-marketing studies for Adlyxin:

  • Clinical studies to evaluate dosing, efficacy and safety in pediatric patients.
  • A study evaluating the immunogenicity of lixisenatide.

Adlyxin is manufactured by Sanofi-Aventis U.S. LLC, of Bridgewater, New Jersey.

END……………….

 

 

lixisenatide;Lixisenatide|Lixisenatide Acetate;Lixisenatide Acetate
CAS: 320367-13-3
MF: C215H347N61O65S
MW: 4858.53

827033-10-3.png

Lixisenatide

Lixisenatide

 

827033-10-3; Lixisenatide [INN]; UNII-74O62BB01U; DesPro36Exendin-4(1-39)-Lys6-NH2;   DesPro36Exendin-4(1-39)-Lys6-NH2
Molecular Formula: C215H347N61O65S
Molecular Weight: 4858.49038 g/mol
IUPAC Condensed

H-His-Gly-Glu-Gly-Thr-Phe-Thr-Ser-Asp-Leu-Ser-Lys-Gln-Met-Glu-Glu-Glu-Ala-Val-Arg-Leu-Phe-Ile-Glu-Trp-Leu-Lys-Asn-Gly-Gly-Pro-Ser-Ser-Gly-Ala-Pro-Pro-Ser-Lys-Lys-Lys-Lys-Lys-Lys-NH2

from PubChem
LINUCS

[][L-Lys-NH2]{[(1+2)][L-Lys]{[(1+2)][L-Lys]{[(1+2)][L-Lys]{[(1+2)][L-Lys]{[(1+2)][L-Lys]{[(1+2)][L-Ser]{[(1+2)][L-Pro]{[(1+2)][L-Pro]{[(1+2)][L-Ala]{[(1+2)][Gly]{[(1+2)][L-Ser]{[(1+2)][L-Ser]{[(1+2)][L-Pro]{[(1+2)][Gly]{[(1+2)][Gly]{[(1+2)][L-Asn]{[(1+2)][L-Lys]{[(1+2)][L-Leu]{[(1+2)][L-Trp]{[(1+2)][L-Glu]{[(1+2)][L-Ile]{[(1+2)][L-Phe]{[(1+2)][L-Leu]{[(1+2)][L-Arg]{[(1+2)][L-Val]{[(1+2)][L-Ala]{[(1+2)][L-Glu]{[(1+2)][L-Glu]{[(1+2)][L-Glu]{[(1+2)][L-Met]{[(1+2)][L-Gln]{[(1+2)][L-Lys]{[(1+2)][L-Ser]{[(1+2)][L-Leu]{[(1+2)][L-Asp]{[(1+2)][L-Ser]{[(1+2)][L-Thr]{[(1+2)][L-Phe]{[(1+2)][L-Thr]{[(1+2)][Gly]{[(1+2)][L-Glu]{[(1+2)][Gly]{[(1+2)][L-His]{}}}}}}}}}}}}}}}}}}}}}}}}}}}}}}}}}}}}}}}}}}}}

from PubChem
Sequence

HGEGTFTSDLSKQMEEEAVRLFIEWLKNGGPSSGAPPSKKKKKK

from PubChem
PLN

H-HGEGTFTSDLSKQMEEEAVRLFIEWLKNGGPSSGAPPSKKKKKK-[NH2]

from PubChem
HELM

PEPTIDE1{H.G.E.G.T.F.T.S.D.L.S.K.Q.M.E.E.E.A.V.R.L.F.I.E.W.L.K.N.G.G.P.S.S.G.A.P.P.S.K.K.K.K.K.K.[am]}$$$$

Lixisenatide (trade name Lyxumia) is a once-daily injectable GLP-1 receptor agonist for the treatment of diabetes, discovered by Zealand Pharma A/S of Denmark and licensed and developed by Sanofi.[1] Lixisenatide was accepted for review by the US FDA on February 19, 2013, and approved by the European Commission on February 1, 2013.[2] On September 12, 2013, Sanofi delayed the approval process in the US, citing internal data from a cardiovascular risk study. The drug will likely be resubmitted for approval in 2015.

Lixisenatide is a once-daily injectable GLP-1 receptor agonist discovered by Zealand Pharma A/S of Denmark and licensed and developed by Sanofi. As of September 2010 it is in clinical trials for diabetes. Lixisenatide was accepted for review by the US FDA on February 19, 2013, and approved by the European Commission on February 1, 2013. The drug will likely be resubmitted for approval in 2015.

Mechanism of action

GLP-1 is a naturally-occurring peptide that is released within minutes of eating a meal. It is known to suppress glucagon secretion from pancreatic alpha cells and stimulate insulin secretion by pancreatic beta cells. GLP-1 receptor agonists are used as an add-on treatment for type 2 diabetes and their use is endorsed by the European Association for the Study of Diabetes, the American Diabetes Association, the American Association of Clinical Endocrinologists and the American College of Endocrinology.

Physical and chemical properties

Lixisenatixe has been described as “des-38-proline-exendin-4 (Heloderma suspectum)-(1–39)-peptidylpenta-L-lysyl-L-lysinamide”, meaning it is derived from the first 39 amino acids in the sequence of the peptide exendin-4, found in the Gila monster (Heloderma suspectum), omitting proline at position 38 and adding six lysine residues. Its complete sequence is:[3]

H–HisGlyGlu–Gly–ThrPhe–Thr–SerAspLeu–Ser–LysGlnMet–Glu–Glu–Glu–AlaValArg–Leu–Phe–Ile–Glu–Trp–Leu–Lys–Asn–Gly–Gly–Pro–Ser–Ser–Gly–Ala–Pro–Pro–Ser–Lys–Lys–Lys–Lys–Lys–Lys–NH2

Old post

Sanofi to withdraw the lixisenatide New Drug Application (NDA) in the U.S., The company plans to resubmit the NDA in 2015, after completion of the ELIXA CV study.

lixisenatide

Sanofi Provides Update on Lixisenatide New Drug Application in U.S.

Paris, France – September 12, 2013 – Sanofi (EURONEXT: SAN and NYSE: SNY) announced today its decision to withdraw the lixisenatide New Drug Application (NDA) in the U.S., which included early interim results from the ongoing ELIXA cardiovascular (CV) outcomes study. The company plans to resubmit the NDA in 2015, after completion of the ELIXA CV study.

The decision to withdraw the lixisenatide application follows discussions with the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) regarding its proposed process for the review of interim data. Sanofi believes that potential public disclosure of early interim data, even with safeguards, could potentially compromise the integrity of the ongoing ELIXA study. Sanofi’s decision is not related to safety issues or deficiencies in the NDA………………………read all at

http://www.pharmalive.com/sanofi-pulls-diabetes-drug-nda

 

EU

References

  1.  Christensen, M; Knop, FK; Holst, JJ; Vilsboll, T (2009). “Lixisenatide, a novel GLP-1 receptor agonist for the treatment of type 2 diabetes mellitus”. IDrugs : the investigational drugs journal 12 (8): 503–13. PMID 19629885.
  2.  “Sanofi New Drug Application for Lixisenatide Accepted for Review by FDA”. Drugs.com/PR Newsire. 19 February 2013.
  3.  “International Nonproprietary Names for Pharmaceutical Substances (INN). Recommended INN: List 61” (PDF). WHO Drug Information 23 (1): 66f. 2009.
Lixisenatide
Clinical data
Trade names Lyxumia
License data
Routes of
administration
Subcutaneous injection
Legal status
Legal status
  • UK: POM (Prescription only)
Identifiers
CAS Number 827033-10-3
ATC code A10BX10 (WHO)
PubChem CID 16139342
IUPHAR/BPS 7387
ChemSpider 17295846
ChEBI CHEBI:85662
Chemical data
Formula C215H347N61O65S
Molar mass 4858.49 g/mol

///////FDA 2016, SANOFI, FDA,  approves , Adlyxin, lixisenatide, type 2 diabetes, Sanofi-Aventis U.S. LLC, Bridgewater, New Jersey, Lyxumia

CCC(C)C(C(=O)NC(CCC(=O)O)C(=O)NC(Cc1c[nH]c2c1cccc2)C(=O)NC(CC(C)C)C(=O)NC(CCCCN)C(=O)NC(CC(=O)N)C(=O)NCC(=O)NCC(=O)N3CCCC3C(=O)NC(CO)C(=O)NC(CO)C(=O)NCC(=O)NC(C)C(=O)N4CCCC4C(=O)N5CCCC5C(=O)NC(CO)C(=O)NC(CCCCN)C(=O)NC(CCCCN)C(=O)NC(CCCCN)C(=O)NC(CCCCN)C(=O)NC(CCCCN)C(=O)NC(CCCCN)C(=O)N)NC(=O)C(Cc6ccccc6)NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(CCCNC(=N)N)NC(=O)C(C(C)C)NC(=O)C(C)NC(=O)C(CCC(=O)O)NC(=O)C(CCC(=O)O)NC(=O)C(CCC(=O)O)NC(=O)C(CCSC)NC(=O)C(CCC(=O)N)NC(=O)C(CCCCN)NC(=O)C(CO)NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC(=O)O)NC(=O)C(CO)NC(=O)C(C(C)O)NC(=O)C(Cc7ccccc7)NC(=O)C(C(C)O)NC(=O)CNC(=O)C(CCC(=O)O)NC(=O)CNC(=O)C(Cc8cnc[nH]8)N

AND

CCC(C)C(C(=O)NC(CCC(=O)O)C(=O)NC(CC1=CNC2=CC=CC=C21)C(=O)NC(CC(C)C)C(=O)NC(CCCCN)C(=O)NC(CC(=O)N)C(=O)NCC(=O)NCC(=O)N3CCCC3C(=O)NC(CO)C(=O)NC(CO)C(=O)NCC(=O)NC(C)C(=O)N4CCCC4C(=O)N5CCCC5C(=O)NC(CO)C(=O)NC(CCCCN)C(=O)NC(CCCCN)C(=O)NC(CCCCN)C(=O)NC(CCCCN)C(=O)NC(CCCCN)C(=O)NC(CCCCN)C(=O)N)NC(=O)C(CC6=CC=CC=C6)NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(CCCNC(=N)N)NC(=O)C(C(C)C)NC(=O)C(C)NC(=O)C(CCC(=O)O)NC(=O)C(CCC(=O)O)NC(=O)C(CCC(=O)O)NC(=O)C(CCSC)NC(=O)C(CCC(=O)N)NC(=O)C(CCCCN)NC(=O)C(CO)NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC(=O)O)NC(=O)C(CO)NC(=O)C(C(C)O)NC(=O)C(CC7=CC=CC=C7)NC(=O)C(C(C)O)NC(=O)CNC(=O)C(CCC(=O)O)NC(=O)CNC(=O)C(CC8=CN=CN8)N

Filed under: DIABETES, FDA 2016 Tagged: Adlyxin, Approves, Bridgewater, fda, FDA 2016, lixisenatide, lyxumia, New Jersey, SANOFI, Sanofi-Aventis U.S. LLC, TYPE 2 DIABETES

VELPATASVIR (GS-5816), GILEAD SCIENCES, велпатасвир, فالباتاسفير , 维帕他韦 ,

$
0
0

img

VELPATASVIR (GS-5816), GILEAD SCIENCES

CAS 1377049-84-7

Molecular Formula: C49H54N8O8
Molecular Weight: 883.00186 g/mol

Hepatitis C virus NS 5 protein inhibitors

KEEP WATCHING AS I ADD MORE DATA, SYNTHESIS……………

Gilead Sciences, Inc. INNOVATOR

Elizabeth M. Bacon, Jeromy J. Cottell, Ashley Anne Katana, Darryl Kato, Evan S. Krygowski, John O. Link, James Taylor, Chinh Viet Tran, Martin Teresa Alejandra Trejo, Zheng-Yu Yang, Sheila Zipfel,

Elizabeth Bacon

Senior Research Associate II at Gilead Sciences

Methyl {(2S)-1-[(2S,5S)-2-(5-{2-[(2S,4S)-1-{(2R)-2- [(methoxycarbonyl)amino]-2-phenylacetyl}-4- (methoxymethyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl]-1 ,1 1 dihydroisochromeno[4′,3′:6,7]naphtho[1 ,2-d]imidazol-9-yl}-1 H-imidazol-2-yl)-5- methylpyrrolidin-1 -yl]-3-methyl-1 -oxobutan-2-yl}carbamate

methyl {(2S)-1-[(2S,5S)-2-(9-{2-[(2S,4S)-1-{(2R)-2-[(methoxycarbonyl)amino]-2-phenylacetyl}-4-(methoxymethyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl]-1H-imidazol-5-yl}-1,11-dihydroisochromeno[4′,3′:6,7]naphtho[1,2-d]imidazol-2-yl)-5-methylpyrrolidin-1-yl]-3-methyl-1-oxobutan-2-yl}carbamate

methyl {(2S)-1 – [(2S,5S)-2-(5-{2-[(2S,4S)-l- {(2R)-2-[(methoxycarbonyl)amino]-2-phenylacetyl} -4-(methoxymethyl) pyrrolidin-2-yl]-l,l 1 dihydroisochromeno [4′,3′:6,7]naphtho[l,2-d]imidazol-9-yl}-lH-imidazol-2-yl)- 5-methylpyrrolidin-l-yl]-3-methyl-l -oxobutan-2-yl}carbamate

str1

Research Scientist I at Gilead Sciences

{(2S)-1-[(2S,5S)-2-(9-{2-[(2S,4S)-1-{(2R)-2-[(Méthoxycarbonyl)amino]-2-phénylacétyl}-4-(méthoxyméthyl)-2-pyrrolidinyl]-1H-imidazol-4-yl}-1,11-dihydroisochroméno[4′,3′:6,7]naphto[1,2-d]imidazol-2-yl)-5 -méthyl-1-pyrrolidinyl]-3-méthyl-1-oxo-2-butanyl}carbamate de méthyle
Carbamic acid, N-[(1R)-2-[(2S,4S)-2-[4-[1,11-dihydro-2-[(2S,5S)-1-[(2S)-2-[(methoxycarbonyl)amino]-3-methyl-1-oxobutyl]-5-methyl-2-pyrrolidinyl][2]benzopyrano[4′,3′:6,7]naphth[1,2-d]imidazol-9-yl]-1H- imidazol-2-yl]-4-(methoxymethyl)-1-pyrrolidinyl]-2-oxo-1-phenylethyl]-, methyl ester

Methyl {(2S)-1-[(2S,5S)-2-(9-{2-[(2S,4S)-1-{(2R)-2-[(methoxycarbonyl)amino]-2-phenylacetyl}-4-(methoxymethyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl]-1H-imidazol-4-yl}-1,11-dihydro[2]benzopyrano[4′,3′:6,7]naphtho[1,2-d]imidazol-2-yl)-5-methylpyrrolidin-1-yl]-3-methyl-1-oxobutan-2-yl}carbamate

str1

Velpatasvir.png

.

str1

Description Pan-genotypic HCV NS5A inhibitor
Molecular Target HCV NS5A protein
Mechanism of Action HCV non-structural protein 5A inhibitor
Therapeutic Modality Small molecule
Latest Stage of Development Phase II
Standard Indication Hepatitis C virus (HCV)
Indication Details Treat HCV genotype 1 infection; Treat HCV infection
  • Gilead Sciences
  • Class Antivirals; Carbamates; Chromans; Imidazoles; Naphthols; Phenylacetates; Phosphoric acid esters; Pyrimidine nucleotides; Pyrrolidines; Small molecules
  • Mechanism of Action Hepatitis C virus NS 5 protein inhibitors
  • Registered Hepatitis C

Most Recent Events

  • 14 Jul 2016 Registered for Hepatitis C in Canada (PO)
  • 08 Jul 2016 Registered for Hepatitis C in Liechtenstein, Iceland, Norway, European Union (PO)
  • 30 Jun 2016 Gilead Sciences plans a phase III trial for Hepatitis C (Combination therapy, Treatment-experienced) in Japan (PO (NCT02822794)

 

Darryl Kato works on a hepatitis treatment at Gilead Sciences Inc.’s lab

Velpatasvir, also known as GS-5816, is a potent and selective Hepatitis C virus NS5A inhibitor. GS-5816 has demonstrated pan-genotypic activity and a high barrier to resistance in HCV replicon assays. GS-5816 demonstrated pangenotypic antiviral activity in patients with genotype 1-4 HCV infection. It will be further evaluated in combination with other pangenotypic direct-acting antivirals to achieve the goal of developing a well-tolerated, highly effective treatment for all HCV genotypes.

WO 2013/075029. Compound I has the formula:


methyl {(2S)-1-[(2S,5S)-2-(9-{2-[(2S,4S)-1-{(2R)-2-[(methoxycarbonyl)amino]-2-phenylacetyl}-4-(methoxymethyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl]-1H-imidazol-5-yl}-1,11-dihydroisochromeno[4′,3′:6,7]naphtho[1,2-d]imidazol-2-yl)-5-methylpyrrolidin-1-yl]-3-methyl-1-oxobutan-2-yl}carbamate

.

PAPER

Patent Highlights: Recently Approved HCV NS5a Drugs

Cidara Therapeutics, 6310 Nancy Ridge Dr., Suite 101, San Diego, California 92121, United States
Org. Process Res. Dev., Article ASAP

Abstract

Five inhibitors of the NS5a enzyme have been approved as part of oral regimens for the treatment of hepatitis C virus, including daclatasvir (Bristol-Myers Squibb), ledipasvir (Gilead Sciences), ombitasvir (AbbVie), elbasvir (Merck), and velpatasvir (Gilead Sciences). This article reviews worldwide patents and patent applications that have been published on synthetic routes and final forms for these five drugs.

 

PATENT

https://google.com/patents/WO2013075029A1?cl=en

Example NP

Methyl {(2S)-1-[(2S,5S)-2-(5-{2-[(2S,4S)-1-{(2R)-2- [(methoxycarbonyl)amino]-2-phenylacetyl}-4- (methoxymethyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl]-1 ,1 1 dihydroisochromeno[4′,3′:6,7]naphtho[1 ,2-d]imidazol-9-yl}-1 H-imidazol-2-yl)-5- methylpyrrolidin-1 -yl]-3-methyl-1 -oxobutan-2-yl}carbamate

Methyl {(2S)-l-[(2S,5S)-2-(5-{2-[(2S,4S)-l-{(2R)-2-[(methoxycarbonyl)amino]-2-phenylacetyl}-4- (methoxymethyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl]-l,ll dihydroisochromeno [4′,3′:6,7]naphtho[l,2-d]imidazol-9- yl}-lH-imidazol-2-yl)-5-methylpyrrolidin-l-yl]-3-methyl-l-oxobutan-2-yl}carbamate

The synthesis of this compound was prepared according to the procedure of example LR-1 with the following modification. During the Suzuki coupling, (2S)-l-[(2S,5S)-2-(5-iodo-lH-imidazol- 2-yl)-5-methylpyrrolidin-l-yl]-2-[(l-meth^ was used in lieu of

(2S)-l -[(2S)-2-(5-bromo-lH-imidazol-2-yl)pyrrolidin-l-yl]-2-[(l-methoxyethenyl)amino]-3- methylbutan-l-one. The crade material was purified by preparative HPLC to provide methyl {(2S)-1 – [(2S,5S)-2-(5-{2-[(2S,4S)-l- {(2R)-2-[(methoxycarbonyl)amino]-2-phenylacetyl} -4-(methoxymethyl) pyrrolidin-2-yl]-l,l 1 dihydroisochromeno [4′,3′:6,7]naphtho[l,2-d]imidazol-9-yl}-lH-imidazol-2-yl)- 5-methylpyrrolidin-l-yl]-3-methyl-l -oxobutan-2-yl}carbamate as a white solid (17 mg, 0.019 mmol, 17%). lU NMR (400 MHz, cd3od) δ 8.63 (s, 1H), 8.19 (d, 1H), 8.04 (m, 1H), 7.87 (m, 2H), 7.66 (m, 2H), 7.52 – 7.39 (m, 6H), 5.50 (m, 2H), 5.32 (s, 2H), 5.16 (m, 1H), 4.12 (m, 1H), 3.80 (m, 4H), 3.66 (s, 6H), 3.43 (m, 4H), 3.23 (s, 3H), 2.72-1.99 (m, 9H), 1.56 (d, 3H), 1.29 (m, 1H), 0.99 (d, 3H), 0.88 (d, 3H).

PATENT

US 20150361073 A1

Scheme 1

Compound (J)

Compound (I) H CO- Com pound (G)

st alkylation: Conversion of Compound (I-a) to Compound (G-a)

Compound (I-a) (45 g, 1.0 equiv.), Compound (J-a) (26.7g, 1.03 equiv.) and potassium carbonate (20.7g, 1.5 equiv.) in dichloromethane (450 mL) were stirred at about 20 °C for approximately 3-4 hours. After the completion of the reaction, water (450 mL) was charged into the reactor and the mixture was stirred. Layers were separated, and the aqueous layer was extracted with dichloromethane (200 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with 2 wt% NaH2PO4/10wt% NaCl solution (450 mL). The organic layer was then concentrated and the solvent was swapped from dichloromethane into tetrahydrofuran. A purified sample of Compound (G-a) has the following spectrum: ¾ NMR (400 MHz,

CDC13) δ 7.90-7.94 (m, 1H), 7.81-7.85 (m, 1H), 7.72 (s, 1H), 7.69 (s, 1H), 7.66 (s, 1H), 5.19-5.56 (2dd, 2H), 5.17 (s, 2H), 4.73 (t, 1H), 4.39-4.48 (m, 1H), 3.70-3.77 (m, 1H), 3.37-3.45 (m, 2H), 3.33-3.35 (d, 3H), 3.28-3.32 (m, 1H), 3.20-3.25 (dd, 1H), 2.92-2.96 (dt, 1H), 2.44-2.59 (m, 4H), 1.97-2.09 (m, 1H), 1.44 (d, 9H).

Alternative reagents and reaction conditions to those disclosed above may also be employed. For example, alternative starting material may be Compound (I) where X may be -CI, -Br, -OTs, -OS02Ph, -OS02Me, -OS02CF3, -OS02R, , and -OP(0)(OR)2 and Y may be -CI, -Br, -OTs, -OS02Ph, -OS02Me, -OS02CF3, -OS02R, and -OP(0)(OR)2. R may be alkyl, haloalkyl, or an optionally substituted aryl.

Various bases may also be employed, such as phosphate salts (including but not limited to KH2P04, K3P04, Na2HP04, and Na3P04) and carbonate salts (including but not limited to Na2C03,Cs2C03, and NaHC03). Where the starting material is Compound (J), KHC03 or preformed potassium, sodium, and cesium salts of Compound (J) may also be used.

Alternative solvents can include 2-methyltetrahydrofuran, tetrahydrofuran, isopropyl acetate, ethyl acetate, tert-butyl methyl ether, cyclopentyl methyl ether, dimethylformamide, acetone, MEK, and MIBK.

The reaction temperature may range from about 10 °C to about 60 °C.

” alkylation: Conversion of Compound (G-a) to Compound (B-a):

A solution of Compound (G-a) (prepared as described earlier starting from 45 g of Compound (I-a)) was mixed with Compound (H) (42.9g, 1.5 equiv.), and cesium carbonate (26. lg, 0.8 equiv.). The reaction mixture was stirred at about 40-45 °C until reaction was complete and then cooled to about 20 °C. Water (450 mL) and ethyl acetate (225 mL) were added and the mixture was agitated. Layers were separated, and the aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate (150 mL). Combined organic phase was concentrated and solvent was swapped to toluene. A purified sample of Compound (B-a) has the following spectrum: ¾ NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 57.90-7.93 (m, 1H), 7.81-7.83 (m, 1H), 7.73 (s, 1H), 7.63-7.64 (d, 1H), 7.59-7.60 (d, 1H), 5.52-5.63 (m, 1H), 5.30-5.43 (q, 1H), 5.13-5.23 (s+m, 3H), 4.56-4.64 (m, 2H), 4.39-4.48 (m, 1H), 4.20-4.27 (m, 1H), 3.62-3.79 (m, 2H), 3.66 (s, 2H), 3.36-3.45 (m, 2H), 3.34-3.35 (d, 3H), 3.07-3.25 (m, 3H), 2.59-2.37 (m, 5H), 1.97-2.16 (m, 3H), 1.60 (s, 3H), 1.38-1.45 (m, 12H), 0.91-1.03 (m, 6H).

Alternative reagents and reaction conditions to those disclosed above may also be employed. For example, alternative starting material may include Compound (G) where Y may be -CI, -Br, -OTs, -OS02Ph, -OS02Me, -OS02CF3, -OS02R, , or -OP(0)(OR)2. where R is alkyl, aryl, or substituted aryl. In some embodiments, the substituted aryl may be an aryl having one or more substituents, such as alkyl, alkoxy, hydroxyl, nitro, halogen, and others as discussed above.

Various bases may be employed. Non-limiting examples can include phosphate salts (including but not limited to KH2P04, K3P04, Na2HP04, and Na3P04) and carbonate salts (including but not limited to K2C03 or Na2C03). If Compound (H) is used as the starting material, Li2C03 or preformed potassium, sodium, and cesium salt of Compound (H) may be employed.

Alternative solvents may include 2-methyltetrahydrofuran, dichloromethane, toluene, mixtures of THF/Toluene, isopropyl acetate, ethyl acetate, l-methyl-2-pyrrolidinone, Ν,Ν-dimethylacetamide, acetone, MEK,and MIBK. An alternative additive may be

potassium iodide, and the reaction temperature may range from about 40 °C to about 60 °C or about 40 °C to about 50 °C.

A toluene solution of Compound (B-a) (604 g solution from 45 g of Compound (I-a)) was charged to a reaction vessel containing ammonium acetate (185.2 g) and isopropanol (91.0 g). The contents of the reactor were agitated at about 90 °C until the reaction was complete (about 16 to 24 hours). The reaction mixture was cooled to about 45 °C, and then allowed to settle for layer separation. Water (226 g) was added to the organic phase, and the resulting mixture was separated at about 30 °C. Methanol (274 g), Celite (26.9 g) and an aqueous solution of sodium hydroxide (67.5 g, 50%) and sodium chloride (54.0 g) in water (608 g) were added to the organic phase, and the resulting mixture was agitated for a minimum of 30 minutes. The mixture was then filtered through Celite and rinsed forward with a mixture of toluene (250 g) and isopropanol (1 1 g). The biphasic filtrate was separated and water (223 g) was added to the organic phase, and the resulting mixture was agitated at about 30 °C for at least 15 minutes. The mixture was filtered through Celite and rinsed forward with toluene (91 g). The organic layer was concentrated by vacuum distillation to 355 g and was added over 30 minutes to another reactor containing w-heptane (578 g). The resulting slurry is filtered, with the wetcake was washed with w-heptane (450 mL) and dried in a vacuum oven to afford Compound (C-a). A purified sample of Compound (C-a) has the following spectrum: *H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 12.27-11.60 (m, 1 H), 1 1.18-10.69 (m, 1 H), 7.83 – 7.44 (m, 4 H), 7.36 (d, J = 7.9 Hz, 1 H), 7.28 – 7.05 (m, 1 H), 5.65 – 5.25 (m, 1H), 5.25 – 4.83 (m, 4 H), 4.34 – 4.03 (m, 2 H), 3.93 – 3.63 (m, 4 H), 3.52 (s, 1 H), 3.35 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 4 H), 3.19 – 2.94 (m, 4 H), 2.88 (dd, J = 12.0, 7.9 Hz, 3 H), 2.66 – 1.85 (m, 5 H), 1.79 (s, 5 H), 1.37 – 1.12 (m, 6H), 1.04-0.98 (m, 6 H), 0.82 (t, J = 7.7 Hz, 2 H).

Alternative reagents and reaction conditions to those disclosed above may also be employed. For example, alternative reagents, in lieu of ammonium acetate, can include hexamethyldisilazane, ammonia, ammonium formate, ammonium propionate, ammonium hexanoate, and ammonium octanoate. Various solvents, such as toluene, xylene, an alcohol

(including but not limited to isopropanol, 1-propanol, 1-butanol, 2-butanol, 2-methoxyethanol, and glycols, such as ethylene glycol and propylene glycol) may be employed. Alternative catalyst/additives may include magnesium stearate, acetic acid, propionic acid, and acetic anhydride. The reaction temperature may range from about 60 °C to about 110 °C or about 85 °C to about 95 °C.

D

Preparation of Compound (D-a) using DDQ as oxidant:

A solution of Compound (C-a) (255.84 g) in 2-methyltetrahydrofuran (1535 mL) was cooled to about 0 °C and acetic acid (0.92 mL) was added. To this mixture was added a solution of DDQ (76.98 g) in 2-methyltetrahydrofuran (385 mL) over about 30 minutes. Upon reaction completion, a 10 wt% aqueous potassium hydroxide solution (1275 mL) was added over about 30 minutes and the mixture was warmed to about 20 °C. Celite (101.5 g) was added and the slurry was filtered through Celite (50.0 g) and the filter cake was rinsed with 2-methyltetrahydrofuran (765 mL). The phases of the filtrate were separated. The organic phase was washed successively aqueous potassium hydroxide solution (1020 mL, 10 wt%), aqueous sodium bisulfite solution (1020 mL, 10 wt%), aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution (1020 mL, 5 wt%) and aqueous sodium chloride solution (1020 mL, 5 wt%). The organic phase was then concentrated to a volume of about 650 mL. Cyclopentyl methyl ether (1530 mL) was added and the resulting solution was concentrated to a volume of about 710 mL. The temperature was adjusted to about 40 °C and Compound (D-a) seed (1.0 g) was added. The mixture was agitated until a slurry forms, then methyl tert-butyl ether (2300 mL) was added over about 3 hours. The slurry was cooled to about 20 °C over about 2 hours and filtered. The filter cake was rinsed with methyl tert-butyl ether (1275 mL) and dried in a vacuum oven at about 40 °C to provide Compound (D-a). A purified sample of Compound (D-a) has the following spectrum: ¾ NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 13.05-10.50 (comp m, 2H), 8.65-6.95 (comp m, 8H), 5.50-5.35 (m, 2H), 5.25^1.60 (comp m, 3H), 4.35-4.20 (m, 1H), 4.00-3.65 (comp m, 4H), 3.60-3.45 (m, 1H), 3.45-3.25 (comp m, 4H), 3.25-3.00 (comp m, 2H), 2.95-1.65 (comp m, 6H), 1.47 (br s, 9H), 1.40-1.25 (comp m, 2H), 1.20-0.70 (comp m, 9H).

Alternative Preparation of Compound (D-a) using Mn02 as oxidant:

A mixture of Compound (C-a) (50.0 g), manganese (IV) oxide (152.8 g) and dichloromethane (500 mL) is stirred at about 20 °C. Upon completion of the reaction, Celite (15 g) was added. The resulting slurry was filtered through Celite (20 g) and the filter cake was rinsed with dichloromethane (500 mL). The filtrate was concentrated and solvent exchanged into cyclopentyl methyl ether (250 mL). The resulting solution was warmed to about 60 °C and treated with an aqueous potassium hydroxide solution (250 mL, 10wt%). The biphasic mixture is stirred at about 45 °C for about 12 hours. The phases are then separated and the organic phase is concentrated to a volume of about 150 mL. The concentrate is filtered, seeded with Compound (D-a) seed and agitated at about 40 °C to obtain a slurry. Methyl tert-butyl ether (450 mL) was added to the slurry over 30 minutes and the resulting mixture was cooled to about 20 °C. The precipitated solid was filtered, rinsed with methyl tert-butyl ether (250 mL) and dried in a vacuum oven at about 40 °C to obtain Compound (D-a).

Alternative Preparation of Compound (D-a) through catalytic dehydrogenation

A mixture of Compound (C-a) (2.5 g, 2.7 mmol, 1 equiv), 5% Pd/Al203 (2.5 g) and 1-propanol (25 mL, degassed) was stirred at reflux under inert environment for about 5.5 hours. The reaction mixture was then cooled to ambient temperature and filtered through Celite, and the residue rinsed with 1-propanol (2 x 5 mL) to obtain a solution of Compound (D-a).

Alternative reagents and reaction conditions to those disclosed above may also be employed. For example, in a reaction scheme employing stoichiometric oxidants, alternative oxidants may include manganese(IV) oxide, copper(II) acetate, copper(II) trifluoroacetate, copper(II) chloride, copper(II) bromide, bromine (Br2), iodine (I2), N-chlorosuccinimide, N-bromosuccinimide, N-iodosuccinimide, 1 ,4-benzoquinone, tetrachloro-l,4-benzoquinone (chloranil), eerie ammonium nitrate, hydrogen peroxide, tert-butyl hydroperoxide, άϊ-tert-butyl peroxide, benzoyl peroxide, oxygen ((¾), sodium hypochlorite, sodium hypobromite, tert-butyl hypochlorite, Oxone, diacetoxyiodobenzene, and bis(trifluoroacetoxy)iodobenzene. Various additives may be employed, and non-limiting examples may be carbonate bases (e.g., potassium carbonate, potassium bicarbonate, sodium carbonate, sodium bicarbonate, and the like), amines (e.g., triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine and the like), and acids (e.g., trifluoroacetic acid, trichloroacetic acid, benzoic acid, hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid, phosphoric acid, ara-toluenesulfonic acid, methanesulfonic acid), sodium acetate, potassium acetate, and the like). The reaction temperature may range from about -10°C to 80 °C. The reaction may take place in solvents, such as halogenated solvents (e.g., dichloromethane, 1,2-dichloroethane, etc.), aromatic solvents (e.g., toluene, xylenes, etc.), ethereal solvents (tetrahydrofuran, 1,4-dioxane, cyclopentyl methyl ether, 1 ,2-dimethoxyethane, diglyme, triglyme, etc.), alcoholic solvents (e.g., methanol, ethanol, w-propanol, isopropanol, n-butanol, tert-butanol, tert-amyl alcohol, ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, etc.), ester solvents (e.g., ethyl acetate, isopropyl acetate, tert-butyl acetate, etc.), ketone solvents (e.g., acetone, 2-butanone, 4-methyl-2-pentanone, etc.), polar aprotic solvents (e.g., acetonitrile, Ν,Ν-dimethylformamide, N,N-dimethylacetamide, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidinone, pyridine, dimethyl sulfoxide, etc.), amine solvents (e.g., triethylamine, morpholine, etc.), acetic acid, and water.

In reaction schemes employing catalytic oxidants, alternative catalysts may include palladium catalysts (e.g., palladium(II) acetate, palladium(II) trifluoroacetate, palladium(II) chloride, palladium(II) bromide, palladium(II) iodide, palladium(II) benzoate, palladium(II) sulfate, tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0), tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0), bis(tri-iert-butylphosphine)palladium(0), bis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(II) chloride, bis(acetonitrile)palladium(II) chloride, bis(benzonitrile)palladium(II) chloride, palladium on carbon, palladium on alumina, palladium on hydroxyapatite, palladium on calcium carbonate, palladium on barium sulfate, palladium(II) hydroxide on carbon), platinum catalysts (e.g., platinum on carbon, platinum(IV) oxide, chloroplatinic acid, potassium chloroplatinate), rhodium catalysts (e.g., rhodium on carbon, rhodium on alumina,

bis(styrene)bis(triphenylphosphine)rhodium(0)), ruthenium catalysts (e.g., ruthenium(II) salen, dichloro(para-cymene)ruthenium(II) dimer), iridium catalysts (e.g., iridium(III) chloride, (l,5-cyclooctadiene)diiridium(I) dichloride, bis(l,5-cyclooctadiene)iridium(I) tetrafluoroborate, bis(triphenylphosphine)(l,5-cyclooctadiene)iridium(I) carbonyl chloride, bis(triphenylphosphine)(l,5-cyclooctadiene)iridium(I) tetrafluoroborate), copper catalysts (e.g., copper(I) chloride, copper(II) chloride, copper(I) bromide, copper(II) bromide, copper(I) iodide, copper(II) iodide, copper(II) acetate, copper(II) trifluoroacetate, copper(I) trifluoromethanesulfonate, copper(II) trifluoromethanesulfonate, copper(II) sulfate), iron catalysts (e.g., iron(II) sulfate, iron(II) chloride, iron(III) chloride), vanadium catalysts (e.g., dichloro(ethoxy)oxovanadium, dichloro(isopropoxy)oxovanadium), manganese catalysts (e.g., manganese(rV) oxide, manganese(III) (salen) chloride), cobalt catalysts (e.g., cobalt(II) acetate, cobalt(II) chloride, cobalt(II) salen), indium(III) chloride, silver(I) oxide, sodium tungstate, quinone catalysts (e.g., 2,3-dichloro-5,6-dicyano-l,4-benzoquinone, 1,4-benzoquinone, and tetrachloro-l,4-benzoquinone (chloranil)).

Alternative co-oxidants can include, but are not limited to, sodium nitrite, copper(II) acetate, sodium persulfate, potassium persulfate, ammonium persulfate, sodium perborate, nitrobenzenesulfonate, 2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine-l-oxyl (TEMPO), pyridine-N-oxide, hydrogen peroxide, tert-butyl hydroperoxide, di-tert-butyl peroxide, benzoyl peroxide, oxygen (02), sodium hypochlorite, sodium hypobromite, tert-butyl hypochlorite, oxone, diacetoxyiodobenzene, and bis(trifluoroacetoxy)iodobenzene.

Varoius hydrogen acceptors may be employed. Non-limiting examples can include unsaturated hydrocarbons (e.g., tert-butylethylene, tert-butyl acetylene, 2-hexyne, cyclohexene, and the like), acrylate esters (e.g., methyl acrylate, ethyl acrylate, isopropyl acrylate, tert-butyl acrylate, and the like), maleate esters (e.g., dimethyl maleate, diethyl maleate, diisopropyl maleate, dibutyl maleate, and the like), fumarate esters (e.g., dimethyl fumarate, diethyl fumarate, diisopropyl fumarate, dibutyl fumarate, and the like), and quinones (e.g. chloranil, 1 ,4-benzoquinone, etc.).

Alternative additives may be employed, such as carbonate bases (e.g., potassium carbonate, potassium bicarbonate, sodium carbonate, sodium bicarbonate, etc.), amine bases (e.g., triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine, etc.), phosphines (e.g., triphenylphosphine, tri(ort zotolyl)phosphine, tricyclohexylphosphine, tri-w-butylphosphine, tri-tert-butylphosphine, etc.), acids (e.g., trifluoroacetic acid, trichloroacetic acid, benzoic acid, hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid, phosphoric acid, ara-toluenesulfonic acid, methanesulfonic acid, etc.), sodium acetate, N-hydroxyphthalimide, salen, 2,2 ‘-bipyri dine, 9,10-phenanthroline, and quinine.

The reaction can proceed at temperatures ranging from about 10 °C to about 120 °C. Various solvents can be employed, including but not limited to halogenated solvents (e.g., dichloromethane, 1,2-dichloroethane, and the like), aromatic solvents (e.g., toluene, xylenes, and the like), ethereal solvents (tetrahydrofuran, 1,4-dioxane, cyclopentyl methyl ether, 1,2-dimethoxyethane, diglyme, triglyme, and the like), alcoholic solvents (e.g., methanol, ethanol, w-propanol, isopropanol, w-butanol, tert-butanol, tert-amyl alcohol, ethylene glycol, propylene glyco, and the like), ester solvents (e.g., ethyl acetate, isopropyl acetate, tert-butyl acetate, and the like), ketone solvents (e.g., acetone, 2-butanone, 4-methyl-2-pentanone, and the like), polar aprotic solvents (e.g., acetonitrile, Ν,Ν-dimethylformamide, Ν,Ν-dimethylacetamide, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidinone, pyridine, dimethyl sulfoxide, and the like), amine solvents (e.g., triethylamine, morpholine, and the like), acetic acid, and water.

Acetyl chloride (135 mL, 5 equiv.) was added slowly to methanol (750 mL) under external cooling maintaining reaction temperature below 30 °C. The resulting methanolic hydrogen chloride solution was cooled to about 20 °C, and added slowly over about 1 hour to a solution of Compound (D-a) (300 g, 1 equiv.) in methanol (750 mL) held at about 60 °C, and rinsed forward with methanol (300 mL). The reaction mixture was agitated at about 60 °C until reaction was complete (about 1 hour), and then cooled to about 5 °C. The reaction mixture was adjusted to pH 7-8 by addition of sodium methoxide (25 wt. % solution in methanol, 370 mL) over about 20 minutes while maintaining reaction temperature below about 20 °C. Phosphoric acid (85 wt. %, 26 mL, 1 equiv.) and Celite (120 g) were added to the reaction mixture, which was then adjusted to about 20 °C, filtered, and the filter cake was rinsed with methanol (1050 mL). The combined filtrate was polish filtered and treated with phosphoric acid (85 wt. %, 104 mL, 4 equiv.). The mixture was was adjusted to about 60 °C, seeded with Compound (E-a) seed crystals (1.5 g), aged at about 60 °C for 4 hours and cooled slowly to about 20 °C over about 7.5 hours. The precipitated product was filtered, washed with methanol (2 x 600 mL), and dried in a vacuum oven at about 45 °C to provide

Compound (E-a). !H NMR (400 MHz, D20) δ 7.53-6.77 (comp m, 8H), 5.24-4.80 (comp m, 3H), 4.59-4.38 (comp m, 2H), 4.15-3.90 (m, 1H), 3.65-3.38 (comp m, 5H), 3.36-3.14 (comp m, 4H), 2.75 (s, 1H), 2.87-2.66 (m, 1H), 2.29-1.60 (comp m, 6H), 1.27 (d, 3H), 0.76 (m, 6H).

Alternative reagents and reaction conditions to those disclosed above may also be employed. Various deprotection agents are well known to those skilled in the art and include those disclosed in T.W. Greene & P.G.M. Wuts, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis (4th edition) J. Wiley & Sons, 2007, hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. For example, a wide range of acids may be used, including but not limited to phosphoric acid, trifluoroacetic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, methanesulfonic acid, ethanesulfonic acid, benzenesulfonic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, 4-bromobenzenesulfonic acid, thionyl chloride,and trimethylsilyl chloride. A wide range of solvents may be employed, including but not limited to water, ethanol, acetonitrile, acetone, tetrahydrofuran, 1 ,4-dioxane, and toluene. Deprotection may proceed at temperatures ranging from about 20 °C to about 110 °C or from about 55 °C to about 65 °C.

A wide range of bases may be employed as a neutralization reagent. Non-limiting examples can include sodium phosphate dibasic, potassium phosphate dibasic, potassium bicarbonate, lithium hydroxide, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, triethylamine, N, N-diisopropylethylamine, and 4-methylmorpholine. Various solvents may be used for neutralization, such as water, ethanol, 1-propanol, 2-propanol, 1-butanol, 2-butanol, acetone, acetonitrile, 2-butanone, 4-methyl-2-pentanone, tetrahydrofuran, 2-methyltetrahydrofuran, 1,4-dioxane, ethyl acetate, isopropyl acetate, dichloromethane, and dichloroethane.

Neutralization may proceed at temperatures ranging from about -20 °C to about 60 °C or about 5 °C to about 15 °C.

Various crystallization reagents can be employed. Non-limiting examples may be hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, ethanesulfonic acid, benzenesulfonic acid, 4-bromobenzenesulfonic acid, oxalic acid, and glucuronic acid. Solvents for crystallization can include, but is not limited to, water, ethanol, 1-propanol, 2-propanol, and acetonitrile. Crystallization may proceed at temperatures ranging from about -20 °C to about 100 °C.

Free-Basing of Compound (E-a) to Prepare Compound (E)

ompound (E-a) OCH, H3CO- Compound (E)

Compound (E-a) (10.0 g, 10.1 mmol) was dissolved in water (100 g) and then dichloromethane (132 g) and 28% ammonium hydroxide (7.2 g) were added sequentially. The biphasic mixture was stirred for 45 minutes. Celite (2.2 g) was added, the mixture was filtered through a bed of additional Celite (5.1 g), and the phases were then separated. The lower organic phase was washed with water (50 g), filtered, and then concentrated by rotary evaporation to produce Compound (E). ‘H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ 8.35-7.17 (m, 8H), 5.6^1.68 (m, 3H), 4.41-3.96 (m, 2H), 3.96-3.72 (br s, 1H), 3.74-3.48 (m, 2H), 3.42 (d, 2H), 3.33 (s, 3H), 3.28 (s, 1H), 3.19-3.01 (m, 1H), 3.00-2.79 (m, 1H), 2.69-1.82 (m, 6H), 1.80-1.45 (m, 3H), 1.21-0.73 (m, 8H).

Alternative reagents and reaction conditions to those disclosed above may also be employed. For example, tris-hydrochloride salts of Compound (E) may be used. Various bases may be employed, such as sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, sodium hydroxide, and potassium hydroxide. Various solvents, such as 2-methyltetrahydrofuran and ethyl acetate, may be employed. The temperature may range from about 15 °C to about 25 °C.

Alternative Free-Basing of Compound (E-b) to Prepare Compound (E)

Compound (E-b) (15.2 g) was dissolved in water (100 g) and then dichloromethane

(132 g) and 28% ammonium hydroxide (7.4 g) were added sequentially. The biphasic mixture was stirred for about 45 minutes. Celite (2.1 g) was added, the mixture was filtered through a bed of additional Celite (5.2 g), and the phases were then separated. The lower organic phase was washed with water (50 g), filtered, and then concentrated by rotary evaporation to produce Compound (E). *H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ 7.92-6.73 (m, 8H), 5.51-4.90 (m, 2H), 4.63-4.30 (m, 3H), 4.21-3.78 (m, 1H), 3.73-3.46 (m, 5H), 3.40-3.19 (m, 4H), 3.07-2.49 (m, 3H), 2.41-1.61 (m, 6H), 1.44-1.14 (m, 2H), 1.04-0.55 (m, 7H).

Salt Conversion of Compound (E-a) to Compound (E-b)

A solution of Compound (E-a) (10.0 g, 10.1 mmol), a solution of 37% HCI (10 g) in water (20 g), and acetonitrile (30 g)was warmed to about 50 °C and agitated for about lh. The solution was cooled to about 20 °C and acetonitrile (58 g) was charged to the reactor during which time a slurry formed. The slurry was stirred for about 21 h and then additional acetonitrile (39 g) was added. The slurry was cooled to about 0 °C, held for about 60 min and the solids were then isolated by filtration, rinsed with 7% (w/w) water in acetonitrile (22 g) previously cooled to about 5 °C. The wet cake was partially deliquored to afford

Compound (E-b). *H NMR (400 MHz, D20) δ 7.92-6.73 (m, 8H), 5.51^1.90 (m, 2H),

4.63-4.30 (m, 3H), 4.21-3.78 (m, 1H), 3.73-3.46 (m, 5H), 3.40-3.19 (m, 4H), 3.07-2.49 (m, 3H), 2.41-1.61 (m, 6H), 1.44-1.14 (m, 2H), 1.04-0.55 (m, 7H).

A flask was charged sequentially with 2-chloro-4,6-bis[3-(perfluorohexyl)propyloxy]-1,3,5-triazine (“CDMT”) (2.2 giv) and methanol (8.9 g) and the slurry was cooled to about 0 °C. To the mixture was added NMM (1.3 g) over about 5 minutes, maintaining an internal temperature of less than 20 °C. The solution was stirred for about 20 minutes to produce a solution of 4-(4,6-dimethoxy-l,3,5-triazin-2-yl)-4-methylmorpholinium chloride in methanol.

To a solution of Compound (E) (7.1 g) in dichloromethane (170 g) was added

Compound (Γ) (2.8 g). The solution of 4-(4,6-dimethoxy-l,3,5-triazin-2-yl)-4-methylmorpholinium chloride in methanol was added over 2 minutes followed by a rinse of methanol (1.1 g). After about 2.5 h, the completed reaction solution was washed sequentially with aqueous 10% potassium bicarbonate solution (40 mL), 3% hydrochloric acid (40 mL), and aqueous 10% potassium bicarbonate solution (40 mL). The lower organic phase was washed with water (40 mL), filtered, and then concentrated by rotary evaporation to produce Compound (A). ¾ NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ 8.56-6.67 (m, 13H), 5.76^1.94 (m, 4H), 4.86-4.67 (m, 1H), 4.47-3.98 (m, 1H), 3.98-2.72 (m, 15H), 2.74-1.77 (m, 7H), 1.77-1.40 (m, 2H), 1.39-0.53 (m, 8H).

Alternative reagents and reaction conditions to those disclosed above may also be employed. For example, tris-phosphate salts or tris-hydrochloride salts of Compound (G) may be used as alternative starting material. The reaction may take place at a temperature range of from about 10 °C to about 20 °C. Alternative coupling agents include, but are not limited to, EDC/HOBt, HATU, HBTU, TBTU, BOP, PyClOP, PyBOP, DCC/HOBt, COMU, EDCLOxyma, T3P, and 4-(4,6-dimethoxy-l,3,5-triazin-2-yl)-4-methylmorpholinium tetrafluoroborate. An alternative bases that may be employed can be diisopropylethylamine. The reaction may proceed in DMF and at temperatures ranging from about -20 °C to about 30 °C.

Salt Formation and Crystallization of Compound (A)

Crystallization of Compound (A-a)

A flask was charged with Compound (A) (10 g) and ethanol (125 mL) and was then warmed to about 45 °C. Concentrated hydrochloric acid (2.3 mL) was added followed by Compound (A-a) seed crystals (5 mg). The mixture was cooled to about 20 °C over about 5 h and held for about an additional 1 1 h. The solids were isolated by filtration, washed with ethanol (2 x 20 mL), and deliquored to produce Compound (A-a). !H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ 8.94-7.22 (m, 14H), 5.78-5.1 1 (m, 5H), 4.53-4.04 (m, 1H), 3.99-3.57 (m, 10H), 3.57-3.41 (m, 2H), 2.99-2.24 (m, 5H), 2.24-1.85 (m, 3H), 1.80-1.50 (m, 2H), 1.39-0.73 (m, 8H).

Alternative Crystallization of Compound (A-b)

A reaction vessel was charged with Compound (A) (25.0 g) followed by ethanol (125 mL) and 10% H3PO4 (250 mL). The solution was seeded with Compound (A-b) (100 mg) and stirred for about 17.5 h. The solids were isolated by filtration, washed with ethanol (2 x 5 mL), deliquored, and dried in a vacuum oven to produce Compound (A-b). JH NMR (400 MHz, D20) δ 7.76-6.48 (m, 13H), 5.53^1.90 (m, 3H), 4.60-4.32 (m, 2H), 4.29-3.76 (m, 1H), 3.70-2.75 (m, 14H), 2.66-1.51 (m, 8H), 1.51-1.09 (m, 3H), 1.05-0.45 (m, 7H).

Alternative reagents and reaction conditions to those disclosed above may also be employed. For example, alternative acids may be hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, L-tartaric acid. Various solvents may be employed, such as methanol, ethanol, water, and isopropanol. The reaction may proceed at temperatures ranging from about 5 °C to about 60 °C.

Free-Basing of Compound (A)

Free-Basing of Compound (A-a) to Prepare Compound (A)

A reaction vessel was charged with Compound (A-a) (18.2 g) followed by ethyl acetate (188 g) and 10% potassium bicarbonate (188 g) and the mixture was stirred for about 25 minutes. The phases were separated and the upper organic phase was then washed with water (188 mL). The resulting organic solution was concentrated, ethanol (188 g) was added, and the solution was evaporated to produce a concentrate (75 g). The resulting concentrate added into water (376 g) to produce a slurry. The solids were isolated by filtration, washed with water (38 g), de liquored and dried in a vacuum oven at about 50 °C to produce

Compound (A).

Alternative Free-Basing of Compound (A-b) to Prepare Compound (A)

om poun –

A reaction vessel was charged with Compound (A-b) (3.0 g) followed by EtOAc (15 mL) and 10% KHCO3 (15 mL) and agitation was initiated. After about 5 h, the phases were separated and the organic phase was washed with water (15 mL) and then concentrated by rotary evaporation under vacuum. The residue was taken up in EtOH (4.5 mL) and then added to water (30 mL) to produce a slurry. After about 15 min, the solids were isolated by filtration rinsing forward water (3 x 3 mL). The solids were dried at about 50 to 60 °C vacuum oven for about 15 h to produce Compound (A).

 PATENT

US 2015/0361085

https://patentscope.wipo.int/search/en/detail.jsf?docId=US153621930&redirectedID=true

Compound I Form I
      An additional stable form screen was performed using the same procedure as described above but included a crystalline intermediate (Compound II shown below) as seeds.


      Compound II can be synthesized according to the methods described in WO 2013/075029 or U.S. Provisional Application No. 62/010,813. Needle-like particles were formed in butyronitrile, propionitrile, MEK/toluene, MEK/IPE and 2-pentanone/toluene. XRPD patterns of the wet solids were mostly consistent with each other with minor shifting in the peaks. The new form is named Compound I Form I, which is believed to be isostructural channel solvates with the respective solvents. After air drying all solids afforded amorphous XRPD patterns.
      Another stable form screen was performed using carbon (Darco G-60) treated Compound I, solvents, antisolvent (diisopropyl ether (IPE)), and seeds of Compound I Form I. This screen afforded crystalline solids from additional solvents as summarized in Table 1. The XRPD patterns of all of these solvates are consistent with Form I. The solvates were observed to convert to amorphous solids after drying. The XRPD patterns of Compound I were obtained in the experimental setting as follows: 45 kV, 40 mA, Kα1=1.5406 Å, scan range 2-40°, step size 0.0167°, counting time: 15.875 s.

[TABLE-US-00002]

TABLE 1
Stable form screen of carbon treated Compound I
Solvents PLM Comments
Water Amorphous Slurry
Water/EtOH Amorphous Sticky phase coating
ACN/IPE Birefringent Slurry of needles
MeOH/IPE Solution Seeds dissolved
EtOH/IPE Solution Seeds dissolved
Acetone/IPE Birefringent Thick slurry of
needles
IPA/IPE Amorphous Sticky coating
MEK/IPE Birefringent Thick slurry of
needles
MIBK/IPE Birefringent White paste
DCM/IPE Birefringent Thick slurry of small
needles
THF/IPE Solution Seeds dissolved
2-MeTHF/IPE Amorphous slurry
EtOAc/IPE Birefringent Thick slurry of
needles
IPAc/IPE Amorphous slurry
Toluene Amorphous Sticky coating
      The crystallinity of Compound I Form I can be improved by using a butyronitrile/butyl ether (BN/BE) mixture according to the following procedure.
      The crystallization experiment was started with 40 to 75 mg Compound I in 1.1 to 3.0 mL of a BN/BE in a ratio of 7:4 (anhydrous solvents). The sample was held at RT over P2O5 for 23 days without agitation, and crystals formed in the solution. Afterwards, the liquid phase was replaced with butyl ether and the solids were obtained by centrifuge. These solids, corresponding to Compound I Form I, were used for the subsequent step as seed.
      Purified Compound I (709.8 mg) was prepared from reflux of ethanol solution with Darco G-60 and was added to a new vial via a filter. While stirring, 7 mL of anhydrous butyronitrile (BN) was added. A clear orange solution was obtained. While stirring, 4 mL of anhydrous butyl ether (BE) was added slowly. To the solution was added 7.7 mg of Compound I Form I (from previous BN:BE crystallization experiment) as seed. The solution became cloudy and the seeds did not dissolve. The sample was stirred for ˜10 minutes before the agitation was stopped. The vial was capped and placed into a jar with some P2O5 solids at room temperature. After 6 days, a thin layer of bright yellow precipitate was observed on the wall and the bottom of the vial. The liquid phase was withdrawn and 3 mL of anhydrous butyl ether was added. Solids were scraped down with a spatula from the vial. The suspension was heated to about 30° C. for over half hour period and was held for ˜1 hour before cooling to 20° C. at about 0.1° C./min (without agitation). The sample was stored in ajar with P2O5 solids for 5 days. The sample was vacuum filtered using 0.22 μm nylon filter, washed with 2×200 μL of anhydrous butyl ether, and air dried under reduced pressure for about 5 minutes.
      XRPD analysis of the sample showed good very sharp peaks as shown in FIG. 1. The XRPD analysis setting was as follows: 45 kV, 40 mA, Kα1=1.5406 Å, scan range 1-40°, step size 0.0167°, counting time: 36.83 s. The characteristic peaks of crystalline Compound I Form I include: 2.9, 3.6, 4.8, 5.2, 6.0° 2θ (FIG. 1). The XRPD pattern of Form I was successfully indexed, indicating that Form I is composed primarily of a single crystalline phase. Extremely large unit cell volume containing up to ˜60 API molecules in the unit cell was observed. The amorphous halo observed in the XRPD pattern could be a result of the size of the unit cell. Butyl ether stoichiometry could not be estimated. Two alternative indexing solutions were found: monoclinic and orthorhombic.
      DSC and TGA data confirmed that Form I is a solvated form. DSC shows a broad endotherm with onset at 109° C. and small endotherm with onset at 177° C. (FIG. 2). TGA shows 22% weight loss below 150° C. (FIG. 3).

PATENT

CN 105294713

https://www.google.com/patents/CN105294713A?cl=en

https://patentimages.storage.googleapis.com/pdfs/2601c633c50937ffb780/CN105294713A.pdf

str1

str1

Example 12

str1

Under nitrogen, was added l〇2g1 said, adding methylene burn 500 blood dissolved, 4mol / L fertilizer 1 1,4-dioxane SOOmL, football for 1 hour at room temperature, of the C (already burned: ethyl acetate 1: 1) point in the control board, the starting material spot disappeared, the reaction was stopped, the solvent was concentrated, was added (R & lt) -2- (methoxy several yl) -2-phenylacetic acid 29g, COMU60g, DMF blood 500, diisopropylethylamine 223M1,25 ° C reaction I h, ethyl acetate was added IL diluted, purified water is added IL painted twice, dried over anhydrous sulfate instrument, and concentrated, methanol was added SOOmL temperature 60 ° C dissolved, 250mL of purified water was slowly added dropwise, to precipitate a solid, the addition was completed, cooled to 50 ° C for 1 hour, cooled to room temperature, filtered, and concentrated to give Velpatasvir (GS-5816) product 90. 5g, 78. 2〇 yield / billion. H-NMR (400MHz, CDs isolated) 5 7. 94 – 7.67 (m, 4H), 7.59 of J = 9.1 Hz, 1H), 7. 52 (S, 1H), 7.48 – 7. 33 (m, 4H) , 7.11 of J = 18. 7Hz, 1H), 5.68 of J = 6.3Hz, 1H), 5.48 – 5.33 (m, 1H), 5.23 (dd, J = 24.1, 15.7Hz, 1H), 5.17 -5.03 (m, 3H), 4.22 (dd, J = 17.0, 9.6Hz, 1H), 4.16 – 4.01 (m, 1H), 3.91 (d, J = 24. 1 Hz, 1H), 3 83 -. 3. 68 (m, 1H), 3 68 -. 3. 59 (m, 3H), 3 59 -. 3. 49 (m, 3H), 3.38 (ddd, J = 15.9, 9.6, 5.7Hz, 2H), 3.28 – 3.14 (m, 5H), 3.10 (dd, J = 14.0, 8.2 Hz, 1H), 3.00 (dd, J = 17.8, 9.6Hz, 1H), 2.92 (dd, J = 14.5, 6.7 Hz, 1H), 2.73 – 2.41 (m, 2H), 2.40 – 2.11 (m, 2H), 2. 11 – 1.83 (m, 2H), 1.54 deduction J = 9. 7 Hz, 2H), 1.24 of J = 6.2Hz, 1H), 1.06 (t, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 0.99 of J = 6.8 Hz, 1H), 0. 94 (d, J = 6. 6Hz, 2H), 0. 85 (d, J = 6. 7Hz, 2H ).

str1

Construction

str1

str1

str1

str1

str1

str1

str1

str1

str1

str1

str1

str1

Clip and foot notes

Velpatasvir only got its name last year and was previously known as GS-5816. That compound was only announced back in 2013 when Gilead showed the initial in vitrostudies on a handful of posters. [1]  [2]  Very little information is available on this follow-up compound. The following was pretty much the summary of their poster presentation.

To understand the medical significance of this study, Sofosbuvir is the best-in-class NS5B inhibitor from Gilead (see link for more information). [3] These inhibitors work the fastest when paired with a NS5A inhibitor like Daclatasvir or Ledipasvir (making up the Sofosbuvir+Ledipasvir = Harvoni combination) or the Viekira Pak combo. Disclosure: I am an employee of Bristol-Myers Squibb which produces Daclatasvir. However, HCV comprises of 7 different genotypes. Harvoni and Viekira Pak are approved against genotypes 1a, 1b. Harvoni is indicated for genotypes 4, 5, and 6. For the treatment of genotypes 2 and 3, sofosbuvir is generally combined with ribavirin or interferon which has notable side effects. While 70% of patients have genotype 1, for the remainder of patients with the other variants, they are still stuck with the more risky (and more expensive and longer) therapy.

I think this is the structure of GS-5816. It’s not yet published in any journal.  [4]

For comparison, here is the structure of Ledipasvir, the first generation NS5A inhibitor used in Harvoni. Structurally speaking, they are pretty similar so it seems like GS-5816 is the product of good old fashioned medchem.

The clearest summary of the 4 Phase III trials can be found on Gilead’s website. [5]ASTRAL-1 was run on genotypes 1, 2, 4, 5, 6. [6]  ASTRAL-2 focused on genotype 2. ASTRAL-3 focused on genotype 3. [7]  ASTRAL-4 focused on HCV patients with Child-Pugh cirrhosis. [8] These patients previously had interferon treatment but had a poor response and are generally very sick.

I think that a few interesting things stand out. ASTRAL-1 occurred from July 2014 to December 2014 but upon a request from the FDA, ASTRAL-2 and 3 were started in September 2014-July 2015 in order to have an isolated study on genotypes 2 and 3. For a 24 week study that’s incredibly fast. As discussed elsewhere, clinical trials are often limited by the speed of patient enrollment and these studies can take years. [9] Here, they were able to find volunteers for a 1000 patient study within weeks. An interesting note about the clinical trial design, the ASTRAL-1 team knew that the historical cure rate was 85% and were able to correctly power the trial to get a statistically significant study on the first try. Also, deep sequencing was used to identify and stratify the HCV genotypes. In ASTRAL-1, 42% of the patients had NS5A resistance and 9% had NS5B resistance.

The market impact may be significant to Achillion which was a former partner of Gilead and a potential acquisition target. Achillion was working with Janssen on its own second generation NS5A inhibitor, odalasvir. This announcement may kill the market for a competing product as well as remove the acquisition hype.

How did Gilead come up with Velpatasvir? It really sounds like good solid science. Ledipasvir was developed to be a best-in-class NS5A inhibitor and it was recognized that it worked well with NS5B inhibitors. It was also understood that most of the NS5A inhibitors specific only towards certain N5SA genotypes and that there was a clear unmet need for patients with HCV genotypes 2 and 3. With the help of some computational modeling  [10]Gilead developed assays for all of the HCV genotypes to screen for a pan-genotype NS5A inhibitor to follow up to their 2014 Ledipasvir trials and leveraging their strategic advantage in the HCV market, were able to quickly ramp up 4 major clinical trials to demonstrate the clinical efficacy of their next gen drug combination.

That’s really good science. Not long ago, Gilead stated that it was planning on eradicating HCV. This compound is a part of the Gilead license with Indian generic manufacturers but it seems like MSF is contesting that decision. [11]  [12] With this drug Gilead is now another step closer towards that goal. [13]

Footnotes

[1] GS-5816, a Second-Generation HCV NS5A Inhibitor With Potent Antiviral Activity, Broad Genotypic Coverage, and a High Resistance Barrier

[2] Page on journal-of-hepatology.eu

[3] Christopher VanLang’s answer to How was Sovaldi (the drug now being marketed by Gilead), first discovered by Pharmasset?

[4] CAS # 1377049-84-7, Velpatasvir, GS 5816, Methyl [(2S)-1-[(2S,5S)-2-[9-[2-[(2S,4S)-1-[(2R)-2-[(methoxycarbonyl)amino]-2-phenylacetyl]-4-(methoxymethyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl]-1H-imidazol-5-yl]-1,11-dihydroisochromeno[4′,3′:6,7]naphtho[1,2-d]imidazol-2-yl]-5-methylpyrrolidin-1-yl]-3-methyl-1-oxobutan-2-yl]carbamate

[5] Page on gilead.com

[6] Sofosbuvir and Velpatasvir for HCV Genotype 1, 2, 4, 5, and 6 Infection — NEJM

[7] Sofosbuvir and Velpatasvir for HCV Genotype 2 and 3 Infection — NEJM

[8] Sofosbuvir and Velpatasvir for HCV in Patients with Decompensated Cirrhosis — NEJM

[9] Why do clinical trials for new drugs take several years? Remarkably, 72% of Americans are willing to be in them.

[10] Inhibition of hepatitis C virus NS5A by fluoro-olefin based γ-turn mimetics.

[11] Page on gilead.com

[12] MSF response to Gilead announcement on inclusion of hepatitis C drug GS-5816 in voluntary licence

[13] Gilead and Georgia to attempt Hep C eradication by Christopher VanLang on Making Drugs

09338-acsnews1-gileadcxd

SAVING LIVES
The Gilead team responsible for Harvoni: Front row, from left: John Link, Chris Yang, Rowchanak Pakdaman, Bob Scott, and Benjamin Graetz. Back row, from left: Erik Mogalian and Bruce Ross. Not pictured: Michael Sofia.
Credit: Gilead Sciences

Gilead’s Harvoni is a combination of two antiviral agents, sofosbuvir and ledipasvir. “In hepatitis C, the virus mutates so rapidly that to overcome resistance, we use a combination of drugs, and each one pulls their own weight in the process,” says John Link, who discovered ledipasvir.

Link says that the amount of interdisciplinary collaboration on the drug was unprecedented for the company. “Once ledipasvir was discovered, the process chemists were right there with us understanding the kinds of things we were doing, and medicinal chemists and process chemists worked on making material to scale for preclinical studies,” he says. “We all realized this was our moment to make a difference for patients with hepatitis C.”

Harvoni is the first once-a-day pill for treatment of chronic hepatitis C, and it has a cure rate in the U.S. of 94-99%. The drug is an alternative to injected interferon treatment, which has been associated with significant side effects.

“The high cure rates that we saw in our clinical trials are really amazing,” Link says. “Before we had these compounds, I had only hoped that we could equal something like interferon-type regimens in cure rates, without all the horrible side effects. To dramatically exceed them is important for patients.”

Harvoni patients can attest to the drug’s effectiveness. Mark Melancon, who had contracted hepatitis C 25 years ago, says that after taking Harvoni, he now has no trace of the virus in his body, and his liver is beginning to repair itself. “Four weeks into it, and the virus was gone. Not detectable,” he says. “To have this virus hanging over my head for 25 years and then it was just gone, I can’t explain the feeling. The people who worked hard on this medication, they need to know that I appreciate it.”

Print

REFERENCES

https://www.eiseverywhere.com/file_uploads/c2a2b5664a374fe807c0b95bb546321d_JordanFeld.pdf

WO2013075029A1 * Nov 16, 2012 May 23, 2013 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Condensed imidazolylimidazoles as antiviral compounds

References

1: Kanda T. Interferon-free treatment for HCV-infected patients with decompensated cirrhosis. Hepatol Int. 2016 Jun 9. [Epub ahead of print] Review. PubMed PMID: 27282879.

2: Gane EJ, Schwabe C, Hyland RH, Yang Y, Svarovskaia E, Stamm LM, Brainard DM, McHutchison JG, Stedman CA. Efficacy of the Combination of Sofosbuvir, Velpatasvir, and the NS3/4A Protease Inhibitor GS-9857 in Treatment-naïve or Previously Treated Patients with HCV Genotype 1 or 3 Infections. Gastroenterology. 2016 May 27. pii: S0016-5085(16)34513-9. doi: 10.1053/j.gastro.2016.05.021. [Epub ahead of print] PubMed PMID: 27240903.

3: Schreiber J, McNally J, Chodavarapu K, Svarovskaia E, Moreno C. Treatment of a patient with genotype 7 HCV infection with sofosbuvir and velpatasvir. Hepatology. 2016 May 14. doi: 10.1002/hep.28636. [Epub ahead of print] PubMed PMID: 27177605.

4: Feld JJ, Zeuzem S. Sofosbuvir and Velpatasvir for Patients with HCV Infection. N Engl J Med. 2016 Apr 28;374(17):1688-9. PubMed PMID: 27135095.

5: Curry MP, Charlton M. Sofosbuvir and Velpatasvir for Patients with HCV Infection. N Engl J Med. 2016 Apr 28;374(17):1688. PubMed PMID: 27135094.

6: Assy N, Barhoum M. Sofosbuvir and Velpatasvir for Patients with HCV Infection. N Engl J Med. 2016 Apr 28;374(17):1687. doi: 10.1056/NEJMc1601160#SA1. PubMed PMID: 27119243.

7: Foster GR, Mangia A, Sulkowski M. Sofosbuvir and Velpatasvir for Patients with HCV Infection. N Engl J Med. 2016 Apr 28;374(17):1687-8. doi: 10.1056/NEJMc1601160. PubMed PMID: 27119242.

8: Smolders EJ, de Kanter CT, van Hoek B, Arends JE, Drenth JP, Burger DM. Pharmacokinetics, Efficacy, and Safety of Hepatitis C Virus Drugs in Patients with Liver and/or Renal Impairment. Drug Saf. 2016 Jul;39(7):589-611. doi: 10.1007/s40264-016-0420-2. Review. PubMed PMID: 27098247.

9: Majumdar A, Kitson MT, Roberts SK. Systematic review: current concepts and challenges for the direct-acting antiviral era in hepatitis C cirrhosis. Aliment Pharmacol Ther. 2016 Jun;43(12):1276-92. doi: 10.1111/apt.13633. Epub 2016 Apr 18. Review. PubMed PMID: 27087015.

10: Kahveci AS, Tahan V. Sofosbuvir and Velpatasvir: A complete pan-genotypic treatment for HCV patients. Turk J Gastroenterol. 2016 Mar;27(2):205-6. doi: 10.5152/tjg.2016.160000. PubMed PMID: 27015627.

11: Younossi ZM, Stepanova M, Feld J, Zeuzem S, Jacobson I, Agarwal K, Hezode C, Nader F, Henry L, Hunt S. Sofosbuvir/velpatasvir improves patient-reported outcomes in HCV patients: Results from ASTRAL-1 placebo-controlled trial. J Hepatol. 2016 Jul;65(1):33-9. doi: 10.1016/j.jhep.2016.02.042. Epub 2016 Mar 5. PubMed PMID: 26956698.

12: Gentile I, Scotto R, Zappulo E, Buonomo AR, Pinchera B, Borgia G. Investigational direct-acting antivirals in hepatitis C treatment: the latest drugs in clinical development. Expert Opin Investig Drugs. 2016 May;25(5):557-72. doi: 10.1517/13543784.2016.1161023. Epub 2016 Mar 21. PubMed PMID: 26934419.

13: Asselah T, Boyer N, Saadoun D, Martinot-Peignoux M, Marcellin P. Direct-acting antivirals for the treatment of hepatitis C virus infection: optimizing current IFN-free treatment and future perspectives. Liver Int. 2016 Jan;36 Suppl 1:47-57. doi: 10.1111/liv.13027. Review. PubMed PMID: 26725897.

14: Bourlière M, Adhoute X, Ansaldi C, Oules V, Benali S, Portal I, Castellani P, Halfon P. Sofosbuvir plus ledipasvir in combination for the treatment of hepatitis C infection. Expert Rev Gastroenterol Hepatol. 2015;9(12):1483-94. doi: 10.1586/17474124.2015.1111757. Epub 2015 Nov 23. PubMed PMID: 26595560.

15: Foster GR, Afdhal N, Roberts SK, Bräu N, Gane EJ, Pianko S, Lawitz E, Thompson A, Shiffman ML, Cooper C, Towner WJ, Conway B, Ruane P, Bourlière M, Asselah T, Berg T, Zeuzem S, Rosenberg W, Agarwal K, Stedman CA, Mo H, Dvory-Sobol H, Han L, Wang J, McNally J, Osinusi A, Brainard DM, McHutchison JG, Mazzotta F, Tran TT, Gordon SC, Patel K, Reau N, Mangia A, Sulkowski M; ASTRAL-2 Investigators; ASTRAL-3 Investigators. Sofosbuvir and Velpatasvir for HCV Genotype 2 and 3 Infection. N Engl J Med. 2015 Dec 31;373(27):2608-17. doi: 10.1056/NEJMoa1512612. Epub 2015 Nov 17. PubMed PMID: 26575258.

16: Feld JJ, Jacobson IM, Hézode C, Asselah T, Ruane PJ, Gruener N, Abergel A, Mangia A, Lai CL, Chan HL, Mazzotta F, Moreno C, Yoshida E, Shafran SD, Towner WJ, Tran TT, McNally J, Osinusi A, Svarovskaia E, Zhu Y, Brainard DM, McHutchison JG, Agarwal K, Zeuzem S; ASTRAL-1 Investigators. Sofosbuvir and Velpatasvir for HCV Genotype 1, 2, 4, 5, and 6 Infection. N Engl J Med. 2015 Dec 31;373(27):2599-607. doi: 10.1056/NEJMoa1512610. Epub 2015 Nov 16. PubMed PMID: 26571066.

17: Curry MP, O’Leary JG, Bzowej N, Muir AJ, Korenblat KM, Fenkel JM, Reddy KR, Lawitz E, Flamm SL, Schiano T, Teperman L, Fontana R, Schiff E, Fried M, Doehle B, An D, McNally J, Osinusi A, Brainard DM, McHutchison JG, Brown RS Jr, Charlton M; ASTRAL-4 Investigators. Sofosbuvir and Velpatasvir for HCV in Patients with Decompensated Cirrhosis. N Engl J Med. 2015 Dec 31;373(27):2618-28. doi: 10.1056/NEJMoa1512614. Epub 2015 Nov 16. PubMed PMID: 26569658.

18: Pianko S, Flamm SL, Shiffman ML, Kumar S, Strasser SI, Dore GJ, McNally J, Brainard DM, Han L, Doehle B, Mogalian E, McHutchison JG, Rabinovitz M, Towner WJ, Gane EJ, Stedman CA, Reddy KR, Roberts SK. Sofosbuvir Plus Velpatasvir Combination Therapy for Treatment-Experienced Patients With Genotype 1 or 3 Hepatitis C Virus Infection: A Randomized Trial. Ann Intern Med. 2015 Dec 1;163(11):809-17. doi: 10.7326/M15-1014. Epub 2015 Nov 10. PubMed PMID: 26551263.

19: Everson GT, Towner WJ, Davis MN, Wyles DL, Nahass RG, Thuluvath PJ, Etzkorn K, Hinestrosa F, Tong M, Rabinovitz M, McNally J, Brainard DM, Han L, Doehle B, McHutchison JG, Morgan T, Chung RT, Tran TT. Sofosbuvir With Velpatasvir in Treatment-Naive Noncirrhotic Patients With Genotype 1 to 6 Hepatitis C Virus Infection: A Randomized Trial. Ann Intern Med. 2015 Dec 1;163(11):818-26. doi: 10.7326/M15-1000. Epub 2015 Nov 10. PubMed PMID: 26551051.

20: Mogalian E, German P, Kearney BP, Yang CY, Brainard D, McNally J, Moorehead L, Mathias A. Use of Multiple Probes to Assess Transporter- and Cytochrome P450-Mediated Drug-Drug Interaction Potential of the Pangenotypic HCV NS5A Inhibitor Velpatasvir. Clin Pharmacokinet. 2016 May;55(5):605-13. doi: 10.1007/s40262-015-0334-7. PubMed PMID: 26519191.

Patent ID Date Patent Title
US2013309196 2013-11-21 ANTIVIRAL COMPOUNDS
US8575135 2013-11-05 Antiviral compounds
US2013164260 2013-06-27 ANTIVIRAL COMPOUNDS
Patent ID Date Patent Title
US2015064252 2015-03-05 SOLID DISPERSION FORMULATION OF AN ANTIVIRAL COMPOUND
US2015064253 2015-03-05 COMBINATION FORMULATION OF TWO ANTIVIRAL COMPOUNDS
US8940718 2015-01-27 Antiviral compounds
US8921341 2014-12-30 Antiviral compounds
US2014357595 2014-12-04 METHODS OF PREVENTING AND TREATING RECURRENCE OF A HEPATITIS C VIRUS INFECTION IN A SUBJECT AFTER THE SUBJECT HAS RECEIVED A LIVER TRANSPLANT
US2014343008 2014-11-20 HEPATITIS C TREATMENT
US2014316144 2014-10-23 ANTIVIRAL COMPOUNDS
US2014309432 2014-10-16 ANTIVIRAL COMPOUNDS
US2014212491 2014-07-31 COMBINATION FORMULATION OF TWO ANTIVIRAL COMPOUNDS
US2014018313 2014-01-16 ANTIVIRAL COMPOUNDS
Patent ID Date Patent Title
US2016083394 2016-03-24 ANTIVIRAL COMPOUNDS
US9221833 2015-12-29 Antiviral compounds
US2015361073 2015-12-17 PROCESSES FOR PREPARING ANTIVIRAL COMPOUNDS
US2015361085 2015-12-17 SOLID FORMS OF AN ANTIVIRAL COMPOUND
US2015361087 2015-12-17 ANTIVIRAL COMPOUNDS
US2015353529 2015-12-10 ANTIVIRAL COMPOUNDS
US2015299213 2015-10-22 ANTIVIRAL COMPOUNDS
US2015175646 2015-06-25 SOLID FORMS OF AN ANTIVIRAL COMPOUND
US2015150897 2015-06-04 METHODS OF TREATING HEPATITIS C VIRUS INFECTION IN SUBJECTS WITH CIRRHOSIS
US2015141326 2015-05-21 ANTIVIRAL COMPOUNDS
Velpatasvir
Velpatasvir structure.svg
Systematic (IUPAC) name
(2S)-2-{[hydroxy(methoxy)methylidene]amino}-1-[(2S,5S)-2-(17-{2-[(2S,4S)-1-[(2R)-2-{[hydroxy(methoxy)methylidene]amino}-2-phenylacetyl]-4-(methoxymethyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl]-1H-imidazol-5-yl}-21-oxa-5,7-diazapentacyclo[11.8.0.0³,¹¹.0⁴,⁸.0¹⁴,¹⁹]henicosa-1(13),2,4(8),6,9,11,14(19),15,17-nonaen-6-yl)-5-methylpyrrolidin-1-yl]-3-methylbutan-1-one
Identifiers
CAS Number 1377049-84-7
PubChem CID 67683363
ChemSpider 34501056
UNII KCU0C7RS7Z Yes
Chemical data
Formula C49H54N8O8
Molar mass 883.02 g·mol−1

//////////////VELPATASVIR, GS-5816, GILEAD SCIENCES, Epclusa , FDA 2016, велпатасвир,فالباتاسفير  ,              维帕他韦  , велпатасвир, فالباتاسفير , 维帕他韦 , Elizabeth Bacon, Sheila Zipfel

UNII:KCU0C7RS7Z

C[C@H]1CC[C@H](N1C(=O)[C@H](C(C)C)NC(=O)OC)C2=NC3=C(N2)C=CC4=CC5=C(C=C43)OCC6=C5C=CC(=C6)C7=CN=C(N7)[C@@H]8C[C@@H](CN8C(=O)[C@@H](C9=CC=CC=C9)NC(=O)OC)COC

/////


Filed under: FDA 2016 Tagged: 维帕他韦, велпатасвир, Elizabeth Bacon, Epclusa, FDA 2016, Gilead Sciences, GS-5816, Sheila Zipfel, فالباتاسفير, VELPATASVIR

Biafungin, CD 101, a Novel Echinocandin for Vulvovaginal candidiasis

$
0
0

str1

 

str1as  CH3COOH salt

UNII-W1U1TMN677.png

CD 101

Biafungin™; CD 101 IV; CD 101 Topical; CD101; SP 3025, Biafungin acetate

UNII-G013B5478J FRE FORM,

CAS 1396640-59-7 FREE FORM

MF, C63-H85-N8-O17, MW, 1226.4035

Echinocandin B, 1-((4R,5R)-4-hydroxy-N2-((4”-(pentyloxy)(1,1′:4′,1”-terphenyl)-4-yl)carbonyl)-5-(2-(trimethylammonio)ethoxy)-L-ornithine)-4-((4S)-4-hydroxy-4-(4-hydroxyphenyl)-L-allothreonine)-

Treat and prevent invasive fungal infections; Treat and prevent systemic Candida infections; Treat candidemia

2D chemical structure of 1631754-41-0

Biafungin acetate

CAS 1631754-41-0 ACETATE, Molecular Formula, C63-H85-N8-O17.C2-H3-O2, Molecular Weight, 1285.4472,

UNII: W1U1TMN677

CD101 – A novel echinocandin antifungal C. albicans (n=351) MIC90 = 0.06 µg/mL C. glabrata (n=200) MIC90 = 0.06 µg/mL  Echinocandins have potent fungicidal activity against Candida species

  • Originator Seachaid Pharmaceuticals
  • Developer Cidara Therapeutics
  • Class Antifungals; Echinocandins; Small molecules
  • Mechanism of Action Glucan synthase inhibitors

 

BIAFUNGIN, CD 101

Watch this space as I add more info…………….

U.S. – Fast Track (Treat candidemia);
U.S. – Fast Track (Treat and prevent invasive fungal infections);
U.S. – Orphan Drug (Treat and prevent invasive fungal infections);
U.S. – Orphan Drug (Treat candidemia);
U.S. – Qualified Infectious Disease Program (Treat candidemia);
U.S. – Qualified Infectious Disease Program (Treat and prevent invasive fungal infections)

Fungal infections have emerged as major causes of human disease, especially among the immunocompromised patients and those hospitalized with serious underlying disease. As a consequence, the frequency of use of systemic antifungal agents has increased significantly and there is a growing concern about a shortage of effective antifungal agents. Although resistance rates to the clinically available antifungal agents remains low, reports of breakthrough infections and the increasing prevalence of uncommon fungal species that display elevated MIC values for existing agents is worrisome. Biafungin (CD101, previously SP 3025) is a novel echinocandin that displays chemical stability and long-acting pharmacokinetics that is being developed for once-weekly or other intermittent administration (see posters #A-693 and A- 694 for further information). In this study, we test biafungin and comparator agents against a collection of common Candida and Aspergillus species, including isolates resistant to azoles and echinocandins.

The echinocandins are an important class of antifungal agents, but are administered once daily by intravenous (IV) infusion. An echinocandin that could be administered once weekly could facilitate earlier hospital discharges and could expand usage to indications where daily infusions are impractical. Biafungin is a highly stable echinocandin for once-weekly IV administration. The compound was found to have a spectrum of activity and potency comparable to other echinocandins. In chimpanzees single dose pharmacokinetics of IV and orally administered biafungin were compared to IV anidulafungin, which has the longest half-life (T1/2 ) of the approved echinocandins.

Background  Vulvovaginal candidiasis (VVC) is a highly prevalent mucosal infection  VVC is caused by Candida albicans (~85%) and non-albicans (~15%)  5-8% of women have recurrent VVC (RVVC) which is associated with a negative impact on work/social life  Oral fluconazole prescribed despite relapse, potential DDIs and increased risk to pregnant women  No FDA-approved therapy for RVVC and no novel agent in >20 years

 

str1

Cidara Therapeutics 6310 Nancy Ridge Drive, Suite 101 San Diego, CA 92121

The incidence of invasive fungal infections, especially those due to Aspergillus spp. and Candida spp., continues to increase. Despite advances in medical practice, the associated mortality from these infections continues to be substantial. The echinocandin antifungals provide clinicians with another treatment option for serious fungal infections. These agents possess a completely novel mechanism of action, are relatively well-tolerated, and have a low potential for serious drug–drug interactions. At the present time, the echinocandins are an option for the treatment of infections due Candida spp (such as esophageal candidiasis, invasive candidiasis, and candidemia). In addition, caspofungin is a viable option for the treatment of refractory aspergillosis. Although micafungin is not Food and Drug Administration-approved for this indication, recent data suggests that it may also be effective. Finally, caspofungin- or micafungin-containing combination therapy should be a consideration for the treatment of severe infections due to Aspergillus spp. Although the echinocandins share many common properties, data regarding their differences are emerging at a rapid pace. Anidulafungin exhibits a unique pharmacokinetic profile, and limited cases have shown a potential far activity in isolates with increased minimum inhibitory concentrations to caspofungin and micafungin. Caspofungin appears to have a slightly higher incidence of side effects and potential for drug–drug interactions. This, combined with some evidence of decreasing susceptibility among some strains ofCandida, may lessen its future utility. However, one must take these findings in the context of substantially more data and use with caspofungin compared with the other agents. Micafungin appears to be very similar to caspofungin, with very few obvious differences between the two agents.

Echinocandins are a new class of antifungal drugs[1] that inhibit the synthesis of glucan in the cell wall, via noncompetitive inhibition of the enzyme 1,3-β glucan synthase[2][3] and are thus called “penicillin of antifungals”[4] (a property shared with papulacandins) as penicillin has a similar mechanism against bacteria but not fungi. Beta glucans are carbohydrate polymers that are cross-linked with other fungal cell wall components (The bacterial equivalent is peptidoglycan). Caspofungin, micafungin, and anidulafungin are semisynthetic echinocandin derivatives with clinical use due to their solubility, antifungal spectrum, and pharmacokinetic properties.[5]

List of echinocandins:[17]

  • Pneumocandins (cyclic hexapeptides linked to a long-chain fatty acid)
  • Echinocandin B not clinically used, risk of hemolysis
  • Cilofungin withdrawn from trials due to solvent toxicity
  • Caspofungin (trade name Cancidas, by Merck)
  • Micafungin (FK463) (trade name Mycamine, by Astellas Pharma.)
  • Anidulafungin (VER-002, V-echinocandin, LY303366) (trade name Eraxis, by Pfizer)

History

Discovery of echinocandins stemmed from studies on papulacandins isolated from a strain of Papularia sphaerosperma (Pers.), which were liposaccharide – i.e., fatty acid derivatives of a disaccharide that also blocked the same target, 1,3-β glucan synthase – and had action only on Candida spp. (narrow spectrum). Screening of natural products of fungal fermentation in the 1970s led to the discovery of echinocandins, a new group of antifungals with broad-range activity against Candida spp. One of the first echinocandins of the pneumocandin type, discovered in 1974, echinocandin B, could not be used clinically due to risk of high degree of hemolysis. Screening semisynthetic analogs of the echinocandins gave rise to cilofungin, the first echinofungin analog to enter clinical trials, in 1980, which, it is presumed, was later withdrawn for a toxicity due to the solvent system needed for systemic administration. The semisynthetic pneumocandin analogs of echinocandins were later found to have the same kind of antifungal activity, but low toxicity. The first approved of these newer echinocandins was caspofungin, and later micafungin and anidulafungin were also approved. All these preparations so far have low oral bioavailability, so must be given intravenously only. Echinocandins have now become one of the first-line treatments for Candida before the species are identified, and even as antifungal prophylaxis in hematopoietic stem cell transplant patients.

CIDARA THERAPEUTICS DOSES FIRST PATIENT IN PHASE 2 TRIAL OF CD101 TOPICAL TO TREAT VULVOVAGINAL CANDIDIASIS

SAN DIEGO–(BUSINESS WIRE)–Jun. 9, 2016– Cidara Therapeutics, Inc. (Nasdaq:CDTX), a biotechnology company developing novel anti-infectives and immunotherapies to treat fungal and other infections, today announced that the first patient has been dosed in RADIANT, a Phase 2 clinical trial comparing the safety and tolerability of the novel echinocandin, CD101, to standard-of-care fluconazole for the treatment of acute vulvovaginal candidiasis (VVC). RADIANT will evaluate two topical formulations of CD101, which is Cidara’s lead antifungal drug candidate.

“There have been no novel VVC therapies introduced for more than two decades, so advancing CD101 topical into Phase 2 is a critical step for women with VVC and for Cidara,” said Jeffrey Stein, Ph.D., president and chief executive officer of Cidara. “Because of their excellent safety record and potency against Candida, echinocandin antifungals are recommended as first line therapy to fight systemic Candida infections. CD101 topical will be the first echinocandin tested clinically in VVC and we expect to demonstrate safe and improved eradication of Candida with rapid symptom relief for women seeking a better option over the existing azole class of antifungals.”

RADIANT is a Phase 2, multicenter, randomized, open-label, active-controlled, dose-ranging trial designed to evaluate the safety and tolerability of CD101 in women with moderate to severe episodes of VVC. The study will enroll up to 125 patients who will be randomized into three treatment cohorts. The first cohort will involve the treatment of 50 patients with CD101 Ointment while a second cohort of 50 patients will receive CD101 Gel. The third cohort will include 25 patients who will be treated with oral fluconazole.

The primary endpoints of RADIANT will be the safety and tolerability of a single dose of CD101 Ointment and multiple doses of CD101 Gel in patients with acute VVC. Secondary endpoints include therapeutic efficacy in acute VVC patients treated with CD101. Treatment evaluations and assessments will occur on trial days 7, 14 and 28.

The RADIANT trial will be conducted at clinical trial centers across the United States. More information about the trial is available at www.clinicaltrials.gov, identifier NCT02733432.

About VVC and RVVC

Seventy-five percent of women worldwide suffer from VVC in their lifetime, and four to five million women in the United Statesalone have the recurrent form of the infection, which is caused by Candida. Many women will experience recurrence after the completion of treatment with existing therapies. Most VVC occurs in women of childbearing potential (the infection is common in pregnant women), but it affects women of all ages. In a recent safety communication, the U.S. Food and Drug Administration(FDA) advised caution in the prescribing of oral fluconazole for yeast infections during pregnancy based on a published study concluding there is an increased risk of miscarriage. The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) guidelines recommend using only topical antifungal products to treat pregnant women with vulvovaginal yeast infections. Vaginal infections are associated with a substantial negative impact on day-to-day functioning and adverse pregnancy outcomes including preterm delivery, low birth weight, and increased infant mortality in addition to predisposition to HIV/AIDS. According to the CDC, certain species of Candida are becoming increasingly resistant to existing antifungal medications. This emerging resistance intensifies the need for new antifungal agents.

About CD101 Topical

CD101 topical is the first topical agent in the echinocandin class of antifungals and exhibits a broad spectrum of fungicidal activity against Candida species. In May 2016, the FDA granted Qualified Infectious Disease Product (QIDP) and Fast Track Designation to CD101 topical for the treatment of VVC and the prevention of RVVC.

About Cidara Therapeutics

Cidara is a clinical-stage biotechnology company focused on the discovery, development and commercialization of novel anti-infectives for the treatment of diseases that are inadequately addressed by current standard-of-care therapies. Cidara’s initial product portfolio comprises two formulations of the company’s novel echinocandin, CD101. CD101 IV is being developed as a once-weekly, high-exposure therapy for the treatment and prevention of serious, invasive fungal infections. CD101 topical is being developed for the treatment of vulvovaginal candidiasis (VVC) and the prevention of recurrent VVC (RVVC), a prevalent mucosal infection. In addition, Cidara has developed a proprietary immunotherapy platform, Cloudbreak™, designed to create compounds that direct a patient’s immune cells to attack and eliminate pathogens that cause infectious disease. Cidara is headquartered inSan Diego, California. For more information, please visit www.cidara.com.

REF http://ir.cidara.com/phoenix.zhtml?c=253962&p=irol-newsArticle&ID=2176474

CLIP

Cidara Therapeutics raises $42 million to develop once-weekly anti-fungal therapy

Cidara Therapeutics (formerly K2 Therapeutics) grabbed $42 million in a private Series B funding round Wednesday to continue developing its once-weekly anti-fungal therapy. Just in June 2014, the company completed a $32 million Series A financing led by 5AM Ventures, Aisling Capital, Frazier Healthcare and InterWest Partners, which was the fourth largest A round in 2014 for innovative startups[1]. FierceBiotech named the company as one of 2014 Fierce 15 biotech startups.

Cidara has an impressive executive team. The company was co-founded by Kevin Forrest, former CEO of Achaogen (NASDAQ: AKAO), and Shaw Warren. Jeffrey Stein, former CEO of Trius Therapeutics (NASDAQ: TSRX) and Dirk Thye, former president of Cerexa, have joined Cidara as CEO and CMO, respectively. Trius successfully developed antibiotic tedizolid and was acquired in 2013 by Cubist Pharmaceuticals (NASDAQ: CBST) for $818 million.

Cidara’s lead candidate, biafungin (SP3025), was acquired from Seachaid Pharmaceuticals for $6 million. Biafungin’s half-life is much longer than that of similar drugs known as echinocandins (e.g., caspofungin, micafungin, anidulafungin), which may allow it to be developed as a once-weekly therapy, instead of once daily. The company is also developing a topical formulation of biafungin, namely topifungin. Cidara intends to file an IND and initiate a Phase I clinical trial in the second half of 2015.

Merck’s Cancidas (caspofungin), launched in 2001, was the first of approved enchinocandins. The drug generated annual sales of $596 million in 2008. The approved echinocandins must be administered daily by intravenous infusion. Biafungin with improved pharmacokinetic characteristics has the potential to bring in hundreds of millions of dollars per year.

[1] Nat Biotechnol. 2015, 33(1), 18.

CLIP

Biafungin is a potent and broad-spectrum antifungal agent with excellent activity against wild-type and troublesome azole- and echinocandin-resistant strains of Candida spp. The activity of biafungin is comparable to anidulafungin. • Biafungin was active against both wild-type and itraconazole-resistant strains of Aspergillus spp. from four different species. • In vitro susceptibility testing of biafungin against isolates of Candida and Aspergillus may be accomplished by either CLSI or EUCAST broth microdilution methods each providing comparable results. • The use of long-acting intravenous antifungal agents that could safely be given once a week to select patients is desirable and might decrease costs with long-term hospitalizations. Background: A novel echinocandin, biafungin, displaying long-acting pharmacokinetics and chemical stability is being developed for once-weekly administration. The activities of biafungin and comparator agents were tested against 173 fungal isolates of the most clinically common species. Methods: 106 CAN and 67 ASP were tested using CLSI and EUCAST reference broth microdilution methods against biafungin (50% inhibition) and comparators. Isolates included 27 echinocandin-resistant CAN (4 species) with identified fks hotspot (HS) mutations and 20 azole nonsusceptible ASP (4 species). Results: Against C. albicans, C. glabrata and C. tropicalis, the activity of biafungin (MIC50, 0.06, 0.12 and 0.03 μg/ml, respectively by CLSI method) was comparable to anidulafungin (AND; MIC50, 0.03, 0.12 and 0.03 μg/ml, respectively) and caspofungin (CSP; MIC50, 0.12, 0.25 and 0.12 μg/ml, respectively; Table). C. krusei strains were very susceptible to biafungin, showing MIC90 values of 0.06 μg/ml by both methods. Biafungin (MIC50/90, 1/2 μg/ml) was comparable to AND and less potent than CSP against C. parapsilosis using CLSI methodology. CLSI and EUCAST methods displayed similar results for most species, but biafungin (MIC50, 0.06 μg/ml) was eight-fold more active than CSP (MIC50, 0.5 μg/ml) against C. glabrata using the EUCAST method. Overall, biafungin was two- to four-fold more active against fks HS mutants than CSP and results were comparable to AND. Biafungin was active against A. fumigatus (MEC50/90, ≤0.008/0.015 μg/ml), A. terreus (MEC50/90, 0.015/0.015 μg/ml), A. niger (MEC50/90, ≤0.008/0.03 μg/ml) and A. flavus (MEC50/90, ≤0.008/≤0.008 μg/ml) using CLSI method. EUCAST results for ASP were also low for all echinocandins and comparable to CLSI results. Conclusions: Biafungin displayed comparable in vitro activity with other echinocandins against common wild-type CAN and ASP and resistant subsets that in combination with the long-acting profile warrants further development of this compound. 1. Arendrup MC, Cuenca-Estrella M, Lass-Florl C, Hope WW (2013). Breakpoints for antifungal agents: An update from EUCAST focussing on echinocandins against Candida spp. and triazoles against Aspergillus spp. Drug Resist Updat 16: 81-95. 2. Castanheira M, Woosley LN, Messer SA, Diekema DJ, Jones RN, Pfaller MA (2014). Frequency of fks mutations among Candida glabrata isolates from a 10-year global collection of bloodstream infection isolates. Antimicrob Agents Chemother 58: 577-580. 3. Clinical and Laboratory Standards Institute (2008). M27-A3. Reference Method for Broth Dilution Antifungal Susceptibility Testing of Yeasts: third edition. Wayne, PA: CLSI. 4. Clinical and Laboratory Standards Institute (2008). M38-A2. Reference Method for Broth Dilution Antifungal Susceptibility Testing of Filamentous Fungi: Second Edition. Wayne, PA: CLSI. 5. Clinical and Laboratory Standards Institute (2012). M27-S4. Reference Method for Broth Dilution Antifungal Susceptibility Testing of Yeasts: 4th Informational Supplement. Wayne, PA: CLSI. 6. European Committee on Antimicrobial Susceptibility Testing (2014). Breakpoint tables for interpretation of MICs and zone diameters. Version 4.0, January 2014. Available at: http://www.eucast.org/clinical_breakpoints/. Accessed January 1, 2014. 7. Pfaller MA, Diekema DJ (2010). Epidemiology of invasive mycoses in North America. Crit Rev Microbiol 36: 1-53. 8. Pfaller MA, Diekema DJ, Andes D, Arendrup MC, Brown SD, Lockhart SR, Motyl M, Perlin DS (2011). Clinical breakpoints for the echinocandins and Candida revisited: Integration of molecular, clinical, and microbiological data to arrive at species-specific interpretive criteria. Drug Resist Updat 14: 164-176. ABSTRACT Activity of a Novel Echinocandin Biafungin (CD101) Tested against Most Common Candida and Aspergillus Species, Including Echinocandin- and Azole-resistant Strains M CASTANHEIRA, SA MESSER, PR RHOMBERG, RN JONES, MA PFALLER JMI Laboratories, North Liberty, Iowa, USA C

REFERENCES

  1. Denning, DW (June 2002). “Echinocandins: a new class of antifungal.”. The Journal of antimicrobial chemotherapy 49 (6): 889–91. doi:10.1093/jac/dkf045. PMID 12039879.
  2.  Morris MI, Villmann M (September 2006). “Echinocandins in the management of invasive fungal infections, part 1”. Am J Health Syst Pharm 63 (18): 1693–703.doi:10.2146/ajhp050464.p1. PMID 16960253.
  3. Morris MI, Villmann M (October 2006). “Echinocandins in the management of invasive fungal infections, Part 2”. Am J Health Syst Pharm 63 (19): 1813–20.doi:10.2146/ajhp050464.p2. PMID 16990627.
  4. ^ Jump up to:a b “Pharmacotherapy Update – New Antifungal Agents: Additions to the Existing Armamentarium (Part 1)”.
  5.  Debono, M; Gordee, RS (1994). “Antibiotics that inhibit fungal cell wall development”.Annu Rev Microbiol 48: 471–497. doi:10.1146/annurev.mi.48.100194.002351.

17 Eschenauer, G; Depestel, DD; Carver, PL (March 2007). “Comparison of echinocandin antifungals.”. Therapeutics and clinical risk management 3 (1): 71–97. PMC 1936290.PMID 18360617.

///////////Biafungin™,  CD 101 IV,  CD 101 Topical,  CD101,  SP 3025, PHASE 2, CIDARA, Orphan Drug, Fast Track Designation, Seachaid Pharmaceuticals,  Qualified Infectious Disease Product, QIDP, UNII-G013B5478J, 1396640-59-7, 1631754-41-0, Vulvovaginal candidiasis,

FREE FORM

CCCCCOc1ccc(cc1)c2ccc(cc2)c3ccc(cc3)C(=O)N[C@H]4C[C@@H](O)[C@H](NC(=O)[C@@H]5[C@@H](O)[C@@H](C)CN5C(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)C(NC(=O)[C@@H]6C[C@@H](O)CN6C(=O)C(NC4=O)[C@@H](C)O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)c7ccc(O)cc7)[C@@H](C)O)OCC[N+](C)(C)C

AND OF ACETATE

CCCCCOc1ccc(cc1)c2ccc(cc2)c3ccc(cc3)C(=O)N[C@H]4C[C@@H](O)[C@H](NC(=O)[C@@H]5[C@@H](O)[C@@H](C)CN5C(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)C(NC(=O)[C@@H]6C[C@@H](O)CN6C(=O)[C@@H](NC4=O)[C@@H](C)O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)c7ccc(O)cc7)[C@@H](C)O)OCC[N+](C)(C)C.CC(=O)[O-]


Filed under: 0rphan drug status, FAST TRACK FDA, Phase2 drugs, QIDP, Uncategorized Tagged: 1396640-59-7, 1631754-41-0, Biafungin™, CD 101 IV, CD 101 Topical, CD101, CIDARA, Fast Track Designation, Orphan Drug, phase 2, Qualified Infectious Disease Product, Seachaid Pharmaceuticals, SP 3025, UNII-G013B5478J, Vulvovaginal candidiasis

ANIDULAFUNGIN

$
0
0

Anidulafungin Molecular Structure 2.png

OR

Anidulafungin

V-Echinocandin

CAS Number 166663-25-8

N-[(3S,6S,9S,11R,15S,18S,20R,21R,24S,25S,26S)-6-[(1S,2R)-1,2-dihydroxy-2-(4-hydroxyphenyl)ethyl]-11,20,21,25-tetrahydroxy-3,15-bis[(1R)-1-hydroxyethyl]-26-methyl-2,5,8,14,17,23-hexaoxo-1,4,7,13,16,22-hexaazatricyclo[22.3.0.09,13]heptacosan-18-yl]- 4-{4-[4-(pentyloxy)phenyl]phenyl}benzamide

  • LY-307853
  • LY-329960
  • LY-333006
  • LY303366
  • VEC
  • VER-002

1H NMR (700 MHz, d6-DMSO) δ 0.91 (t, 3H), 1.12 (d, 3H), 1.36 (m, 2H), 1.41 (m, 2H), 1.74 (p, 2H), 1.88 and 1.97 (overlapped, 2H), 3.85 (overlapped, 1H), 4.01 (t, 2H), 4.35 (overlapped, 1H), 4.44 (m, 1H), 4.76 (m, 1H), 4.80 (m, 1H), 5.02 (m, 1H), 5.07 (d, 1H), 5.52 (d, 1H), 7.04 (d, 1H), 7.66 (d, 1H), 7.74 (d, 1H), 7.80 (d, 1H), 7.82 (d, 1H), 7.97 (d, 1H), 8.01 (d, 1H), 8.14 (broad s, 1H), 8.60 (d, 1H). IR (cm−1)

KBr νmax; 3450 (O−H), 2932 (C−H), 2871 (C−H), 1632 (C═O), 1517 (Ar), 1488 (Ar), 1248 (C−O), 821 (C−H out-of-plane bending Ar 2 adj H’s).

Anidulafungin (brand names: Eraxis (in U.S. and Russia), Ecalta (in Europe)) is a semisynthetic echinocandin used as anantifungal drug. Anidulafungin was originally manufactured and submitted for FDA approval by Vicuron Pharmaceuticals.[1] Pfizeracquired the drug upon its acquisition of Vicuron in the fall of 2005.[2] Pfizer gained approval by the Food and Drug Administration(FDA) on February 21, 2006;[3] it was previously known as LY303366. Preliminary evidence indicates it has a similar safety profile tocaspofungin. Anidulafungin has proven efficacy against esophageal candidiasis, but its main use will probably be in invasive Candidainfection;[4][5][6] it may also have application in treating invasive Aspergillus infection. It is a member of the class of antifungal drugs known as the echinocandins; its mechanism of action is by inhibition of (1→3)-β-D-glucan synthase, an enzyme important to the synthesis of the fungal cell wall.

Pharmacodynamics and pharmacokinetics

Anidulafungin significantly differs from other antifungals in that it undergoes chemical degradation to inactive forms at body pH and temperature. Because it does not rely on enzymatic degradation or hepatic or renal excretion, the drug is safe to use in patients with any degree of hepatic or renal impairment.[7]

Distribution: 30–50 L. Protein binding: 84%.

Anidulafungin is not evidently metabolized by the liver. This specific drug undergoes slow chemical hydrolysis to an open-ring peptide which lacks antifungal activity. The half-life of the drug is 27 hours. Thirty percent is excreted in the feces (10% as unchanged drug). Less than 1% is excreted in the urine.[8][9][10]

Mechanism of action

Anidulafungin inhibits glucan synthase, an enzyme important in the formation of (1→3)-β-D-glucan, a major fungal cell wall component. Glucan synthase is not present in mammalian cells, so it is an attractive target for antifungal activity.[11]

Semisynthesis

Anidulafungin is manufactured via semisynthesis. The starting material is echinocandin B (a lipopeptide fermentation product ofAspergillus nidulans or the closely related species, A. rugulosus), which undergoes deacylation (cleavage of the linoleoyl side chain) by the action of a deacylase enzyme from the bacterium Actinoplanes utahensis;[12] in three subsequent synthetic steps, including a chemical reacylation, the antifungal drug anidulafungin[11][13] is synthesized.

Aspergillus nidulans. Anidulafungin is an echinocandin, a class of antifungal drugs that inhibits the synthesis of 1,3-β-D-glucan, an essential component of fungal cell walls.

ERAXIS (anidulafungin) is 1-[(4R,5R)-4,5-dihydroxy-N -[[4“-(pentyloxy)[1,1′:4′,1”-terphenyl]-4-yl]carbonyl]-L-ornithine]echinocandin B. Anidulafungin is a white to off-white powder that is practically insoluble in water and slightly soluble in ethanol. In addition to the active ingredient, anidulafungin, ERAXIS for Injection contains the following inactive ingredients:

50 mg/vialfructose (50 mg), mannitol (250 mg), polysorbate 80 (125 mg), tartaric acid (5.6 mg), and sodium hydroxide and/or hydrochloric acid for pH adjustment.

100 mg/vial – fructose (100 mg), mannitol (500 mg), polysorbate 80 (250 mg), tartaric acid (11.2 mg), and sodium hydroxide and/or hydrochloric acid for pH adjustment.

The empirical formula of anidulafungin is C58H73N7O17 and the formula weight is 1140.3. The structural formula is

ERAXIS™ (anidulafung in) Structural Formula Illustration

Prior to administration, ERAXIS for Injection requires reconstitution with sterile Water for Injection and subsequent dilution with either 5% DextroseInjection, USP or 0.9% Sodium Chloride Injection, USP (normal saline).

SYNTHESIS

J MED CHEM 1995, 38 3271-3281

Semisynthetic Chemical Modification of the Antifungal Lipopeptide …

pubs.acs.org/doi/abs/10.1021/jm00017a012

by M Debono – ‎1995 – ‎Cited by 113 – ‎Related articles

Aug 1, 1995 – J. Med. Chem. , 1995, 38 (17), pp 3271–3281. DOI: 10.1021/jm00017a012 … Journal ofMedicinal Chemistry 2001 44 (16), 2671-2674

Echinocandin B (ECB) is a lipopeptide composed of a complex cyclic peptide acylated at the N-terminus by linoleic acid. Enzymatic deacylation of ECB provided the peptide “nucleus” as a biologically inactive substrate from which novel ECB analogs were generated by chemical reacylation at the N-terminus. Varying the acyl group revealed that the structure and physical properties of the side chain, particularly its geometry and lipophilicity, played a pivotal role in determining the antifungal potency properties of the analog. Using CLOGP values to describe and compare the lipophilicities of the side chain fragments, it was shown that values of > 3.5 were required for expression of antifungal activity. Secondly, a linearly rigid geometry of the side chain was the most effective shape in enhancing the antifungal potency. Using these parameters as a guide, a variety of novel ECB analogs were synthesized which included arylacyl groups that incorporated biphenyl, terphenyl, tetraphenyl, and arylethynyl groups. Generally the glucan synthase inhibition by these analogs correlated well with in vitro and in vivo activities and was likewise influenced by the structure of the side chain. These structural variations resulted in enhancement of antifungal activity in both in vitro and in vivo assays. Some of these analogs, including LY303366 (14a), were effective by the oral route of administration.

str1

PATENT

US 5965525

http://www.google.co.in/patents/US5965525

PATENT

US 4293482

http://www.google.co.in/patents/US4293482

Paper

Commercialization and Late-Stage Development of a Semisynthetic Antifungal API: Anidulafungin/d-Fructose (Eraxis)

Chemical Research and Development, Pfizer Inc. Global Research and Development Laboratories, Eastern Point Road, Groton, Connecticut 06340, U.S.A.
Org. Process Res. Dev., 2008, 12 (3), pp 447–455
DOI: 10.1021/op800055h

http://pubs.acs.org/doi/abs/10.1021/op800055h

* Corresponding author. E-mail: timothy.norris@pfizer.com. Telephone: +860 441 4406 . Fax: +860 686 5340.

Abstract Image

Many years ago anidulafungin 1 was identified as a potentially useful medicine for the treatment of fungal infections. Its chemical and physical properties as a relatively high molecular weight semisynthetic derived from echinocandin B proved to be a significant hurdle to its final presentation as a useful medicine. It has recently been approved as an intravenous treatment for invasive candidaisis, an increasingly common health hazard that is potentially life-threatening. The development and commercialization of this API, which is presented as a molecular mixture of anidulafungin and d-fructose is described. This includes, single crystal X-ray structures of the starting materials, the echinocandin B cyclic-peptide nucleus (ECBN·HCl) and the active ester 1-({[4′′-(pentyloxy)-1,1′:4′,1′′-terphenyl-4-yl]carbonyl}oxy)-1H-1,2,3-benzotriazole (TOBt). Details of the structure and properties of starting materials, scale-up chemistry and unusual crystallization phenomena associated with the API formation are discussed.

str1

References

  1.  PRNewswire. Vicuron Pharmaceuticals Files New Drug Application (NDA) for Anidulafungin for Treatment of Invasive Candidiasis/Candidemia 08-18-2005.
  2. Jump up^ PRNewswire. Vicuron Pharmaceuticals Stockholders Approve Merger With Pfizer 08-15-2005
  3.  “FDA Approves New Treatment for Fungal Infections”. FDA News Release. Food and Drug Administration. 2006-02-21. Archived from the original on 10 July 2009. Retrieved 2009-08-01.
  4.  Krause DS, Reinhardt J, Vazquez JA, Reboli A, Goldstein BP, Wible M, Henkel T (2004). “Phase 2, randomized, dose-ranging study evaluating the safety and efficacy of anidulafungin in invasive candidiasis and candidemia”. Antimicrob Agents Chemother 48 (6): 2021–4.doi:10.1128/AAC.48.6.2021-2024.2004. PMC 415613. PMID 15155194.
  5. Jump up^ Pfaller MA, Boyken L, Hollis RJ, Messer SA, Tendolkar S, Diekema DJ (2005). “In Vitro Activities of Anidulafungin against More than 2,500 Clinical Isolates of Candida spp., Including 315 Isolates Resistant to Fluconazole”. J Clin Microbiol 43 (11): 5425–7.doi:10.1128/JCM.43.11.5425-5427.2005. PMC 1287823. PMID 16272464.
  6. J Pfaller MA, Diekema DJ, Boyken L, Messer SA, Tendolkar S, Hollis RJ, Goldstein BP (2005). “Effectiveness of anidulafungin in eradicating Candida species in invasive candidiasis”. Antimicrob Agents Chemother 49 (11): 4795–7. doi:10.1128/AAC.49.11.4795-4797.2005.PMC 1280139. PMID 16251335.
  7. Jump up^ “Eraxis at RxList”. 2009-06-24. Retrieved 2009-08-01.
  8.  Trissel LA and Ogundele AB, “Compatibility of Anidulafungin With Other Drugs During Simulated Y-Site Administration,”Am J Health-Sys Pharm, 2005, 62:834-7.
  9.  Vazquez JA, “Anidulafungin: A New Echinocandin With a Novel Profile,” Clin Ther, 2005, 27(6):657-73.
  10. Jump up^ Walsh TJ, Anaissie EJ, Denning DW, et al., “Treatment of Aspergillosis: Clinical Practice Guidelines of the Infectious Diseases Society of America,” Clin Infect Dis, 2008, 46(3):327-60
  11. Denning DW (1997). “Echinocandins and pneumocandins – a new antifungal class with a novel mode of action”. J Antimicrob Chemother 40 (5): 611–614. doi:10.1093/jac/dkf045.PMID 9421307.
  12.  Lei Shao; Jian Li; Aijuan Liu; Qing Chang; Huimin Lin; Daijie Chen (2013). “Efficient Bioconversion of Echinocandin B to Its Nucleus by Overexpression of Deacylase Genes in Different Host Strains”. Applied and Environmental Microbiology 79 (4): 1126–1133. doi:10.1128/AEM.02792-12. PMC 3568618. PMID 23220968.
  13.  “Anidulafungin EMA Europa” (PDF).
Anidulafungin
Anidulafungin Molecular Structure 2.png
Systematic (IUPAC) name
N-[(3S,6S,9S,11R,15S,18S,20R,21R,24S,25S,26S)-6-[(1S,2R)-1,2-dihydroxy-2-(4-hydroxyphenyl)ethyl]-11,20,21,25-tetrahydroxy-3,15-bis[(1R)-1-hydroxyethyl]-26-methyl-2,5,8,14,17,23-hexaoxo-1,4,7,13,16,22-hexaazatricyclo[22.3.0.09,13]heptacosan-18-yl]- 4-{4-[4-(pentyloxy)phenyl]phenyl}benzamide
Clinical data
Trade names Eraxis
AHFS/Drugs.com Monograph
Pharmacokinetic data
Protein binding 84 %
Biological half-life 40–50 hours
Identifiers
CAS Number 166663-25-8 Yes
ATC code J02AX06 (WHO)
PubChem CID 166548
DrugBank DB00362 Yes
ChemSpider 21106258 Yes
UNII 9HLM53094I Yes
KEGG D03211 
ChEBI CHEBI:55346
ChEMBL CHEMBL1630215 
Chemical data
Formula C58H73N7O17
Molar mass 1140.24 g/mol

//////////FUNGIN, ANIDULAFUNGIN, Eraxis , Ecalta,  semisynthetic echinocandin, anantifungal drug, FDA 2006, PFIZER, LY-307853, LY-329960, LY-333006, LY303366, VEC, VER-002, 166663-25-8, Eli Lilly and Company Inc.

STR1

CCCCCOc1ccc(cc1)c2ccc(cc2)c3ccc(cc3)C(=O)N[C@H]6C[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)NC(=O)C4[C@@H](O)[C@@H](C)CN4C(=O)C(NC(=O)C(NC(=O)C5C[C@@H](O)CN5C(=O)C(NC6=O)[C@@H](C)O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)c7ccc(O)cc7)[C@@H](C)O

Supporting Info


Filed under: Uncategorized Tagged: 166663-25-8, anantifungal drug, ANIDULAFUNGIN, Ecalta, Eli Lilly and Company Inc., Eraxis, FDA 2006, FUNGIN, LY-307853, LY-329960, LY-333006, LY303366, PFIZER, semisynthetic echinocandin, VEC, VER-002

GSK-2041706A, Potent GPR119 Receptor Agonists

$
0
0

str1

STR1

SCHEMBL387520.png

str1

GSK-2041706A

[2-([(1S)-1-(1-[3-(1-methylethyl)-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl]-4-piperidinyl)ethyl]oxy)-5-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]pyrazine]

2-[((1S)-1-{1-[3-(1-Methylethyl)-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl]-4-piperidinyl}ethyl)oxy]-5-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]pyrazine

Potent GPR119 Receptor Agonists

CAS 1032824-43-3

Molecular Formula: C23H29N5O4S
Molecular Weight: 471.57246 g/mol

G protein-coupled receptor 119 (GPR119) is a G protein-coupled receptor expressed predominantly in pancreatic β-cells and gastrointestinal enteroendocrine cells. Metformin is a first-line treatment of type 2 diabetes, with minimal weight loss in humans. In this study, we investigated the effects of GSK2041706 [2-([(1S)-1-(1-[3-(1-methylethyl)-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl]-4-piperidinyl)ethyl]oxy)-5-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]pyrazine], a GPR119 agonist, and metformin as monotherapy or in combination on body weight in a diet-induced obese (DIO) mouse model. Relative to vehicle controls, 14-day treatment with GSK2041706 (30 mg/kg b.i.d.) or metformin at 30 and 100 mg/kg b.i.d. alone caused a 7.4%, 3.5%, and 4.4% (all P < 0.05) weight loss, respectively. The combination of GSK2041706 with metformin at 30 or 100 mg/kg resulted in a 9.5% and 16.7% weight loss, respectively. The combination of GSK2041706 and metformin at 100 mg/kg caused a significantly greater weight loss than the projected additive weight loss of 11.8%. This body weight effect was predominantly due to a loss of fat. Cumulative food intake was reduced by 17.1% with GSK2041706 alone and 6.6% and 8.7% with metformin at 30 and 100 mg/kg, respectively. The combination of GSK2041706 with metformin caused greater reductions in cumulative food intake (22.2% at 30 mg/kg and 37.5% at 100 mg/kg) and higher fed plasma glucagon-like peptide 1 and peptide tyrosine tyrosine levels and decreased plasma insulin and glucose-dependent insulinotropic polypeptide levels compared with their monotherapy groups. In addition, we characterized the effect of GSK2041706 and metformin as monotherapy or in combination on neuronal activation in the appetite regulating centers in fasted DIO mice. In conclusion, our data demonstrate the beneficial effects of combining a GPR119 agonist with metformin in the regulation of body weight in DIO mice.

Diabetes mellitus is an ever-increasing threat to human health. For example, in the United States current estimates maintain that about 16 million people suffer from diabetes mellitus.

Type I diabetes, also known as insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus (IDDM), is caused by the autoimmune destruction of the insulin producing pancreatic β-cells, and necessitates regular administration of exogenous insulin. Without insulin, cells cannot absorb sugar (glucose), which they need to produce energy. Symptoms of Type I diabetes usually start in childhood or young adulthood. People often seek medical help because they are seriously ill from sudden symptoms of high blood sugar (hyperglycemia).

Type II diabetes, also known as non-insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus (NIDDM), manifests with an inability to adequately regulate blood-glucose levels. Type II diabetes may be characterized by a defect in insulin secretion or by insulin resistance, namely those that suffer from Type II diabetes have too little insulin or cannot use insulin effectively. Insulin resistance refers to the inability of body tissues to respond properly to endogenous insulin. Insulin resistance develops because of multiple factors, including genetics, obesity, increasing age, and having high blood sugar over long periods of time. Type II diabetes, sometimes called mature or adult onset diabetes, can develop at any age, but most commonly becomes apparent during adulthood. The incidence of Type II diabetes in children, however, is rising

In diabetics, glucose levels build up in the blood and urine causing excessive urination, thirst, hunger, and problems with fat and protein metabolism. If left untreated, diabetes mellitus may cause life-threatening complications, including blindness, kidney failure, and heart disease.

Type II diabetes accounts for approximately 90-95% of diabetes cases, killing about 193,000 U.S. residents each year. Type II diabetes is the seventh leading cause of all deaths. In Western societies, Type II diabetes currently affects 6% of the adult population with world-wide frequency expected to grow by 6% per annum.

Although there are certain inheritable traits that may predispose particular individuals to developing Type II diabetes, the driving force behind the current increase in incidence of the disease is the increased sedentary lifestyle, diet, and obesity now prevalent in developed countries. About 80% of diabetics with Type II diabetes are significantly overweight. As noted above, an increasing number of young people are developing the disease. Type II diabetes is now internationally recognized as one of the major threats to human health in the 21stcentury.

Type II diabetes currently is treated at several levels. A first level of therapy is through the use of diet and/or exercise, either alone or in combination with therapeutic agents. Such agents may include insulin or pharmaceuticals that lower blood glucose levels. About 49% of individuals with Type II diabetes require oral medication(s), about 40% of individuals require insulin injections or a combination of insulin injections and oral medication(s), and about 10% of individuals may use diet and exercise alone.

Current therapies for diabetes mellitus include: insulin; insulin secretagogues, such as sulphonylureas, which increase insulin production from pancreatic-cells; glucose-lowering effectors, such as metformin which reduce glucose production from the liver; activators of the peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor—(PPAR-), such as the thiazolidinediones, which enhances insulin action; and α-glucosidase inhibitors which interfere with gut glucose production. There are, however, deficiencies associated with currently available treatments, including hypoglycemic episodes, weight gain, loss in responsiveness to therapy over time, gastrointestinal problems, and edema.

There are several areas at which research is being targeted in order to bring new, more effective, therapies to the marketplace. For example, on-going research includes exploring a reduction in excessive hepatic glucose production, enhancing the pathway by which insulin transmits its signal to the cells such that they take up glucose, enhancing glucose-stimulated insulin secretion from the pancreatic-cells, and targeting obesity and associated problems with fat metabolism and accumulation.

One particular target is GPR119. GPR119 is a member of the rhodopsin family of G-protein-coupled receptors. In addition to the “GPR119” identifier, several other identifiers exist, including but not limited to RUP 3, Snorf 25, 19 AJ, GPR 116 (believed to be erroneous), AXOR 20, and PS1. GPR119 is expressed in human gastrointestinal regions and in human islets. Activation of GPR119 has been demonstrated to stimulate intracellular cAMP and lead to glucose-dependent GLP-1 and insulin secretion. See, T. Soga et al., Biochemical and Biophysical Research Communications 326 (2005) 744-751, herein incorporated by reference with regard to a background understanding of GPR119.

In type 2 diabetes the action of GLP-1 on the β-cell is maintained, although GLP-1 secretion, itself, is reduced. More recently, therefore, much research has been focused on GLP-1. Studies show glucose-lowering effects in addition to GLP-1’s ability to stimulate glucose-dependent insulin secretion including, but not limited to, an inhibition of the release of the hormone glucagon following meals, a reduction in the rate at which nutrients are absorbed into the bloodstream, and a reduction of food intake. Studies demonstrate that treatments to increase GLP-1, therefore, may be used for a variety of conditions and disorders including but not limited to metabolic disorders, gastrointestinal disorders, inflammatory diseases, psychosomatic, depressive, and neuropsychiatric disease including but not limited to diabetes mellitus (Type 1 and Type 2), metabolic syndrome, obesity, appetite control and satiety, weight loss, stress, inflammation, myocardial ischemia/reperfusion injury, Alzheimer’s Disease, and other diseases of the central nervous system.

The use of exogenous GLP-1 in clinical treatment is severely limited, however, due to its rapid degradation by the protease DPP-IV. There are multiple GLP-1 mimetics in development for type 2 diabetes that are reported in the literature, all are modified peptides, which display longer half-lives than endogenous GLP-1. For example, the product sold under the tradename BYETTA® is the first FDA-approved agent of this new class of medications. These mimetics, however, require injection. An oral medication that is able to elevate GLP-1 secretion is desirable. Orally available inhibitors of DPP-IV, which result in elevation in intact GLP-1, are now available, such as sitagliptin, marketed under the brand name JANUVIA®. Nevertheless, a molecule which may stimulate GLP-1 secretion would provide a therapeutic benefit. A molecule which could stimulate both GLP-1 secretion and insulin secretion through effects on the L-cell and direct effects on the β-cell would hold much promise for type 2 diabetes therapy.

The present invention identifies agonists of GPR119 which increase glucose-disposal in part through elevation of GIP, GLP-1, and insulin. Moreover, studies demonstrate that GPR119 agonists such as the compounds of the present invention can stimulate incretins independently of glucose. GIP and GLP-1 are peptides, known as incretins, secreted from enteroendocrine K and L cells, respectively, in response to ingestion of nutrients, and have a wide variety of physiological effects that have been described in numerous publications over the past two decades. See, for example, Bojanowska, E. et al.,Med. Sci. Monit., 2005, August 11(8): RA271-8; Perry, T. et al., Curr. Alzheimer Res., 2005, July 2(3): 377-85; and Meier, J. J. et al.,Diabetes Metab. Res. Rev., 2005, March-April; 21(2); 91-117 (each herein incorporated by reference with regard to a background understanding of incretins). Moreover, although the mechanisms regulating GLP-1 secretion remain unclear, the initial rapid rise in GLP-1 following a meal may be a result of hormonal stimulation of neuronal afferents involving GIP. See, for example, J. N. Roberge and P. L. Brubaker, Endocrinology 133 (1993), pp. 233-240 (herein incorporated by reference with regard to such teaching). Furthermore, later increases in GLP-1 may involve direct activation of L-cells by nutrients in the distal small-intestine and the colon. GIP and GLP-1 are potent stimulators of the body’s ability to produce insulin in response to elevated levels of blood sugar. In Type 2 diabetes, patients display a decreased responsiveness to GIP but not GLP-1, with respect to its ability to stimulate insulin secretion. The mechanism behind the decreased responsiveness to GIP remains unclear since type 2 diabetics retain sensitivity to a bolus administration of GIP but not to a continuous infusion (Meier et al. 2004 Diabetes 53 S220-S224). Moreover recent studies with a long-acting fatty-acid derivative of GIP showed beneficial effects on glucose homeostasis in ob/ob mice following 14 days of treatment (Irwin N. et al. (2006) J. Med. Chem. 49, 1047-1054.)

Agonists to GPR119 may be of therapeutic value for diabetes and associated conditions, particularly type II diabetes, obesity, glucose intolerance, insulin resistance, metabolic syndrome X, hyperlipidemia, hypercholesterolemia, and atherosclerosis.

NMR

1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.91 (bs, 1H), 8.40 (bs, 1 H), 8.28 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H), 8.02 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H), 5.17–5.09 (m, 1H), 4.09–3.95 (m, 2H), 3.27 (s, 3H), 3.16–2.99 (m, 2H), 2.80 (q, J = 6.9 Hz, 1H), 1.98–1.85 (m, 2H), 1.83–1.70 (m, 1H), 1.47–1.33 (m, 2H), 1.31 (d, J = 6.3 Hz, 3H), 1.17 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, 6H).

13C NMR (100.6 MHz, DMSO-d6) 175.3, 170.9, 159.8, 142.6, 141.2, 141.0, 139.1, 135.7, 128.1, 126.9, 75.7, 46.0, 45.9, 44.0, 40.2, 27.1, 27.0, 26.7, 20.7, 16.9.

HRMS calcd for C23H30N5O4S (M + H)+ 472.2013, found, 472.2009.

str1

str1

PATENT

Jing Fang, Jun Tang, Andrew J. Carpenter,Gregory Peckham, Christopher R. Conlee,Kien S. Du, Subba Reddy Katamreddy,

http://www.google.co.ug/patents/US20120077812

Example 156(±)-2-[(1-{1-[3-(1-Methylethyl)-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl]-4-piperidinyl}ethyl)oxy]-5-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]pyrazineFigure US20120077812A1-20120329-C00180

Step 1: A solution of 3-(1-methylethyl)-5-(trichloromethyl)-1,2,4-oxadiazole (prepared as in Example 158, Alternative synthesis, Step 3, 179 g, 0.78 mol) in MeOH (300 mL) was treated with 4-piperidinemethanol (108 g, 0.94 mol) and stirred and heated at 50° C. overnight. The solvent was removed and the residue was purified by flash chromatography on a silica gel column to give {1-[3-(1-methylethyl)-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl]-4-piperidinyl}methanol (60 g, 34%) as a pale yellow oil.

Step 2: A solution of {1-[3-(1-methylethyl)-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl]-4-piperidinyl}methanol (1.50 g, 6.66 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (50 mL) at 0° C. was treated with Dess-Martin periodinane (2.91 g, 6.66 mmol). The reaction mixture was warmed to ambient temperature and stirred overnight. The reaction was quenched with aqueous 20% Na2S2O3(100 mL) and aqueous saturated NaHCO3 (100 mL) and then stirred for 10 minutes. The CH2Cl2 layer was separated and washed with brine, dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and the filtrate was concentrated to give the crude product as a cloudy colorless oil. The crude product was dissolved in 100 mL of 1:1 EtOAc/hexanes, filtered through a pad of silica gel, washed with 200 mL of 1:1 EtOAc/hexanes. The filtrate was concentrated to give 1.07 g (72%) of 1-[3-(1-methylethyl)-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl]-4-piperidinecarbaldehyde as a clear colorless oil, which was used without further purification. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 9.68 (s, 1H), 4.15-4.00 (m, 2H), 3.30-3.20 (m, 2H), 2.86 (septet, 1H, J=7.0 Hz), 2.55-2.45 (m, 1H), 2.10-1.95 (m, 2H), 1.80-1.65 (m, 2H), 1.26 (d, 6H, J=6.8 Hz).

Step 3: (±)-1-{1-[3-(1-Methylethyl)-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl]-4-piperidinyl}ethyl methanesulfonate (0.74 g, 49%) was prepared as a light brown oil from 1-[3-(1-methylethyl)-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl]-4-piperidinecarbaldehyde (1.07 g, 4.79 mmol) and methylmagnesium bromide (3M in Et2O, 3.51 mL, 10.54 mmol) then methanesulfonyl chloride (0.22 mL, 2.81 mmol) and Et3N (0.66 mL, 4.68 mmol) in a manner similar to Example 139, Steps 1-2. The crude product was used without further purification. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 4.70-4.60 (m, 1H), 4.30-4.15 (m, 2H), 3.10-2.95 (m, 5H), 2.87 (septet, 1H, J=7.0 Hz), 1.95-1.70 (m, 3H), 1.55-1.35 (m, 5H), 1.26 (d, 6H, J=6.8 Hz).

Step 4: The title compound (0.212 g, 26%) was prepared as a white foam from 5-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]-2-pyrazinol (and tautomers thereof) (prepared as in Example 145, Steps 1-2, 0.43 g, 1.72 mmol), (±)-1-{1-[3-(1-methylethyl)-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl]-4-piperidinyl}ethyl methanesulfonate (0.74 g, 2.32 mmol) and K2CO3 (0.48 g, 3.44 mmol) in DMF (15 mL) in a manner similar to Example 152, Steps 3. The crude product was purified by chromatography on an ISCO silica gel column using 0 to 25% EtOAc/CH2Cl2, followed by chromatography on a silica gel column eluted with 50% EtOAc/hexanes to give (±)-2-[(1-{1-[3-(1-methylethyl)-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl]-4-piperidinyl}ethypoxy]-5-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]pyrazine as a white solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 8.53 (s, 1H), 8.25 (s, 1H), 8.10 (d, 2H, J=8.5 Hz), 8.02 (d, 2H, J=8.5 Hz), 5.20-5.10 (m, 1H), 4.35-4.20 (m, 2H), 3.15-3.00 (m, 5H), 2.91 (septet, 1H, J=7.0 Hz), 2.00-1.80 (m, 3H), 1.60-1.40 (m, 2H), 1.34 (d, 3H, J=6.1 Hz), 1.28 (d, 6H, J=7.1 Hz); LRMS (ESI), m/z 472 (M+H).

Example 1572-[((1R)-1-{1-[3-(1-Methylethyl)-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl]-4-piperidinyl}ethyl)oxy]-5-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]pyrazinFigure US20120077812A1-20120329-C00181

The racemic 2-[(1-{1-[3-(1-methylethyl)-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl]-4-piperidinyl}ethyl)oxy]-5-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]pyrazine (prepared as in Example 156) was subjected to Chiral HPLC [column: AS-H, column mobile phase: 70% CO2: 30% MeOH (2 mL/min), pressure 140 bar, temperature 40° C., 215 nm] analysis and then separated to give two (R and S) enantiomers. The title compound was isolated as an off-white solid with Tr of 23.42 min (first eluting peak). The (R) absolute stereochemistry was assigned by Ab initio VCD analysis.

Example 158

2-[((1S)-1-{1-[3-(1-Methylethyl)-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl]-4-piperidinyl}ethyl)oxy]-5-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]pyrazineFigure US20120077812A1-20120329-C00182

The racemic 2-[(1-{1-[3-(1-methylethyl)-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl]-4-piperidinyl}ethyl)oxy]-5-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]pyrazine (prepared as in Example 156) was subjected to Chiral HPLC [column: AS-H, column mobile phase: 70% CO2: 30% MeOH (2 mL/min), pressure 140 bar, temperature 40° C., 215 nm] analysis and then separated to give two (R and S) enantiomers. The title compound was isolated as an off-white solid with Tr of 25.83 min (second eluting peak). The (S) absolute stereochemistry was assigned by Ab initio VCD analysis. Alternative preparation from enantiomerically enriched material:

Step 1: Triethylamine (315 mL, 2.26 mol) was added dropwise to formic acid (150 mL, 3.91 mol) with overhead stirring while maintaining the internal temperature below 60° C. with ice-bath cooling. Neat 4-acetylpyridine (100 mL, 0.904 mol) was then added rapidly while maintaining the temperature below 50° C. Following this addition, the reaction was allowed to cool to 28° C. and the chiral ruthenium catalyst [N-[(1R,2R)-2-(amino-N)-1,2-diphenylethyl]-2,4,6-trimethylbenzenesulfonamidato-N]chloro[(1,2,3,4,5,6-n)-1-methyl-4-(1-methylethyl)benzene]ruthenium (CAS#177552-91-9; for catalyst preparation, see: Uematsu, N.; Fujii, A.; Hashiguchi, S.; Ikariya, T.; Noyori, R.; J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1996, 118, 4916-4917) (3 g, 4.46 mmol) was added. The mixture was stirred under house vacuum for 4 h and then overnight under an atmosphere of nitrogen. The reaction mixture was added dropwise to a stirred solution of 10% Na2CO3 (4 L) and then extracted with EtOAc (3×1 L). The combined EtOAc layers were washed once with brine (1 L), treated with MgSO4 and Darco G-60 decolorizing charcoal and filtered through a 100 g plug of silica gel washing with 10% MeOH/EtOAc (1 L). The filtrate was concentrated to provide a dark oil that crystallized upon standing. The solid was dissolved in warm t-butyl methyl ether (250 mL) and the warm solution was filtered to remove a small amount of insoluble material. The filtrate was allowed to stir with cooling to room temperature and then to −15° C. The solids were collected by filtration, washing with cold t-butyl methyl ether and heptane, and then dried under high vacuum to yield (1R)-1-(4-pyridinyl)ethanol as a dark beige solid (62 g, 52.9% yield). This solid material was 96% ee based on chiral HPLC(HPLC conditions: AS-H column, 5% MeOH/CO2, 40° C., 140 bar, 2 mL/min). The filtrate was combined with the insoluble solid from the crystallization and concentrated in vacuo to yield additional (1R)-1-(4-pyridinyl)ethanol as a dark oil (37.5 g, 32% yield). This oily material was 78% ee based on chiral HPLC (see HPLC conditions above). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 8.47-8.43 (m, 2H), 7.32-7.28 (m, 2H), 5.37 (d, 1H, J=4.4 Hz), 4.72-4.64 (m, 1H), 1.44 (d, 3H, J=6.6 Hz).

Step 2: A solution of (1R)-1-(4-pyridinyl)ethanol (37 g, 0.3 mol, 78% ee) in MeOH (2 L) was charged with PtO2 (5 g) under nitrogen atmosphere followed by acetic acid (19 mL). The mixture was evacuated and purged with hydrogen several times and then stirred under an atmosphere of hydrogen for 2 d at room temperature. The mixture was filtered to remove catalyst and the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo and triturated with EtOAc to yield a cream-colored solid which was collected by filtration. The filter cake was dissolved in MeOH (500 mL) and 50% NaOH (15.8 g) was added. The resulting solution was stirred at 25° C. for 30 min and concentrated. The resulting solid was triturated with Et2O (700 mL) and stirred at 25° C. for 30 min, the solids were removed by filtration and the filtrate was dried over MgSO4 and filtered again. The final filtrate was concentrated to yield (1R)-1-(4-piperidinyl)ethanol (22 g, 57% yield) as a light beige solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 3.50 (quint, 1H, J=6.3 Hz), 3.13-3.01 (m, 2H), 2.61-2.47 (m, 2H), 1.88 (br, 2H), 1.84-1.73 (m, 1H), 1.63-1.52 (m, 1H), 1.41-1.27 (m, 1H), 1.23-1.05 (m, 2H), 1.13 (d, 3H, J=6.2 Hz).

Step 3: A stirred solution of N-hydroxy-2-methylpropanimidamide (16.33 g, 160 mmol) in pyridine (16.81 mL, 208 mmol) and dichloromethane (165 mL) at −15° C. was treated with trichloroacetyl chloride (19.63 mL, 176 mmol) over 40 min. The reaction was allowed to warm to ambient temperature and stirred for 42 h. Water (100 mL) was added and the reaction was stirred for 30 min. The dichloromethane was removed and the residue was diluted with water (50 mL) and extracted with ether (300 mL). The ether layer was washed with water, dried over MgSO4 and concentrated to afford 3-(1-methylethyl)-5-(trichloromethyl)-1,2,4-oxadiazole (28.0 g, 76% yield) as an orange liquid.1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 3.13 (septet, 1H, J=7.0 Hz), 1.36 (d, 6H, J=7.0 Hz).

Step 4: A solution of 3-(1-methylethyl)-5-(trichloromethyl)-1,2,4-oxadiazole (25.8 g, 112 mmol) and (1R)-1-(4-piperidinyl)ethanol (13.4 g, 104 mmol) in MeOH (15 mL) was stirred at ambient temperature under a stream of nitrogen for 7 days. The reaction was diluted with MeOH (40 mL), cooled in an ice bath and 1N NaOH (25 mL) was added. The mixture was allowed to warm to ambient temperature and stir for 1 h. The reaction was partitioned in EtOAc (300 mL)/1N NaOH (75 mL) and the layers were separated. The aqueous layer was saturated with NaCl and extracted with EtOAc (200 mL). The combined EtOAc layers were dried over MgSO4, concentrated and placed under high vacuum for 18 h to afford (1R)-1-{1-[3-(1-methylethyl)-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl]-4-piperidinyl}ethanol (16.75 g, 68%) as an orange oil. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 4.14 (m, 2H), 3.57 (quint, 1H, J=6.3 Hz), 2.98 (m, 2H), 2.83 (septet, 1H, J=7.0 Hz), 1.90 (m, 1H), 1.86 (br, 1H), 1.67 (m, 1H), 1.45 (m, 1H), 1.33 (m, 2H), 1.23 (d, 6H, J=7.0 Hz), 1.16 (d, 3H, J=6.3 Hz); LRMS (ESI), m/z 240 (M+H).

Step 5: A solution of (1R)-1-{1-[3-(1-methylethyl)-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl]-4-piperidinyl}ethanol (1.68 g, 7.0 mmol) in dichloromethane (100 mL) at 0° C. was treated with Et3N (1.98 mL, 14.0 mmol) followed by methanesulfonyl chloride (0.66 mL, 8.4 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 1 h, then at room temperature for 2 h. The mixture was diluted with dichloromethane (50 mL), washed with 1M NaH2PO4 (75 mL×2) and brine, and dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated to give (1R)-1-{1-[3-(1-methylethyl)-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl]-4-piperidinyl}ethyl methanesulfonate (2.23 g, 7.0 mmol, 100% yield) as a brown oil, which was used without further purification.

Step 6: A mixture of 5-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]-2-pyrazinol (and tautomers thereof) (prepared as in Example 145, Step 2, 1.3 g, 5.19 mmol), (1R)-1-{1-[3-(1-methylethyl)-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl]-4-piperidinyl}ethyl methanesulfonate (2.23 g, 7.0 mmol, 70% ee) and K2CO3 (1.45 g, 10.4 mmol) in DMF (35 mL) was stirred at 100° C. in a preheated oil bath overnight. The mixture was cooled to ambient temperature, treated with water, and the mixture was extracted with EtOAc (75 mL×2). The combined organic extracts were washed with water, brine and dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and the filtrate was concentrated to a brown oil, which was by chromatography on a silica gel column eluted with 50% EtOAc/hexanes followed by chromatography on an ISCO silica gel column using 0 to 60% EtOAc/hexanes to give 2-[((1S)-1-{1-[3-(1-methylethyl)-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl]-4-piperidinyl}ethyl)oxy]-5-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]pyrazine (0.73 g, 70% ee, 30%) as a white solid. The solid was subjected to chiral separation (similar to conditions used above for Example 158) to yield 0.30 g of the title compound as a white solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 8.53 (d, 1H, J=1.3 Hz), 8.25 (d, 1H, J=1.3 Hz), 8.10 (d, 2H, J=8.3 Hz), 8.02 (d, 2H, J=8.5 Hz), 5.20-5.10 (m, 1H), 4.35-4.20 (m, 2H), 3.15-3.00 (m, 5H), 2.90 (septet, 1H, J=7.0 Hz), 2.00-1.80 (m, 3H), 1.60-1.40 (m, 2H), 1.34 (d, 3H, J=6.3 Hz), 1.28 (d, 6H, J=6.9 Hz); LRMS (ESI), m/z 472 (M+H).

Paper

Development of Large-Scale Routes to Potent GPR119 Receptor Agonists

Richard T. Matsuoka*, Eric E. Boros#, Andrew D. Brown, Kae M. Bullock, Will L. Canoy, Andrew J. Carpenter#, Jeremy D. Cobb, Shannon E. Condon, Nicole M. Deschamps, Vassil I. Elitzin, Greg Erickson,Jing M. Fang#, David H. Igo§, Biren K. Joshi, Istvan W. Kaldor#, Mark B. Mitchell, Gregory E. Peckham#, Daniel W. Reynolds, Matthew C. Salmon, Matthew J. Sharp, Elie A. Tabet#, Jennifer F. Toczko, Lianming Michael Wu, and Xiao-ming M. Zhou

API Chemistry Department, Analytical Science & Development Department, #Medicinal Chemistry Department, and§Particle Sciences and Engineering Department, GlaxoSmithKline, 709 Swedeland Road, King of Prussia, Pennsylvania 19406, United States
Org. Process Res. Dev., Article ASAP
Publication Date (Web): July 13, 2016
Copyright © 2016 American Chemical Society

Abstract

Abstract Image

Practical and scalable syntheses were developed that were used to prepare multikilogram batches of GSK1292263A (1) and GSK2041706A (15), two potent G protein-coupled receptor 119 (GPR119) agonists. Both syntheses employed relatively cheap and readily available starting materials, and both took advantage of an SNAr synthetic strategy.

Patent ID Date Patent Title
US2012077812 2012-03-29 BICYCLIC COMPOUNDS AND USE AS ANTIDIABETICS
US8101634 2012-01-24 BICYCLIC COMPOUNDS AND USE AS ANTIDIABETICS

/////////////GSK2041706A, GSK 2041706A, GSK-2041706A, GSK2041706, GSK 2041706, GSK-2041706

O=S(c4ccc(c3cnc(OC(C2CCN(c1nc(C(C)C)no1)CC2)C)cn3)cc4)(C)=O


Filed under: Uncategorized Tagged: GSK 2041706, GSK 2041706A, GSK2041706, GSK2041706A
Viewing all 1640 articles
Browse latest View live